The Binding of Fenrir
Good evening.
The Binding of Fenrir
Or perhaps good night, if you've made your
Part 3
way here in the long hours after midnight
Part 4
the difference may already have stopped mattering.
Part 5
You've come back, perhaps, because the last three episodes
Part 6
helped you sleep.
Part 7
Or you've come for the first time.
Part 8
And the fourth episode happened to be the one
Part 9
the algorithm offered.
Part 10
Either is fine.
Part 11
The almanac is patient.
Part 12
Tonight stands on its own.
Part 13
If you are listening in bed, I'd ask you
Part 14
to do very little.
Part 15
Close your eyes.
Part 16
Let your jaw loosen.
Part 17
Let your shoulders drop, even a little
Part 18
even if you didn't know they were tight.
Part 19
The story does not need your attention.
Part 20
It will keep moving whether you follow it or
Part 21
not.
Part 22
If you drift, that is the point.
Part 23
If you wake briefly to catch a single sentence
Part 24
and then sink again, that is good.
Part 25
In the first episode, we walked the shape of
Part 26
the world, nine realms joined by one great
Part 27
tree.
Part 28
In the second, we met the wanderer, the Allfather
Part 29
the hanged god.
Part 30
In the third, we went down into the dwarven
Part 31
forges and watched, in a single strange wager
Part 32
the making of the hammer that would defend the
Part 33
gods.
Part 34
Tonight, we follow a quieter and a sadder story.
Part 35
A story about a wolf.
Part 36
A wolf who was a child.
Part 37
A wolf who was raised in the high halls
Part 38
of Asgard among the very beings who would one
Part 39
day decide they had to bind him.
Part 40
This is the story of how that binding was
Part 41
done.
Part 42
And of the small ribbon, woven of impossible things
Part 43
that finally held the wolf.
Part 44
And of the god, the brave god
Part 45
the just god, who put his hand into
Part 46
the wolf's mouth so that the binding could be
Part 47
made.
Part 48
Now, let us begin.
Part 49
Chapter One.
Part 50
The Three Children of Loki.
Part 51
Before we go to the wolf.
Part 52
And before we go to the chain.
Part 53
We should sit, for a while, with the figure
Part 54
who gave the wolf his life.
Part 55
We met him, briefly, in the last episode.
Part 56
The trickster.
Part 57
The one who cut Sif's hair while she slept
Part 58
and who then was made to descend
Part 59
by Thor's anger, into the underground halls of the
Part 60
dwarves to bring back gifts of recompense.
Part 61
We saw him there at the bellows.
Part 62
We saw him take the shape of a fly.
Part 63
We saw him try, in his way
Part 64
to ruin the work of the smiths.
Part 65
And we saw the work be made anyway
Part 66
despite him.
Part 67
Loki.
Part 68
The Old Norse sources do not give us a
Part 69
tidy biography of him.
Part 70
They give us scattered passages, in the Eddic poems
Part 71
and in Snorri's Prose Edda, and from those passages
Part 72
we are meant to assemble a figure.
Part 73
The figure that emerges, when you look at the
Part 74
texts together, is more complicated than the figure who
Part 75
appears in modern films and comic books.
Part 76
The modern Loki is, often, a quick and witty
Part 77
schemer with the suggestion of a redemption arc.
Part 78
The Norse Loki is something stranger.
Part 79
He is something older.
Part 80
And tonight's story is one of the places where
Part 81
his strangeness shows.
Part 82
The texts call him, sometimes, a son of giants.
Part 83
His father, in the surviving accounts, was a giant
Part 84
named Fárbauti.
Part 85
Whose name means, roughly, Cruel Striker.
Part 86
His mother was Laufey, whose name means Leafy.
Part 87
Or Leaf Island.
Part 88
There has been long argument among scholars about whether
Part 89
Laufey was a giantess or a goddess.
Part 90
The surviving texts are not certain.
Part 91
What is certain is that Loki, by birth
Part 92
was not of the Æsir.
Part 93
He was a being who came into Asgard from
Part 94
outside, and who was made a member of the
Part 95
Æsir by oath of blood brotherhood with Odin.
Part 96
The texts preserve this oath.
Part 97
The Eddic poem Lokasenna refers to it.
Part 98
Loki and Odin had, at some point in the
Part 99
deep past, sworn together that they would drink no
Part 100
ale that was not poured for them both.
Part 101
They had become brothers in the older Germanic sense
Part 102
bound by ceremony, bound by ritual
Part 103
bound to share a single fate.
Part 104
This is worth holding in mind, as we walk
Part 105
through tonight's story.
Part 106
Loki is, by oath, Odin's brother.
Part 107
Even when he is doing things the gods do
Part 108
not approve of, he is doing them inside the
Part 109
bonds of that brotherhood.
Part 110
The gods cannot simply expel him.
Part 111
He has the rights of one of their own.
Part 112
Loki had a wife in Asgard.
Part 113
Her name was Sigyn.
Part 114
She does not appear often in the surviving sources.
Part 115
But when she appears, she is faithful to him
Part 116
beyond any reasonable measure.
Part 117
There is a story we will tell
Part 118
in a later episode, in which she stands beside
Part 119
him for ages with a bowl held above his
Part 120
face.
Part 121
We will not tell that story tonight.
Part 122
Tonight is not that story.
Part 123
What Loki had, that we do need tonight
Part 124
were three other children.
Part 125
By another woman.
Part 126
A giantess.
Part 127
Her name, in the surviving accounts, was Angrboða.
Part 128
Angrboða.
Part 129
The name means, in Old Norse, Sorrow Bringer.
Part 130
Or Grief Bringer.
Part 131
The texts do not describe her closely.
Part 132
They tell us only where she lived
Part 133
which was in Jötunheim, the world of the giants
Part 134
in a forest the sources call Járnviðr
Part 135
the Iron Wood.
Part 136
They tell us she had relations with Loki, somehow
Part 137
at some point.
Part 138
And they tell us that she bore him three
Part 139
children.
Part 140
The Iron Wood.
Part 141
The Sorrow Bringer.
Part 142
The three children.
Part 143
This is the kind of detail that
Part 144
in the older Norse imagination, would have settled
Part 145
in the listener's mind, the kind of children we
Part 146
are about to meet.
Part 147
They were not going to be ordinary.
Part 148
They were not going to be welcome.
Part 149
They were going to be of the wild forests
Part 150
of the giants' world, of the deep places that
Part 151
the high halls of Asgard did not reach.
Part 152
And they were not.
Part 153
The first of Loki's children by Angrboða was a
Part 154
daughter.
Part 155
Her name was Hel.
Part 156
She came into the world, the texts tell us
Part 157
half one color and half another.
Part 158
One half of her body, the surviving accounts say
Part 159
was the color of living flesh.
Part 160
The other half was the color of corpse.
Part 161
She was, from her birth, marked.
Part 162
The second of Loki's children was a serpent.
Part 163
He had no proper name at first.
Part 164
He grew.
Part 165
He kept growing.
Part 166
He grew until he was longer than the world
Part 167
could contain.
Part 168
The third of Loki's children was a wolf.
Part 169
We will get to him in a moment.
Part 170
The gods, the sources tell us, did not know
Part 171
about these children at first.
Part 172
The trickster had kept them in the Iron Wood
Part 173
away from Asgard, away from the eyes of the
Part 174
Æsir.
Part 175
He was raising them, perhaps.
Part 176
Or he was hiding them.
Part 177
The text does not specify which.
Part 178
But Odin, the Allfather, who saw far
Part 179
whose ravens flew across the nine worlds at dawn
Part 180
and brought him back what they had seen
Part 181
Odin learned of them.
Part 182
Whether through his ravens or through one of the
Part 183
seers he sometimes consulted, the texts do not say.
Part 184
He learned.
Part 185
And what he learned alarmed him.
Part 186
He learned that these three children of Loki had
Part 187
been seen, by those who could see such things
Part 188
in the visions of the future.
Part 189
He learned that all three would be present at
Part 190
Ragnarǫk.
Part 191
The great unmaking at the end of the world.
Part 192
He learned that the daughter, Hel, would gather the
Part 193
dead under her cold rule.
Part 194
He learned that the serpent would rise from the
Part 195
sea and poison the air with his breath.
Part 196
And he learned that the wolf
Part 197
the wolf would do something terrible.
Part 198
Something the surviving sources hint at but
Part 199
in the early passages, do not yet describe.
Part 200
So Odin acted.
Part 201
He sent for the three children to be brought
Part 202
to Asgard.
Part 203
And when they came, the gods sat in their
Part 204
hall, and they looked at them, and they decided
Part 205
what was to be done.
Part 206
Hel, the daughter, the gods sent down.
Part 207
They sent her into Niflheim, the lowest of the
Part 208
cold worlds beneath the world, and they gave her
Part 209
dominion there.
Part 210
They gave her a hall called Eljúðnir.
Part 211
They gave her a table called Hunger and a
Part 212
knife called Famine.
Part 213
They gave her authority over the dead who had
Part 214
not died well, those who had died of
Part 215
sickness or of age, the dead who would not
Part 216
feast in Valhǫll or in the halls of Freyja
Part 217
the great gentle mass of the unspectacular dead.
Part 218
The gods made her queen of those.
Part 219
She would gather them under her hand and rule
Part 220
them in the cold dark below.
Part 221
This is, in its way, one of the strangest
Part 222
acts of administration in any mythology.
Part 223
The gods looked at a half dead child and said:
Part 224
you.
Part 225
You will look after the half dead.
Part 226
You will look after the ones who go quietly.
Part 227
There is something honest about it.
Part 228
There is something, too, that is cruel.
Part 229
The texts do not say which the gods intended.
Part 230
Jǫrmungandr, the serpent, the second child
Part 231
Odin took him and threw him into the sea.
Part 232
The great sea that surrounds Midgard.
Part 233
The serpent kept growing in the sea.
Part 234
He grew until he could encircle Midgard entirely.
Part 235
Until he could put his own tail in his
Part 236
own mouth.
Part 237
He lies there still, in the world's ocean
Part 238
biting his tail, his body coiled around all of
Part 239
the lands of men.
Part 240
The sailors of the old Scandinavian world knew his
Part 241
name.
Part 242
They knew that what they were sailing on was
Part 243
in some long old reckoning, the back of him.
Part 244
He waits in the sea.
Part 245
He will rise at Ragnarǫk.
Part 246
And then there was the wolf.
Part 247
The wolf was different.
Part 248
The wolf, the gods decided, they could not yet
Part 249
send away.
Part 250
They brought him into Asgard.
Part 251
They thought, perhaps, that if he was raised among
Part 252
them, if he was raised in the high halls
Part 253
he might grow up to be something other than
Part 254
what the seers had foretold.
Part 255
They thought, perhaps, that the future was not yet
Part 256
certain.
Part 257
That the wolf could be loved into something gentler.
Part 258
They were wrong.
Part 259
But they were not, in the beginning
Part 260
foolish to try.
Part 261
We will come to what happened.
Part 262
His name was Fenrir.
Part 263
In the Old Norse, Fenris úlfr, the wolf of
Part 264
the fen, or the wolf of the wetland.
Part 265
The lowland wolf.
Part 266
The wolf of the dark wet places at the
Part 267
edges of the settled world.
Part 268
The name carries, in its sound, the kind of
Part 269
cold the old Scandinavians would have known well.
Part 270
The marsh in winter.
Part 271
The mist over the bog.
Part 272
The wolf that you heard at the edge of
Part 273
your light at night, and that you knew
Part 274
even in the safety of your hall
Part 275
was there.
Part 276
He came to Asgard as a child.
Part 277
As a pup, the texts tell us
Part 278
though the texts do not use that word.
Part 279
He was small.
Part 280
He was the kind of small that grows.
Part 281
The gods looked at him in their hall
Part 282
and they took him in.
Part 283
And the texts pause here, before they tell us
Part 284
what came next.
Part 285
We pause too.
Part 286
Sleep, if you are ready to.
Part 287
The next chapter will tell you what it was
Part 288
like to feed him.
Part 289
Chapter Two.
Part 290
The Wolf Brought to Asgard.
Part 291
Imagine, if you can, the high hall of the
Part 292
gods.
Part 293
The hall is built of timber and gold.
Part 294
The roof is shielded with shields
Part 295
the texts use that phrase, that the roof of
Part 296
Valhǫll was thatched with the war shields of the slain.
Part 297
The fires are kept burning in long stone hearths
Part 298
down the center of the hall.
Part 299
The benches along the walls are long and broad
Part 300
and meant to hold many.
Part 301
The Æsir gather here at evening to drink
Part 302
to talk, to argue, to settle the business of
Part 303
the worlds.
Part 304
Into that hall, the gods brought a wolf pup.
Part 305
He was small, at the beginning.
Part 306
The texts make this point.
Part 307
He was small enough that the gods could carry
Part 308
him.
Part 309
He was small enough to be set down on
Part 310
the bench beside them.
Part 311
Small enough to be looked at, in the firelight
Part 312
as a curious and unusual ward.
Part 313
But he grew.
Part 314
Wolves, in the natural world the old Scandinavians knew
Part 315
grew quickly.
Part 316
A wolf pup at six weeks was a small bundle.
Part 317
A wolf pup at six months was a creature you
Part 318
would not lightly approach.
Part 319
A wolf at one year was, in the eyes
Part 320
of any farmer in the long north
Part 321
fully a wolf, already capable of taking a
Part 322
sheep, already capable of running with a pack across
Part 323
a frozen field, already wearing the full silvered coat
Part 324
of the adult.
Part 325
The growth of a wolf, the people of the
Part 326
old north knew, was fast and frightening and could
Part 327
not be slowed.
Part 328
Fenrir's growth was faster.
Part 329
The texts do not give us numbers.
Part 330
They do not say in what week he doubled
Part 331
in size, in what month he tripled.
Part 332
They give us, instead, the impression of growth that
Part 333
exceeded its own kind.
Part 334
They give us a wolf who, in the great
Part 335
hall of the gods
Part 336
grew.
Part 337
And kept growing.
Part 338
Until he was the size of a horse.
Part 339
Until he was the size of two horses.
Part 340
Until he was the size of one of the
Part 341
high benches in the hall.
Part 342
This is a detail worth letting settle.
Part 343
The benches in a Norse longhouse were long enough
Part 344
to seat many warriors and broad enough to sleep
Part 345
on.
Part 346
To say a wolf was the size of one
Part 347
of those benches is, in the imagination of the
Part 348
old Scandinavian world, to say a wolf that would
Part 349
not fit in any normal hall.
Part 350
A wolf that bowed the timbers when he moved.
Part 351
A wolf whose breath, when he panted
Part 352
fogged the fires.
Part 353
The gods watched him grow.
Part 354
They had taken him in for a reason.
Part 355
They had thought, and the texts hint at
Part 356
this even where they do not say it
Part 357
that if the wolf was raised among them
Part 358
if he was given the kindness of the high
Part 359
hall, he might be made gentle.
Part 360
They had thought, perhaps, that the prophecies of what
Part 361
he would do at Ragnarǫk could be unmade by
Part 362
love.
Part 363
It is one of the most poignant choices in
Part 364
all of Norse mythology.
Part 365
The gods, knowing what the seers had said.
Part 366
The gods, having looked at the future.
Part 367
Choosing, nonetheless, to try.
Part 368
And the wolf, in the early years
Part 369
did not refuse the kindness.
Part 370
He came into the hall.
Part 371
He ate what was given to him.
Part 372
He grew.
Part 373
But he was not, the texts tell us
Part 374
a tame wolf.
Part 375
He was not a pet.
Part 376
He was not, in the way of a dog
Part 377
of the household, a being that lay at the
Part 378
feet of the gods and looked up at them
Part 379
in trust.
Part 380
He was something else.
Part 381
He was something the gods had brought into their
Part 382
own hall, and that was changing, week by week
Part 383
into something they had not foreseen.
Part 384
The wolf grew not just in body.
Part 385
He grew in the strangeness of his eye.
Part 386
He grew in the depth of his voice.
Part 387
He grew in the way the other gods
Part 388
when they came past him in the hall
Part 389
found themselves walking a little wider.
Part 390
Found themselves not making eye contact.
Part 391
Found themselves, without knowing why, holding their breath.
Part 392
There came a point, the texts tell us
Part 393
at which only one of the gods was still
Part 394
willing to feed him.
Part 395
Before we go to that god, who is the
Part 396
heart of tonight's story, we should sit a little
Part 397
longer with the wolf himself.
Part 398
The Old Norse word for wolf, úlfr
Part 399
is one of the oldest words in the Germanic
Part 400
family of languages.
Part 401
It is related to the German Wolf
Part 402
the English wolf, the Gothic wulfs.
Part 403
It is, in the long deep past
Part 404
one of the words that the Germanic peoples carried
Part 405
with them from their earliest reckoning of the world.
Part 406
And the wolf, in the imagination of those peoples
Part 407
was not one thing.
Part 408
It was many.
Part 409
The wolf was, in some readings, the enemy.
Part 410
The animal at the edge of the firelight that
Part 411
took the sheep from the fold and that
Part 412
in the long cold winters, came into settlements when
Part 413
the snow lay deep.
Part 414
The wolf was the thing the hall was built
Part 415
against.
Part 416
The thing the door was barred against.
Part 417
The thing the children, in their straw stuffed beds
Part 418
learned to listen for in the night quiet.
Part 419
But the wolf was also, in other readings
Part 420
the kindred figure.
Part 421
The animal that, of all the animals in the
Part 422
Norse imagination, was closest to the warrior.
Part 423
The wolf warriors of the old Germanic peoples, the úlfheðnar
Part 424
were a specific class of fighters who
Part 425
in the surviving sources, took on the strength and
Part 426
the savagery of the wolf in battle.
Part 427
They wore wolf pelts.
Part 428
They were said, in the older heroic poems
Part 429
to fight as wolves fight.
Part 430
They were the kindred of the wolf.
Part 431
And there were the wolves of the gods themselves.
Part 432
Odin, the Allfather, kept two wolves at his throne.
Part 433
Their names, we learned in the second episode
Part 434
were Geri and Freki.
Part 435
Greedy and Ravenous.
Part 436
Odin fed them, from his own table
Part 437
the meat that came to him in Valhǫll.
Part 438
The wolves of Odin were not, in the surviving
Part 439
sources, a problem.
Part 440
They were, in their way, members of the household
Part 441
of the gods.
Part 442
They were honored.
Part 443
They were kept.
Part 444
So when Fenrir came to Asgard as a small
Part 445
thing, the gods were not afraid of him because
Part 446
he was a wolf.
Part 447
They were not, in the early days
Part 448
afraid of him at all.
Part 449
They had wolves at the Allfather's own throne.
Part 450
Wolves were known.
Part 451
Wolves were, in their way, kindred.
Part 452
What changed was not the kind of being Fenrir
Part 453
was.
Part 454
What changed was the scale of him.
Part 455
The simple terrible fact that, week by week
Part 456
the small thing they had taken in was becoming
Part 457
larger than any wolf had ever been.
Part 458
He was passing out of the country of the
Part 459
familiar wolf.
Part 460
He was passing into the country of the unfamiliar.
Part 461
The country of the monstrous.
Part 462
The country in which the gods, who had known
Part 463
wolves all their long lives, no longer knew what
Part 464
was sitting in their hall.
Part 465
There came a point, the texts tell us
Part 466
at which only one of the gods was still
Part 467
willing to feed him.
Part 468
We will come to that god in the next
Part 469
chapter.
Part 470
He is the heart of tonight's story.
Part 471
What you should hold, from this short telling
Part 472
is the shape of the situation that had come
Part 473
slowly, to be true in the hall of Asgard.
Part 474
The gods had taken in a child.
Part 475
The child had grown into something the gods could
Part 476
no longer pretend was a child.
Part 477
The gods had not yet, in their council
Part 478
decided what to do about it.
Part 479
They were watching.
Part 480
They were waiting.
Part 481
They were hoping, perhaps, that the growth would slow.
Part 482
Or that the wolf would, by some unforeseen change
Part 483
become something other than what the seers had said.
Part 484
But the wolf did not slow.
Part 485
And the day was coming when the gods would
Part 486
have to act.
Part 487
Before we walk into that day, we should meet
Part 488
the god who fed him.
Part 489
Chapter Three.
Part 490
Týr, the One Who Fed Him.
Part 491
There was a god whose name was Týr.
Part 492
The name, in Old Norse, was spelled in three
Part 493
letters, T Ý R.
Part 494
In runic carving, it was a single rune
Part 495
the Týr rune, which stood for both the god
Part 496
and for the sound at the start of his
Part 497
name.
Part 498
The rune itself is shaped like a small upward pointing
Part 499
arrow.
Part 500
↑.
Part 501
A figure with arms raised.
Part 502
A figure standing, looking up, with arms open.
Part 503
In the old Scandinavian world, warriors would sometimes scratch
Part 504
this rune onto the hilt of a sword before
Part 505
battle, as a quiet asking of the god's protection.
Part 506
The rune is one of the most often found
Part 507
in the surviving inscriptions of the runic age.
Part 508
The god, even in the late telling of the
Part 509
Norse stories, had not been forgotten.
Part 510
But by the time of the surviving texts
Part 511
by the time, that is, of Snorri Sturluson in
Part 512
the thirteenth century, sitting at his desk in Iceland
Part 513
writing down what was left of the old religion
Part 514
the god of Týr had become a thinner
Part 515
figure than he once had been.
Part 516
There are passages in the Prose Edda where Snorri
Part 517
pauses before describing him, as if reaching
Part 518
in his own thirteenth century way, for a memory that
Part 519
was already fading from the world.
Part 520
Týr.
Part 521
What the surviving texts do tell us is that
Part 522
he was, in the older Germanic religious system
Part 523
one of the highest gods.
Part 524
There is good reason to believe
Part 525
and many scholars have argued this
Part 526
that Týr was, in the deep past
Part 527
before Odin became the chief of the gods
Part 528
the chief of the gods himself.
Part 529
The name Týr is etymologically related to the Greek
Part 530
Zeus and the Latin Iupiter (which we say as
Part 531
Jupiter), all of them descended from a single Proto Indo European
Part 532
root meaning sky, or shining
Part 533
or sky god.
Part 534
Týr was, once, the sky father of the Germanic peoples.
Part 535
By the time the Norse texts were written down
Part 536
that role had passed to Odin.
Part 537
But the older, simpler god of justice and of
Part 538
law and of the right outcome
Part 539
that god was still Týr.
Part 540
He is described, in what survives of him
Part 541
as the bravest of the gods.
Part 542
Snorri uses this exact word.
Part 543
He says, in Gylfaginning, that Týr was the bravest.
Part 544
He says that Týr was the wisest.
Part 545
He says that anyone who wishes to surpass the
Part 546
rest of men in courage and good sense should
Part 547
call upon Týr.
Part 548
Týr was the god, that is, that you went
Part 549
to when you needed a hard thing done.
Part 550
A right thing.
Part 551
A thing that other gods, more cunning or more
Part 552
clever or more politic, would not do.
Part 553
The texts do not give us a long biography
Part 554
of him.
Part 555
They give us, in passing, that he had only
Part 556
one hand.
Part 557
That his right hand had been lost.
Part 558
We will come to how he lost it.
Part 559
And the texts give us, almost as an aside
Part 560
what he did for the wolf.
Part 561
When Fenrir was first brought into Asgard
Part 562
when he was small, the gods all took turns
Part 563
with him.
Part 564
They all, in the texts' careful phrasing, fed him.
Part 565
They all, in the early days, were willing to
Part 566
walk to the wolf and lay food before him
Part 567
and stand beside him while he ate.
Part 568
But the wolf grew.
Part 569
And as he grew, the other gods
Part 570
one by one, stopped going to him.
Part 571
By the time the wolf was at the size
Part 572
that bent the timbers of the hall
Part 573
only Týr was still willing.
Part 574
Only Týr would walk, each day, to where the
Part 575
wolf was lying.
Part 576
Only Týr would carry the meat.
Part 577
Only Týr would set it down.
Part 578
And only Týr would stand there, his hands empty
Part 579
and his eye open, while the wolf ate.
Part 580
We should pause on this.
Part 581
The other gods of Asgard had, by then
Part 582
the high cunning.
Part 583
The far seeing.
Part 584
The names that had been earned across worlds.
Part 585
Thor had his hammer.
Part 586
Odin had his ravens.
Part 587
Heimdallr could hear the grass grow.
Part 588
Freyr had his shining sword.
Part 589
Freyja could fly, in her cloak of falcon feathers
Part 590
across any sky.
Part 591
The Æsir were, in every account, beings of enormous
Part 592
power.
Part 593
And none of them, the texts tell us
Part 594
would walk up to Fenrir.
Part 595
Only Týr.
Part 596
There is, in this, something the texts do not
Part 597
need to say in so many words.
Part 598
Týr was the bravest.
Part 599
Not because he was the strongest.
Part 600
Thor was stronger.
Part 601
Not because he was the wisest.
Part 602
Odin had drunk from Mímir's well and Týr had
Part 603
not.
Part 604
Not because he was the highest.
Part 605
By the time the texts were written
Part 606
Týr had been, for centuries, no longer the chief
Part 607
god.
Part 608
Týr was the bravest because Týr did the thing
Part 609
that needed doing.
Part 610
The wolf needed to be fed.
Part 611
So Týr fed him.
Part 612
The other gods, who had taken the wolf in
Part 613
who had brought him into their hall
Part 614
who had decided that they would try to raise
Part 615
him, the other gods had, by then
Part 616
stepped back.
Part 617
They were watching from a distance.
Part 618
They were leaving the daily task to one of
Part 619
their own.
Part 620
Týr did not refuse.
Part 621
The texts give us very little of what passed
Part 622
between Týr and the wolf in those long quiet
Part 623
feedings.
Part 624
They do not give us conversation.
Part 625
They do not give us a slow growth of
Part 626
understanding.
Part 627
They give us, only, the steady fact:
Part 628
Týr fed him.
Part 629
Daily.
Part 630
Without fail.
Part 631
While the gods watched from the high benches.
Part 632
There is a question worth asking, here.
Part 633
Did the wolf, in those years, know what Týr
Part 634
was doing?
Part 635
The Norse sources do not believe in unintelligent monsters.
Part 636
Fenrir, in the surviving texts, is not portrayed as
Part 637
a brute or as a beast.
Part 638
He is portrayed, when he speaks, as articulate.
Part 639
He is portrayed as suspicious, as careful
Part 640
as alert to the meanings of what is done
Part 641
to him.
Part 642
He is, in his own way, a person
Part 643
a person in a wolf's shape and at a
Part 644
wolf's terrible scale, but a person.
Part 645
So when Týr came to him with meat
Part 646
day after day.
Part 647
When Týr stood quietly beside him while he ate.
Part 648
When Týr did not pull back, did not show
Part 649
fear, did not look away.
Part 650
What did the wolf understand of that?
Part 651
The texts do not tell us.
Part 652
In my reading, and the texts do not
Part 653
tell us this, the wolf came
Part 654
in those long quiet feedings, to understand Týr in
Part 655
a way he did not understand any of the
Part 656
other gods.
Part 657
Not as a friend, exactly.
Part 658
The wolf was not, by any reading of the
Part 659
texts, a being who had friends.
Part 660
But as the one god whose presence did not
Part 661
carry the small flicker of fear that the wolf
Part 662
was, by then, accustomed to seeing in every other
Part 663
face.
Part 664
Týr came to him steadily.
Part 665
Týr fed him steadily.
Part 666
Týr stood beside him steadily.
Part 667
And the wolf, in his huge intelligent watching
Part 668
came to know that this god was not afraid
Part 669
of him.
Part 670
The moment that comes later, the moment when
Part 671
the wolf, having seen through the gods' deception
Part 672
asks for one of them to put a hand
Part 673
in his mouth as surety, has
Part 674
when you sit with it, a particular shape.
Part 675
The wolf does not ask for any hand.
Part 676
He asks, by his refusal to be tested otherwise
Part 677
for the hand of the god who has been
Part 678
willing to come close to him.
Part 679
The text does not give us the wolf's reasoning.
Part 680
But the wolf's reasoning, in my reading
Part 681
is there beneath the surface of what the text
Part 682
gives us.
Part 683
But the texts do tell us this.
Part 684
When the moment came, much later, when the gods
Part 685
needed someone to put a hand into the wolf's
Part 686
mouth as surety.
Part 687
When they needed a god to step forward and
Part 688
offer that hand.
Part 689
The wolf knew which god to ask for.
Part 690
He did not ask for Odin.
Part 691
He did not ask for Thor.
Part 692
He asked for Týr.
Part 693
The bravest.
Part 694
The just.
Part 695
The one who had fed him.
Part 696
We will get to that moment.
Part 697
What you should hold, from this chapter
Part 698
is the shape of Týr in the hall of
Part 699
the gods.
Part 700
He is not loud.
Part 701
He is not in the front of the stories.
Part 702
He is the god who, when the other gods
Part 703
stepped back, walked forward.
Part 704
He is the god who, when the cost would
Part 705
be paid, was the one to pay it.
Part 706
He is the figure who, in tonight's story
Part 707
will lose more than any other.
Part 708
In the next chapter, we go to the first
Part 709
of the gods' attempts to bind the wolf.
Part 710
Chapter Four.
Part 711
The First Two Chains.
Part 712
The gods, the texts tell us, came at last
Part 713
to their council.
Part 714
The wolf could no longer be hosted in the
Part 715
high hall.
Part 716
The wolf had become too large, too suspicious
Part 717
too aware.
Part 718
The Æsir gathered, the texts say, and they spoke
Part 719
of what was to be done.
Part 720
And what they decided was this.
Part 721
The wolf, the gods said, must be bound.
Part 722
Not killed.
Part 723
The texts are clear on this.
Part 724
Not killed.
Part 725
Even in the height of their alarm
Part 726
the gods did not move to kill Fenrir.
Part 727
There has been long argument among scholars about why.
Part 728
One reading is that, because the gods had taken
Part 729
him in as a foster child, killing him would have
Part 730
been the breaking of the most ancient and most
Part 731
binding of social obligations, the obligation of the
Part 732
foster parent to the foster child.
Part 733
Another reading is that, because Fenrir was Loki's son
Part 734
and Loki was Odin's blood brother, killing the wolf would
Part 735
have been the killing of a kinsman.
Part 736
A third reading is that the gods, foreseeing Ragnarǫk
Part 737
knew the wolf could not be killed by ordinary
Part 738
means.
Part 739
He was to be the killer of Odin himself
Part 740
at the end of the world.
Part 741
Such a being could not be put down with
Part 742
a sword.
Part 743
Whatever the reading, the texts agree.
Part 744
The decision was not to kill but to bind.
Part 745
And to bind, the gods first thought
Part 746
would be simple.
Part 747
They were gods.
Part 748
The wolf, after all, was only a wolf
Part 749
even a wolf of unusual size and strangeness was
Part 750
in the imagination of the Æsir at this council
Part 751
a creature that could be wrapped in iron and
Part 752
held.
Part 753
So they made a chain.
Part 754
The first chain was called Lœðingr.
Part 755
The etymology of the name is not entirely certain
Part 756
the Old Norse scholars have argued about it
Part 757
for a long time.
Part 758
One reading connects it to a root meaning to
Part 759
lay down.
Part 760
Another connects it to the kind of binding word used
Part 761
in legal proceedings.
Part 762
Whichever reading is right, the name carries the sense
Part 763
that this was a chain meant to settle the
Part 764
wolf.
Part 765
To hold him in place.
Part 766
The Æsir made this chain themselves, in their own
Part 767
forges.
Part 768
They did not yet go to the dwarves.
Part 769
They thought, at this stage, that the work of
Part 770
binding could be done with their own hands.
Part 771
They forged the iron.
Part 772
They linked the links.
Part 773
They tested the strength of the chain against the
Part 774
strength of their own arms, and they were satisfied.
Part 775
Then they brought the chain to the wolf.
Part 776
The texts give us, here, one of the most
Part 777
quietly cunning passages in all of Norse literature.
Part 778
The gods did not come to Fenrir and say
Part 779
this is a chain.
Part 780
We have made it to bind you.
Part 781
Lie still while we place it around you.
Part 782
They did not say that.
Part 783
They said, instead, and the surviving accounts preserve
Part 784
this almost as a joke, they said: Fenrir
Part 785
we have made this chain.
Part 786
We do not know how strong it is.
Part 787
Would you let us try it on you?
Part 788
It will be a test of your strength against
Part 789
the chain's.
Part 790
We will see which is the greater.
Part 791
It is one of the small dark comedies of
Part 792
the surviving Edda.
Part 793
The gods, in their first attempt to bind the
Part 794
wolf, came to him in the language of sport.
Part 795
As if it were a game.
Part 796
As if there were no consequence.
Part 797
As if they were saying, come, friend
Part 798
let us see how strong you are today.
Part 799
The wolf agreed.
Part 800
He agreed, the texts say, because he was confident
Part 801
in his own strength.
Part 802
He had grown to the size he had grown
Part 803
to.
Part 804
He had felt the bones of horses give way
Part 805
under his jaw.
Part 806
He had felt the timbers of the hall flex
Part 807
beneath his weight.
Part 808
The wolf looked at the chain.
Part 809
He looked at the gods.
Part 810
And he said, in effect: very well.
Part 811
Place it on me.
Part 812
We will see.
Part 813
The gods placed the chain Lœðingr around him.
Part 814
They drew the chain tight.
Part 815
They stepped back.
Part 816
Fenrir kicked once.
Part 817
The chain Lœðingr fell to the ground in pieces.
Part 818
The gods looked at it.
Part 819
The wolf looked at it.
Part 820
And the wolf, the texts tell us
Part 821
was not displeased.
Part 822
He had won the game.
Part 823
He had proven his strength.
Part 824
He was, perhaps, even a little pleased to be
Part 825
in a game with the gods, who had until
Part 826
now never tested him in this way.
Part 827
The gods were silent.
Part 828
They went away to their council and they spoke
Part 829
again of what to do.
Part 830
It was decided that they would make a second
Part 831
chain.
Part 832
A stronger one.
Part 833
Twice as strong, the texts tell us
Part 834
as the first.
Part 835
Or, in some readings, of a stronger metal
Part 836
of an iron worked with secret runes by the
Part 837
gods' best smiths.
Part 838
The chain was called Drómi.
Part 839
The name, in Old Norse, comes from a root
Part 840
meaning fetter or bond.
Part 841
It was a fetter in the most literal sense.
Part 842
A binding thing.
Part 843
The gods brought Drómi to the wolf.
Part 844
They came, again, in the language of sport.
Part 845
They came, again, as if it were a game.
Part 846
They said, and this is where the surviving
Part 847
texts begin to give us, very gently
Part 848
the suggestion that the wolf was no longer entirely
Part 849
fooled, they said: Fenrir, your fame for breaking
Part 850
Lœðingr has spread among us.
Part 851
We have made a stronger chain.
Part 852
Will you not test your strength again?
Part 853
Will you not be praised by all of the
Part 854
Æsir for the breaking of this one too?
Part 855
The wolf looked at Drómi.
Part 856
It was visibly heavier than Lœðingr.
Part 857
It was visibly thicker.
Part 858
The eye of the wolf, the texts tell us
Part 859
was beginning to grow wary.
Part 860
But the wolf said: very well.
Part 861
Place it on me.
Part 862
I am willing.
Part 863
The gods placed Drómi around him.
Part 864
They drew it tight.
Part 865
The chain was so heavy that even the gods
Part 866
the texts say, strained to lift it.
Part 867
They stepped back.
Part 868
The wolf gathered himself.
Part 869
He had to work this time.
Part 870
He kicked once.
Part 871
The chain held.
Part 872
He kicked again.
Part 873
The chain bent but did not break.
Part 874
He bucked.
Part 875
The chain creaked.
Part 876
The wolf, the texts tell us, had to put
Part 877
forth, for the first time, his real strength.
Part 878
And then the chain broke.
Part 879
The links of Drómi flew apart across the field.
Part 880
The pieces, the surviving sources say, lay scattered.
Part 881
The wolf rose, panting.
Part 882
He looked at the gods.
Part 883
And the wolf was even more pleased now than
Part 884
before.
Part 885
He had proven his strength a second time.
Part 886
He had broken even the strongest chain the gods
Part 887
themselves could make.
Part 888
The gods, the texts tell us, were beginning to
Part 889
be afraid.
Part 890
They went away again to their council.
Part 891
And they spoke of what was to be done.
Part 892
And there was, by now, the slow heavy understanding
Part 893
in the council that they could not bind the
Part 894
wolf with the strength of their own forges.
Part 895
The gods of Asgard could not, by themselves
Part 896
make a chain that would hold him.
Part 897
They would have to send for help.
Part 898
They would have to send for the dwarves.
Part 899
In the next chapter, we go down again
Part 900
as we did, last week, for the hammer
Part 901
into the underground halls of Svartalfheim.
Part 902
Chapter Five.
Part 903
Down to Svartalfheim Again.
Part 904
We were last in Svartalfheim only the week before
Part 905
in the long telling of how Mjǫllnir was made.
Part 906
We walked there with Loki, then, on the long
Part 907
road down.
Part 908
We watched him stand at the bellows.
Part 909
We watched the dwarves Sindri and Brokkr work at
Part 910
the anvil.
Part 911
We watched the gold form into the boar Gullinbursti.
Part 912
The ring Draupnir.
Part 913
The hammer that would, from that night forward
Part 914
hang at Thor's belt.
Part 915
Tonight we go back.
Part 916
The gods, having failed twice to bind the wolf
Part 917
with chains of their own making, send a messenger
Part 918
down to the same dark country.
Part 919
This time, it is not Loki who goes.
Part 920
The texts give us the name of the messenger.
Part 921
He was called Skírnir.
Part 922
The bright one.
Part 923
The shining one.
Part 924
He was the servant, or, in some readings
Part 925
the friend and follower, of the god Freyr.
Part 926
Freyr, who we will meet at length in a
Part 927
later episode of this season, was one of the
Part 928
Vanir, the second tribe of gods, who had come
Part 929
into Asgard after the long Æsir Vanir war.
Part 930
Freyr was the god of fertility, of the sun
Part 931
in summer, of growing things.
Part 932
Skírnir was his messenger, his runner, the one he
Part 933
sent on tasks the surviving texts portray as urgent
Part 934
delicate, and almost diplomatic.
Part 935
It is interesting that the gods chose Skírnir for
Part 936
this errand and not, for example
Part 937
Loki.
Part 938
Loki had been to Svartalfheim before.
Part 939
Loki, in the previous episode, had stood at the
Part 940
bellows and watched the dwarves work.
Part 941
Loki knew the road.
Part 942
Loki, in the trickster's way, would have been the
Part 943
obvious messenger.
Part 944
But the gods, by this point in the story
Part 945
no longer entirely trusted Loki.
Part 946
They knew that Fenrir was Loki's son.
Part 947
They knew that Loki, while sworn to the Æsir
Part 948
had his own loyalties and his own ambivalences.
Part 949
They did not want, on this errand
Part 950
the trickster's hand on the message.
Part 951
They wanted someone simpler.
Part 952
Someone bright.
Part 953
Someone whose loyalty to the high gods was uncomplicated.
Part 954
So they sent Skírnir.
Part 955
Skírnir went down.
Part 956
The texts do not describe his journey in detail.
Part 957
They give us only that he went.
Part 958
He passed through whatever roads the messengers of the
Part 959
gods knew, perhaps along Bifrǫst, the rainbow bridge
Part 960
perhaps along older paths that the surviving texts do
Part 961
not name.
Part 962
He came to Svartalfheim.
Part 963
He came to the door of the smiths.
Part 964
This time, the smiths are not Sindri and Brokkr.
Part 965
The surviving texts do not name them.
Part 966
Snorri tells us, in the Prose Edda
Part 967
only that Skírnir came down to "certain dwarves." He
Part 968
does not give them faces.
Part 969
He does not give them lineages.
Part 970
They are, in the only account that has come
Part 971
down to us, simply dwarves of the deep country
Part 972
the unnamed smiths of Svartalfheim, who already
Part 973
the texts hint, knew why Skírnir had come before
Part 974
he had spoken.
Part 975
You will remember, perhaps, that in the previous episode
Part 976
the dwarves we met were named.
Part 977
The sons of Ívaldi, who made Sif's new gold
Part 978
hair and the spear Gungnir and the ship Skíðblaðnir.
Part 979
The brothers Sindri and Brokkr, who made the boar
Part 980
Gullinbursti, the ring Draupnir, and Mjǫllnir itself.
Part 981
Those dwarves the surviving sources named because the story
Part 982
of the wager required them to be named
Part 983
the wager was between two specific sets of smiths
Part 984
and the gods needed to know who had made
Part 985
which treasure.
Part 986
Tonight's story is different.
Part 987
Tonight's story has no wager.
Part 988
Tonight's story has only a binding.
Part 989
The makers of the binding the texts have not
Part 990
preserved by name.
Part 991
We can, in our own imagination, hold them as
Part 992
unnamed.
Part 993
As deeper, perhaps, even than the named dwarves.
Part 994
As the dwarves of dwarves.
Part 995
The smiths the other smiths went to when the
Part 996
work was beyond what they themselves could do.
Part 997
Skírnir came to them in their hall.
Part 998
He brought a message from the gods.
Part 999
The message, in the surviving telling, was this.
Part 1000
The gods, said Skírnir, need a binding.
Part 1001
They need a thing that will hold a wolf.
Part 1002
The wolf is large, very large, larger than the
Part 1003
gods' own forges can make a chain to hold.
Part 1004
The gods have failed twice.
Part 1005
They need a third binding.
Part 1006
They need it to be different.
Part 1007
They need it to be of such a kind
Part 1008
that the wolf, when he sees it
Part 1009
will not believe it can hold him.
Part 1010
And they need it to hold him anyway.
Part 1011
The dwarves listened.
Part 1012
The texts do not give us their faces.
Part 1013
They give us, only, that they listened.
Part 1014
And that after they had listened, they were quiet
Part 1015
for a while.
Part 1016
And that after they had been quiet
Part 1017
they said, and this is the part the
Part 1018
surviving sources preserve almost as a riddle
Part 1019
they said: we will make it.
Part 1020
We will make it of six things.
Part 1021
The things we will use, we will use up.
Part 1022
There will not be any of them left in
Part 1023
the world after we are done.
Part 1024
Skírnir, the texts tell us, did not understand.
Part 1025
He asked, what six things?
Part 1026
And the dwarves said: you will see.
Part 1027
And they began.
Part 1028
The dwarves of Svartalfheim, in the long old Norse
Part 1029
imagination, were the keepers of the deepest crafts.
Part 1030
They were the ones who knew the runes that
Part 1031
the gods themselves did not yet know.
Part 1032
They were the ones who could draw
Part 1033
from the materials of the deep world
Part 1034
the qualities that lived in those materials.
Part 1035
The hardness of stone.
Part 1036
The brightness of gold.
Part 1037
The silence of shadow.
Part 1038
For Gleipnir, the texts give us the name
Part 1039
of the binding here, Gleipnir, which means
Part 1040
in rough Old Norse, the open one
Part 1041
or the deceiver, the one that catches
Part 1042
the dwarves used six things.
Part 1043
Six things that, in the world before the binding
Part 1044
of Fenrir, the texts tell us, were present and
Part 1045
known.
Part 1046
And that, after the binding of Fenrir
Part 1047
were no longer present in the world.
Part 1048
The dwarves used them up.
Part 1049
The world has been thinner ever since.
Part 1050
We come, in the next chapter, to what those
Part 1051
six things were.
Part 1052
Sleep, if you are ready to.
Part 1053
The list is one of the most beloved passages
Part 1054
in all of Norse mythology.
Part 1055
And the listing of it is, in its own
Part 1056
quiet way, a lullaby.
Part 1057
Chapter Six.
Part 1058
The Six Impossible Things.
Part 1059
The first of the things the dwarves used in
Part 1060
the making of Gleipnir was the sound of a
Part 1061
cat's footfall.
Part 1062
This is what the texts say.
Part 1063
The Prose Edda preserves the line.
Part 1064
The first of the six was the sound that
Part 1065
a cat makes when it walks.
Part 1066
The slight, almost not there pressure of a cat's foot on
Part 1067
a wooden floor.
Part 1068
The almost silence of it.
Part 1069
The way a cat can cross a room while
Part 1070
a person who is sitting in it does not
Part 1071
look up.
Part 1072
The dwarves took this.
Part 1073
They took the sound.
Part 1074
They wove it into the cord.
Part 1075
This, the surviving Edda tells us, is the reason
Part 1076
that cats now walk silently.
Part 1077
The sound, before, had been in the world.
Part 1078
The dwarves used it.
Part 1079
The sound that remained, the sound that a
Part 1080
cat now makes when it crosses a floor
Part 1081
is what was left after the dwarves had taken
Part 1082
what they needed.
Part 1083
Cats walk silently because the dwarves needed the sound
Part 1084
of their footfalls for the binding of the wolf.
Part 1085
This is a beautiful piece of mythic reasoning.
Part 1086
It is also, in the way the old Norse
Part 1087
sources sometimes do, a small piece of folk explanation.
Part 1088
Why do cats walk silently?
Part 1089
Because the dwarves used up the rest of the
Part 1090
sound long ago.
Part 1091
The second of the things the dwarves used was
Part 1092
a woman's beard.
Part 1093
This may sound strange to a modern ear.
Part 1094
But the texts are specific.
Part 1095
The second ingredient was the beard of a woman.
Part 1096
And the explanation, and this is one of
Part 1097
the small dry jokes of the surviving sources
Part 1098
is that, before the binding of Fenrir
Part 1099
women had beards.
Part 1100
After the binding of Fenrir, they did not.
Part 1101
The dwarves used them up.
Part 1102
The Old Norse word for beard, skegg
Part 1103
would have been familiar to every household.
Part 1104
The beard of a man was, in the old
Part 1105
Scandinavian world, one of the markers of his standing.
Part 1106
The beard of Thor, of Odin, of every warrior
Part 1107
in the longhouse, was groomed and tended.
Part 1108
The texts of the Edda do not tell us
Part 1109
what a woman's beard, in the time before the
Part 1110
binding, had looked like.
Part 1111
The texts tell us, only, that there had been
Part 1112
one.
Part 1113
And that, after the binding, there was no longer.
Part 1114
The third of the things the dwarves used was
Part 1115
the roots of a mountain.
Part 1116
This one, perhaps, lands more easily in the modern
Part 1117
ear.
Part 1118
The roots of a mountain.
Part 1119
The deep parts of stone that go down into
Part 1120
the earth, that anchor the mountain to whatever is
Part 1121
below, that hold it in place against the slow
Part 1122
turning of the world.
Part 1123
The dwarves, the texts say, took those roots.
Part 1124
Used them.
Part 1125
The mountains have, since the binding of Fenrir
Part 1126
been rootless.
Part 1127
They are held in place now only by their
Part 1128
own weight.
Part 1129
By their own resting.
Part 1130
The roots are gone.
Part 1131
This is the kind of detail that
Part 1132
when you sit with it for a long quiet
Part 1133
moment, does something to your sense of the world.
Part 1134
It says, the mountain is heavier than it looks.
Part 1135
It says, the mountain is balanced now where once
Part 1136
it was anchored.
Part 1137
It says, the world has been, since this story
Part 1138
a little less steady than it once was.
Part 1139
The fourth of the things the dwarves used was
Part 1140
the sinews of a bear.
Part 1141
Sinew, the tough silvery cord that runs along
Part 1142
the muscle of an animal and connects it to
Part 1143
the bone.
Part 1144
In the old Scandinavian world, the sinews of large
Part 1145
animals were used for the strings of bows
Part 1146
for binding the iron head onto a spear shaft
Part 1147
for the silent strength inside every craft.
Part 1148
The sinew of a bear was particularly valued.
Part 1149
A bear was the largest land animal of the
Part 1150
Norse imagination.
Part 1151
Its sinew was the strongest of the bindings the
Part 1152
human craft could make.
Part 1153
The dwarves took the sinews of a bear.
Part 1154
Used them.
Part 1155
Wove them into Gleipnir.
Part 1156
The fifth of the things the dwarves used was
Part 1157
the breath of a fish.
Part 1158
You may, listening now, find your eye opening a
Part 1159
little at this.
Part 1160
The breath of a fish.
Part 1161
What does a fish breathe?
Part 1162
A fish, in the old Norse imagination
Part 1163
did not breathe the air that humans breathe.
Part 1164
A fish moved through the water, opening its mouth
Part 1165
and from its gills came a slight pulse
Part 1166
a small almost silent rhythm that the old Norse people
Part 1167
who knew their cold rivers and their cold seas
Part 1168
would have noticed as they pulled fish from the
Part 1169
water and watched them lie in the bottom of
Part 1170
the boat.
Part 1171
The breath of a fish was that pulse.
Part 1172
That small last quiet exhalation.
Part 1173
The dwarves took it.
Part 1174
Used it.
Part 1175
And the sixth, the last, of the things the
Part 1176
dwarves used was the spittle of a bird.
Part 1177
The Old Norse texts pause on this one too
Part 1178
in the way they do.
Part 1179
The spittle of a bird.
Part 1180
The almost nothing, the just barely there, the moisture inside a bird's
Part 1181
beak that you would not see unless you looked
Part 1182
very closely.
Part 1183
The dwarves used it.
Part 1184
These were the six things.
Part 1185
The sound of a cat's footfall.
Part 1186
A woman's beard.
Part 1187
The roots of a mountain.
Part 1188
The sinews of a bear.
Part 1189
The breath of a fish.
Part 1190
The spittle of a bird.
Part 1191
You may notice, if you let the list settle
Part 1192
that each of the six is a thing that
Part 1193
the old Norse imagination would have called almost not there.
Part 1194
They are not, like iron, or like gold
Part 1195
or like stone, the things you can pick up
Part 1196
and hold.
Part 1197
They are not, like the strength of a god
Part 1198
or the speed of a wind, the things you
Part 1199
can name and measure.
Part 1200
They are the things at the very edge of
Part 1201
presence.
Part 1202
The sound a cat makes that is just barely
Part 1203
a sound.
Part 1204
The beard of a woman that, even when it
Part 1205
was in the world, was not the central marker
Part 1206
of her.
Part 1207
The roots of a mountain that no one had
Part 1208
ever seen, only inferred.
Part 1209
The sinew of a bear, which is the strength
Part 1210
inside the strength.
Part 1211
The breath of a fish, which is the breath
Part 1212
inside an animal that does not seem to breathe
Part 1213
at all.
Part 1214
The spittle of a bird, which is the smallest
Part 1215
moisture inside the lightest of all flying things.
Part 1216
The surviving texts do not tell us why the
Part 1217
dwarves chose these six things.
Part 1218
The Prose Edda lists the ingredients without explaining the
Part 1219
reasoning behind them.
Part 1220
What I would offer here, as one way of
Part 1221
understanding the choice, is this.
Part 1222
The gods had tried to bind the wolf with
Part 1223
the things he could feel.
Part 1224
The iron of Lœðingr.
Part 1225
The iron of Drómi.
Part 1226
The chains of the high forges.
Part 1227
The wolf had felt them and had broken them.
Part 1228
So the dwarves, when the gods came to them
Part 1229
in their need, may have reasoned in the deep
Part 1230
way of the dwarves, that the wolf could
Part 1231
not be bound by anything he could feel.
Part 1232
He could only be bound by what he could
Part 1233
not feel.
Part 1234
By the absences.
Part 1235
By the things at the edge of presence.
Part 1236
By what was barely there.
Part 1237
This is, perhaps, the kind of reasoning the old
Part 1238
Norse imagination loved.
Part 1239
The kind of reasoning that says, the thing you
Part 1240
cannot see is stronger than the thing you can.
Part 1241
The thing that is barely there is the thing
Part 1242
that holds.
Part 1243
The lightest binding is, in the end
Part 1244
the only binding that lasts.
Part 1245
The Eddic poets did not write this down for
Part 1246
us in so many words.
Part 1247
But the listener, even the listener at the
Part 1248
edge of sleep, can sit with the possibility.
Part 1249
And the possibility is, in its way
Part 1250
the most Norse of all the things in the
Part 1251
story.
Part 1252
The dwarves took the six things and they wove
Part 1253
them into a single cord.
Part 1254
And the cord, when it was done, was
Part 1255
the texts tell us, smooth as a silken
Part 1256
ribbon, light as a thread of spider's silk
Part 1257
soft enough to be coiled into the palm of
Part 1258
a single hand.
Part 1259
It was so light that it seemed almost not
Part 1260
to be there.
Part 1261
It was so smooth that it seemed it could
Part 1262
not possibly hold anything.
Part 1263
This was Gleipnir.
Part 1264
The deceiver.
Part 1265
The open one.
Part 1266
The one that catches.
Part 1267
The dwarves gave it to Skírnir.
Part 1268
Skírnir, the messenger, took the small soft ribbon in
Part 1269
his hand.
Part 1270
He looked at it.
Part 1271
He must, the texts hint, have wondered how this
Part 1272
small thing was meant to hold the wolf.
Part 1273
He must have wondered whether the dwarves had played
Part 1274
some joke on him.
Part 1275
But the dwarves, in the surviving sources
Part 1276
gave him no further explanation.
Part 1277
They said only: take it.
Part 1278
Bring it to the gods.
Part 1279
They will know what to do.
Part 1280
And Skírnir, holding the small ribbon of impossible things
Part 1281
in his closed fist, climbed back up the road
Part 1282
from Svartalfheim.
Part 1283
And he came home to Asgard.
Part 1284
And he gave the ribbon to the gods.
Part 1285
In the next chapter, we walk to the island
Part 1286
where the binding will be made.
Part 1287
Chapter Seven.
Part 1288
The Ribbon in the Hand.
Part 1289
When Skírnir came back to Asgard, the gods were
Part 1290
waiting in their council hall.
Part 1291
He set the small bright thing on the table
Part 1292
before them.
Part 1293
The texts give us the scene.
Part 1294
The gods looked at it.
Part 1295
They did not, at first, believe it.
Part 1296
This, they said.
Part 1297
This is what the dwarves made.
Part 1298
Skírnir said: yes.
Part 1299
This, they said again.
Part 1300
This silken ribbon.
Part 1301
This little soft cord that we could break between
Part 1302
our fingers.
Part 1303
Skírnir said: yes.
Part 1304
They said it would hold him.
Part 1305
There was, the surviving sources tell us
Part 1306
a long silence in the council.
Part 1307
The gods looked at the ribbon.
Part 1308
They looked at one another.
Part 1309
Some of them, in the slow way of the
Part 1310
long lived, took the ribbon in their hands and tested
Part 1311
it.
Part 1312
They pulled gently at it.
Part 1313
They pulled harder.
Part 1314
They strained against it with the strength of gods.
Part 1315
The ribbon did not break.
Part 1316
The gods, the texts say, were astonished.
Part 1317
They tried again.
Part 1318
The strongest of them, Thor was not yet
Part 1319
at Mjǫllnir's side in this telling, but Thor was
Part 1320
nonetheless there, with his bare hands and the great
Part 1321
strength of his bare hands, Thor took the
Part 1322
ribbon and pulled.
Part 1323
The ribbon did not move.
Part 1324
The ribbon did not stretch.
Part 1325
The ribbon held.
Part 1326
The gods began, slowly, to understand what the dwarves
Part 1327
had given them.
Part 1328
It was not a thing of weight.
Part 1329
It was not a thing of mass.
Part 1330
It was not a chain in the sense the
Part 1331
gods had been thinking about chains.
Part 1332
It was a binding made of qualities that had
Part 1333
been taken out of the world and woven together.
Part 1334
And the qualities, the silence of cats
Part 1335
the softness of women, the steadiness of mountains
Part 1336
the strength of bears, the patience of fish
Part 1337
the quiet of birds, were not the kind
Part 1338
of thing that strength could break.
Part 1339
The strongest god in Asgard, pulling on Gleipnir
Part 1340
was pulling against the deep order of the world.
Part 1341
The gods, the texts tell us, were satisfied at
Part 1342
last.
Part 1343
But they were also, the texts tell us
Part 1344
beginning to be afraid of how they would get
Part 1345
the wolf to allow it to be placed on
Part 1346
him.
Part 1347
Because Fenrir was not, by this point in the
Part 1348
story, a foolish child.
Part 1349
He had been brought to Asgard as a small
Part 1350
thing.
Part 1351
He had grown in the high hall.
Part 1352
He had watched the gods, one by one
Part 1353
step back from him.
Part 1354
He had felt their eyes change.
Part 1355
He had broken Lœðingr.
Part 1356
He had broken Drómi.
Part 1357
He had heard, in his huge intelligent ears
Part 1358
the conversations of the gods at council.
Part 1359
He had seen, the texts hint, the messenger Skírnir
Part 1360
come back from the deep places carrying something small
Part 1361
in his closed fist.
Part 1362
He had noticed.
Part 1363
The wolf, by this point, was watchful in a
Part 1364
way the gods could not have anticipated when they
Part 1365
took him in.
Part 1366
The wolf was, perhaps, even sad.
Part 1367
The texts do not say.
Part 1368
But the wolf was certainly suspicious.
Part 1369
He knew that the gods were planning something.
Part 1370
He knew that whatever they were planning involved him.
Part 1371
And he knew that the small soft ribbon they
Part 1372
had asked him to be tested with would not
Part 1373
be the simple game the chains had been.
Part 1374
The Æsir came to him.
Part 1375
They came in their numbers this time.
Part 1376
Not just one or two of them.
Part 1377
Not just the messenger.
Part 1378
They came in a small procession.
Part 1379
Odin at their head, in his blue cloak with
Part 1380
his hood drawn forward.
Part 1381
Thor beside him, the great red beard catching the
Part 1382
light.
Part 1383
Skírnir holding the small ribbon.
Part 1384
And, near the back of the procession, walking quietly
Part 1385
Týr.
Part 1386
They came to the wolf.
Part 1387
They did not, this time, immediately go into the
Part 1388
language of sport.
Part 1389
They did not say, immediately, come try this against
Part 1390
your strength.
Part 1391
They paused.
Part 1392
The texts give us the pause.
Part 1393
They looked at the wolf, and the wolf looked
Part 1394
at them.
Part 1395
And there was, in the long moment before anyone
Part 1396
spoke, the understanding on all sides that the game
Part 1397
had moved into a different country.
Part 1398
Then Odin spoke.
Part 1399
He spoke, the surviving texts tell us
Part 1400
in the easy voice the Allfather used when he
Part 1401
wanted to make a thing seem smaller than it
Part 1402
was.
Part 1403
He said: Fenrir.
Part 1404
We have come to you again with a binding.
Part 1405
This one is small.
Part 1406
As you can see.
Part 1407
It is no more than a silken band.
Part 1408
It has been made by the smiths of the
Part 1409
deep country, and they have given it certain qualities.
Part 1410
Will you not test it against your strength
Part 1411
as you tested the others?
Part 1412
Will you not break this little thing for our
Part 1413
entertainment, and we will be done?
Part 1414
The wolf looked at Gleipnir.
Part 1415
The wolf, the texts say, was silent for a
Part 1416
long while.
Part 1417
The wolf, when he spoke, spoke quietly.
Part 1418
He said: I see that this is small.
Part 1419
I see that it is light.
Part 1420
I see that it looks like a ribbon a
Part 1421
child would tie in its hair.
Part 1422
The gods waited.
Part 1423
The wolf went on.
Part 1424
He said: I see also that it has been
Part 1425
brought from the deep country.
Part 1426
I see also that the gods of Asgard
Part 1427
who have failed twice now to bind me
Part 1428
would not bring me a third binding unless they
Part 1429
thought it would hold.
Part 1430
I see also that you would not all of
Part 1431
you have come to watch this small entertainment unless
Part 1432
you thought there was something to watch.
Part 1433
The gods, the texts tell us, did not answer.
Part 1434
The wolf, in the silence that followed
Part 1435
raised his enormous head a little.
Part 1436
He spoke again.
Part 1437
He said: there is no honor in my breaking
Part 1438
of a thing that has clearly been made to
Part 1439
hold me.
Part 1440
There is no honor in pretending we do not
Part 1441
all know what this is.
Part 1442
I will not be made foolish by this game.
Part 1443
The gods, the texts tell us, did not yet
Part 1444
despair.
Part 1445
They had expected this.
Part 1446
They had thought, in their council, about what to
Part 1447
do if the wolf saw through them.
Part 1448
And they had a thing prepared.
Part 1449
In the next chapter, we go to the test
Part 1450
the wolf himself proposed.
Part 1451
Chapter Eight.
Part 1452
The Test the Wolf Proposed.
Part 1453
The wolf, having seen through the gods' game
Part 1454
made a counter proposal.
Part 1455
He said: I will allow you to place this
Part 1456
ribbon on me.
Part 1457
I will allow you to make the test.
Part 1458
But only if one of you will put your
Part 1459
hand into my mouth, and keep it there
Part 1460
while the test is made.
Part 1461
So that, if I am being deceived
Part 1462
so that, if you have made a thing meant
Part 1463
to hold me and you have brought it here
Part 1464
to put it on me by trickery
Part 1465
I will know that the cost of the trick
Part 1466
will be the hand of one of the gods.
Part 1467
The texts pause here.
Part 1468
They give us the long quiet of the gods
Part 1469
looking at one another.
Part 1470
This is one of the most carefully constructed moments
Part 1471
in all of Norse mythology.
Part 1472
The wolf has not refused the binding.
Part 1473
The wolf has not run.
Part 1474
The wolf has not turned.
Part 1475
He has, instead, set a condition.
Part 1476
A condition that, on its face, sounds reasonable.
Part 1477
He is willing to be tested
Part 1478
but only with a pledge.
Part 1479
A pledge in the form of a hand.
Part 1480
The gods, the texts say, were silent.
Part 1481
Because the gods knew, exactly and without any doubt
Part 1482
what the wolf was asking for.
Part 1483
The wolf was asking for a sworn oath.
Part 1484
A pledge that, in the old Norse legal imagination
Part 1485
would bind the entire community of the Æsir to
Part 1486
the truth of what they were claiming.
Part 1487
And the gods knew that they were lying.
Part 1488
They knew that Gleipnir was meant to hold him.
Part 1489
They knew that, when Fenrir failed to break it
Part 1490
they would not release him.
Part 1491
They would leave him bound.
Part 1492
The trick was the whole point.
Part 1493
So the wolf, by asking for the hand
Part 1494
was asking for the gods to make a pledge
Part 1495
they could not honor.
Part 1496
And the cost of the failed pledge
Part 1497
the cost the wolf was naming
Part 1498
would be the hand of the god who put
Part 1499
it in.
Part 1500
The Æsir looked at one another.
Part 1501
Odin, the texts tell us, said nothing.
Part 1502
Odin, the wise one, the one who had given
Part 1503
his eye at the well of Mímir
Part 1504
the one who had hung nine nights on the
Part 1505
world tree, was not, even in his bravery
Part 1506
willing to give a hand.
Part 1507
He had given enough.
Part 1508
Thor, the texts tell us, said nothing.
Part 1509
Thor, in some readings of the surviving sources
Part 1510
was not yet at the council when this was
Part 1511
discussed.
Part 1512
In others, Thor was there but did not speak.
Part 1513
Thor was strong.
Part 1514
Thor was loud.
Part 1515
But Thor did not, at this council
Part 1516
put his hand into the wolf's mouth.
Part 1517
Heimdallr, the watcher of the bridge, said nothing.
Part 1518
Freyr, the bright god of fertility, said nothing.
Part 1519
Bragi, the god of poetry, said nothing.
Part 1520
The texts walk us, one by one
Part 1521
through the gods of the council.
Part 1522
None of them spoke.
Part 1523
None of them stepped forward.
Part 1524
And then, the texts tell us, Týr stepped forward.
Part 1525
Týr.
Part 1526
The bravest.
Part 1527
The just.
Part 1528
The one who had fed the wolf in the
Part 1529
high hall when no other god would walk to
Part 1530
him.
Part 1531
The one who had stood beside him daily and
Part 1532
watched him grow and known what he was growing
Part 1533
into and not turned away.
Part 1534
Týr stepped forward.
Part 1535
Týr said: I will do it.
Part 1536
The wolf, the texts tell us, looked at Týr.
Part 1537
There is, in this moment, something the surviving sources
Part 1538
do not need to spell out.
Part 1539
The wolf had known Týr.
Part 1540
The wolf had eaten from his hand.
Part 1541
The wolf, in the long quiet years of the
Part 1542
high hall, had been fed by this god.
Part 1543
Had been the recipient of his daily steady kindness.
Part 1544
And now, in the moment when the wolf was
Part 1545
asking for a pledge, the only god who would
Part 1546
step forward was the one god who had not
Part 1547
turned away from him.
Part 1548
This is the cruelty at the heart of tonight's
Part 1549
story.
Part 1550
The bravest god, the god who had been
Part 1551
most faithful to the wolf, who had been most
Part 1552
willing, who had not withdrawn his hand
Part 1553
was the one who would have to lie to
Part 1554
him.
Part 1555
Týr knew it.
Part 1556
The wolf, the texts hint, may have known it
Part 1557
too.
Part 1558
We will return to that question in a moment.
Part 1559
Týr walked forward.
Part 1560
He came up to the wolf.
Part 1561
He stopped at the wolf's great head
Part 1562
which was at the level of his own chest.
Part 1563
He raised his right hand.
Part 1564
The right hand, the texts are specific
Part 1565
the sword hand, the hand that, in the old Norse
Part 1566
imagination, was the hand of a warrior's identity.
Part 1567
The hand that held the blade in battle.
Part 1568
The hand that, on a warrior, was the hand
Part 1569
he could least afford to lose.
Part 1570
Týr raised his right hand.
Part 1571
He put it forward.
Part 1572
The wolf opened his mouth.
Part 1573
Týr placed his hand inside.
Part 1574
The texts pause here, in the way they do
Part 1575
at the deepest moments.
Part 1576
They give us, only: he placed his hand inside.
Part 1577
The wolf closed his jaws.
Part 1578
Not hard.
Part 1579
Not yet.
Part 1580
He closed his jaws gently around Týr's wrist
Part 1581
and he held the hand there.
Part 1582
Týr did not pull back.
Part 1583
Týr did not flinch.
Part 1584
In the next chapter, the gods make the binding.
Part 1585
Chapter Nine.
Part 1586
The Binding.
Part 1587
The Æsir, with Týr's hand in the wolf's mouth
Part 1588
came forward with Gleipnir.
Part 1589
They came quietly.
Part 1590
They did not laugh, the texts tell us.
Part 1591
They did not joke.
Part 1592
They did not now pretend, as they had in
Part 1593
the binding of Lœðingr and the binding of Drómi
Part 1594
that this was a game.
Part 1595
The mood had passed beyond the language of sport.
Part 1596
The mood was now, in the surviving sources
Part 1597
the mood of an execution.
Part 1598
A binding.
Part 1599
A solemn thing.
Part 1600
Skírnir, the messenger, held one end of the ribbon.
Part 1601
Another of the gods held the other end.
Part 1602
Slowly, slowly, they wound Gleipnir around the wolf.
Part 1603
The wolf did not resist them while they wound
Part 1604
it.
Part 1605
He stood, with Týr's hand still in his mouth
Part 1606
and he let the gods do the binding.
Part 1607
He had to.
Part 1608
He had made the pledge that he would.
Part 1609
He had bound himself to the test by his
Part 1610
own word.
Part 1611
The gods wound Gleipnir around his legs.
Part 1612
Around his chest.
Part 1613
Around his neck.
Part 1614
The ribbon, being light as a silken thread
Part 1615
took only a few wraps.
Part 1616
It did not feel heavy on him.
Part 1617
It did not feel, the wolf would have said
Part 1618
if he could speak in the moment
Part 1619
like a chain.
Part 1620
It felt like a thing a child had tied
Part 1621
around him in a game.
Part 1622
The gods stepped back.
Part 1623
They had taken him to an island for the
Part 1624
binding.
Part 1625
The texts give us the name of the island.
Part 1626
It was called Lyngvi.
Part 1627
In Old Norse, the name comes from a root
Part 1628
meaning heather or heathland.
Part 1629
It was a small island in a lake.
Part 1630
The lake itself was called Ámsvartnir.
Part 1631
The black lake.
Part 1632
The dark water.
Part 1633
The island was in the dark water
Part 1634
in the middle of the world, in a place
Part 1635
the wolf could not easily walk back from even
Part 1636
if he could break free.
Part 1637
They had chosen the place with care.
Part 1638
They stepped back.
Part 1639
They let the wolf stand free on the island
Part 1640
with the ribbon around him.
Part 1641
They watched.
Part 1642
The wolf gathered himself.
Part 1643
He kicked once, as he had done with Lœðingr.
Part 1644
The ribbon did not break.
Part 1645
He kicked harder, as he had done with Drómi.
Part 1646
The ribbon did not give.
Part 1647
He pulled.
Part 1648
He twisted.
Part 1649
He threw his enormous weight against the ribbon.
Part 1650
He brought to bear the strength that had broken
Part 1651
the first two chains and that, until this moment
Part 1652
he had not believed any binding could resist.
Part 1653
The ribbon did not break.
Part 1654
The wolf, the texts tell us, understood.
Part 1655
He understood, in that moment, that he had been
Part 1656
deceived.
Part 1657
That the small soft ribbon was not a small
Part 1658
soft ribbon.
Part 1659
That it was a binding made by the dwarves
Part 1660
of the deep country out of the qualities of
Part 1661
the world.
Part 1662
That the gods had brought it to him in
Part 1663
trickery.
Part 1664
That the test had not been a test.
Part 1665
That the pledge had not been a pledge.
Part 1666
And so, the wolf, doing what he had said
Part 1667
he would do, closed his jaws.
Part 1668
He closed them on Týr's hand.
Part 1669
He bit through.
Part 1670
Týr's right hand, his sword hand, came off at the
Part 1671
wrist.
Part 1672
The texts give us this moment, again
Part 1673
in very few words.
Part 1674
They do not linger.
Part 1675
They do not draw it out.
Part 1676
They give us, only, what happened.
Part 1677
The wolf bit through.
Part 1678
Týr lost the hand.
Part 1679
The Æsir, the surviving sources tell us
Part 1680
did not laugh.
Part 1681
They had bound the wolf.
Part 1682
They had succeeded in the thing they had come
Part 1683
to do.
Part 1684
But they had paid for it.
Part 1685
And they had paid for it through the body
Part 1686
of one of their own.
Part 1687
The bravest.
Part 1688
The just.
Part 1689
The one who had fed the wolf.
Part 1690
Týr stepped back from the wolf, his right arm
Part 1691
ending now at the wrist.
Part 1692
He did not, the texts say, cry out.
Part 1693
He did not, in the surviving sources, complain.
Part 1694
He turned, and he walked back to the gathered
Part 1695
company of the gods.
Part 1696
And the gods received him in silence.
Part 1697
And then the gods did the last of what
Part 1698
they had come to do.
Part 1699
They took a great sword.
Part 1700
They drove its hilt deep into the ground at
Part 1701
the wolf's feet.
Part 1702
They placed the point of the sword in the
Part 1703
wolf's lower jaw, and they propped his upper jaw
Part 1704
open against the point of it.
Part 1705
So that the wolf, from that moment on
Part 1706
could not close his mouth.
Part 1707
The wolf's mouth would not close.
Part 1708
And from his mouth, from the open mouth
Part 1709
of the bound wolf, on the island Lyngvi
Part 1710
in the dark lake Ámsvartnir, there began
Part 1711
the texts tell us, to flow a river of
Part 1712
saliva.
Part 1713
A long quiet steady flow.
Part 1714
The river had a name.
Part 1715
The river was called Vón.
Part 1716
In Old Norse, Vón means hope.
Part 1717
The river of hope flows still, the texts say.
Part 1718
It flows from the mouth of the bound wolf.
Part 1719
And there it will continue to flow until Ragnarǫk.
Part 1720
Until the wolf, in some far off cold morning
Part 1721
finally pulls himself free.
Part 1722
We will come to that morning in a later
Part 1723
episode of this season.
Part 1724
We will not come to it tonight.
Part 1725
Tonight is the binding.
Part 1726
The binding holds.
Part 1727
In the next chapter, we sit a while with
Part 1728
Týr.
Part 1729
With what he lost.
Part 1730
With what he became.
Part 1731
Chapter Ten.
Part 1732
The God Who Could Not Hold a Sword.
Part 1733
Týr returned to Asgard with one hand.
Part 1734
The texts do not tell us how he was
Part 1735
received by the other gods.
Part 1736
They do not give us a scene of welcome
Part 1737
or of grief.
Part 1738
They give us, only, that he came back.
Part 1739
And that he was, from that day forward
Part 1740
known as Týr the One Handed.
Part 1741
This is one of the quieter changes that the
Part 1742
surviving Norse sources record.
Part 1743
The change in what a god was called.
Part 1744
Before the binding of Fenrir, Týr was Týr
Part 1745
the just, the brave, the sky god of the older
Part 1746
Germanic religion, the one whose rune was scratched on
Part 1747
the hilts of swords for good fortune in battle.
Part 1748
After the binding of Fenrir, he was Týr the
Part 1749
One Handed.
Part 1750
The texts had a new epithet for him.
Part 1751
The texts noted, almost in passing, that he could
Part 1752
no longer hold a sword in the way a
Part 1753
warrior held a sword.
Part 1754
He could not, the surviving sources hint
Part 1755
hold a shield.
Part 1756
He could no longer, in the simple physical sense
Part 1757
be the warrior god he had been.
Part 1758
And yet.
Part 1759
The texts continue to tell stories about him.
Part 1760
He continues to appear in the council of the
Part 1761
gods.
Part 1762
He continues to be present.
Part 1763
He continues to be, in some readings
Part 1764
the figure the gods turn to when a hard
Part 1765
thing must be done.
Part 1766
Týr the One Handed was, in the surviving Norse imagination
Part 1767
no less a god than Týr the Two Handed had
Part 1768
been.
Part 1769
He was, perhaps, more.
Part 1770
There is a reason for this.
Part 1771
There is a reason that, when the late Norse
Part 1772
poets thought about Týr, they thought about him not
Part 1773
in terms of what he had lost but in
Part 1774
terms of what he had given.
Part 1775
What he had given was his sword hand.
Part 1776
The surviving sources do not, in so many words
Part 1777
tell us what was in Týr's mind when he
Part 1778
stepped forward.
Part 1779
They tell us only that he did.
Part 1780
They tell us that he placed his right hand
Part 1781
in the wolf's mouth, and that the wolf
Part 1782
when the binding held, closed his jaws on it.
Part 1783
The texts are spare.
Part 1784
They do not give us his thoughts.
Part 1785
But what we can see, from the larger shape
Part 1786
of the story, is this.
Part 1787
Týr had stepped forward at the council when no
Part 1788
other god would.
Part 1789
He had walked to the wolf.
Part 1790
He had placed his hand in the wolf's mouth.
Part 1791
And the rest of the gods had
Part 1792
in their council, already decided what was going to
Part 1793
happen with Gleipnir.
Part 1794
They had already decided that the binding was meant
Part 1795
to hold.
Part 1796
They had already decided that the test was not
Part 1797
a test.
Part 1798
They had already decided that the wolf would not
Part 1799
be released.
Part 1800
It is one thing to lose a hand by
Part 1801
misfortune.
Part 1802
It is another to lose it by knowing what
Part 1803
you are walking into.
Part 1804
The text does not put this in those words.
Part 1805
But the situation, and the silence of the
Part 1806
surviving sources, which is itself a kind of speaking
Part 1807
invites us to ask whether Týr knew.
Part 1808
Whether, when he stepped forward, he understood that the
Part 1809
binding was meant to hold and that the wolf
Part 1810
being honorable, would take what had been pledged.
Part 1811
I believe, in my own reading, that he did.
Part 1812
The figure who emerges from the larger Norse sources
Part 1813
is not a god who would have been unaware.
Part 1814
Týr was the bravest.
Part 1815
Týr was the wisest in matters of right outcomes.
Part 1816
Týr had been the one feeding the wolf
Part 1817
and so Týr had seen, perhaps more clearly than
Part 1818
any of the other gods, what the wolf was
Part 1819
and what the binding would do.
Part 1820
He was not, perhaps, the unlucky one.
Part 1821
He was the one who had volunteered for the
Part 1822
cost.
Part 1823
The texts may not say it.
Part 1824
But the texts may not need to.
Part 1825
This is, in the long old Germanic religious imagination
Part 1826
what justice looked like.
Part 1827
Not the absence of cost.
Part 1828
Not the avoidance of harm.
Part 1829
Not the careful navigation of the rules so that
Part 1830
no one had to pay.
Part 1831
Justice was the willingness, when the cost had to
Part 1832
be borne, to bear it yourself.
Part 1833
And Týr, the brave Týr, the just Týr
Part 1834
the god who had fed the wolf in the
Part 1835
high hall, had been the one to bear
Part 1836
it.
Part 1837
The wolf had bound himself by his word.
Part 1838
The gods had bound themselves by their word too.
Part 1839
They had pledged.
Part 1840
And the pledge was paid, not in some abstract
Part 1841
way, not in some symbolic way, but in the
Part 1842
actual hand of the actual god who had given
Part 1843
it.
Part 1844
The wolf, in his terrible moment, had been more
Part 1845
honorable than the gods themselves had wanted to be.
Part 1846
The wolf had honored the pledge by taking the
Part 1847
hand.
Part 1848
And Týr had honored the pledge by giving it.
Part 1849
This is a strange thing to sit with in
Part 1850
the modern ear.
Part 1851
It is strange because the modern ear is used
Part 1852
to mythologies in which the heroes are simply right
Part 1853
and the monsters are simply wrong.
Part 1854
The Norse myths do not work this way.
Part 1855
The Norse myths give us a wolf who has
Part 1856
been treated unjustly and who, in his treatment
Part 1857
conducts himself with a kind of awful dignity.
Part 1858
The Norse myths give us gods who
Part 1859
in their fear of the future, do a thing
Part 1860
the rules of their own justice condemn
Part 1861
and who pay, through the body of their bravest
Part 1862
the cost that justice demands.
Part 1863
The Norse myths give us, in this single story
Part 1864
a kind of moral honesty that the modern ear
Part 1865
is not always ready for.
Part 1866
Týr was the god who paid.
Part 1867
The texts call him, in some of the older
Part 1868
Eddic passages, the one handed god of victory.
Part 1869
This is, in its way, a strange title for
Part 1870
a god who had just lost the part of
Part 1871
his body most useful for fighting.
Part 1872
But the title is honest.
Part 1873
Týr was a god of victory because Týr had
Part 1874
won the thing that needed to be won.
Part 1875
The wolf was bound.
Part 1876
The world was, for now, safe.
Part 1877
Týr had paid for it.
Part 1878
There is more to the figure of Týr than
Part 1879
this one story.
Part 1880
There are other tales of him in the surviving
Part 1881
sources.
Part 1882
Some of them are funny, Týr's father
Part 1883
in some genealogies, was a giant of nine hundred
Part 1884
heads.
Part 1885
Some of them are quieter, Týr was
Part 1886
in some readings, the god you called on when
Part 1887
you needed a thing to be settled rightly between
Part 1888
two parties.
Part 1889
Týr was the god of the thing meeting.
Part 1890
The local council.
Part 1891
The place where, in the old Scandinavian world
Part 1892
free men gathered to decide questions of law.
Part 1893
Týr, in this larger sense, was the god of
Part 1894
right outcomes.
Part 1895
Of binding agreements.
Part 1896
Of the moment when a word, once given
Part 1897
had to be honored.
Part 1898
There is a small thing the surviving texts tell
Part 1899
us about Týr that is worth pausing on.
Part 1900
He was, the older Eddic sources hint
Part 1901
the god of the thing meeting.
Part 1902
The thing, in Old Norse, þing
Part 1903
was the local council of free men
Part 1904
gathered at a set place at a set time
Part 1905
of year, who decided the questions of law that
Part 1906
had to be decided.
Part 1907
Whether a debt was owed.
Part 1908
Whether a wrong had been done.
Part 1909
Whether a marriage was lawful.
Part 1910
Whether a man, who had killed another man
Part 1911
owed wergeld, the man price, for the killing
Part 1912
or whether he was to be made an outlaw.
Part 1913
These were the questions of the thing.
Part 1914
The thing was, in the old Scandinavian world
Part 1915
one of the most ancient institutions.
Part 1916
It predated, by a great deal, the coming of
Part 1917
kings.
Part 1918
It predated, by even more, the coming of Christianity.
Part 1919
The thing was the place where the law was
Part 1920
made, by the free men of the community
Part 1921
in the open air, under the eye of whatever
Part 1922
god watched over the giving and the receiving of
Part 1923
words.
Part 1924
That god was Týr.
Part 1925
We can see this even in the modern map
Part 1926
of northern Europe.
Part 1927
The town in Denmark called Tinghøj.
Part 1928
The Norwegian Tingvoll.
Part 1929
The Icelandic Þingvellir, where the Alþing met for nearly
Part 1930
a thousand years.
Part 1931
The English place names that end in -ting or -thing.
Part 1932
All of these are the descendants of the old
Part 1933
Germanic thing, the place where the people gathered
Part 1934
under the sky god, to settle their questions.
Part 1935
The day of the week named for Týr is
Part 1936
Tuesday.
Part 1937
In Old English, Tīwesdæg, the day of Tīw
Part 1938
who is the same god as Týr by a
Part 1939
different name.
Part 1940
In the modern Germanic languages we still say it.
Part 1941
Tuesday in English.
Part 1942
Tirsdag in Danish.
Part 1943
Dienstag in German.
Part 1944
The god of the thing, the god of right
Part 1945
outcomes, the god who paid for the binding of
Part 1946
Fenrir with his hand, that god is still
Part 1947
in our calendar.
Part 1948
Every week.
Part 1949
Quietly.
Part 1950
Unremarked.
Part 1951
The way many old things still are.
Part 1952
This is the figure that the surviving Norse sources
Part 1953
give us, when we look at him in full.
Part 1954
Not just the warrior who lost a hand to
Part 1955
a wolf.
Part 1956
But the older quieter sky god of justice, who
Part 1957
by the time the Norse texts were written down
Part 1958
had been displaced from the center of the religion
Part 1959
by his younger more cunning relative Odin.
Part 1960
But who had not been forgotten.
Part 1961
Whose rune was still on the swords.
Part 1962
Whose day was still in the week.
Part 1963
Whose name was still spoken at the thing.
Part 1964
Týr, in this larger sense, was the god of
Part 1965
right outcomes.
Part 1966
Of binding agreements.
Part 1967
Of the moment when a word, once given
Part 1968
had to be honored.
Part 1969
And it is fitting, in a way that the
Part 1970
surviving Norse sources may have known and may have
Part 1971
chosen, that Týr was the god who lost his
Part 1972
hand in the binding of Fenrir.
Part 1973
Because the binding of Fenrir was the moment in
Part 1974
the deep Norse imagination when the gods themselves had
Part 1975
had to step outside of right outcomes.
Part 1976
They had had to lie.
Part 1977
They had had to deceive.
Part 1978
And the god of right outcomes had paid for
Part 1979
it.
Part 1980
That is the figure we should hold
Part 1981
from this episode, in the back of the mind
Part 1982
as we drift.
Part 1983
Týr.
Part 1984
The bravest.
Part 1985
The one who paid.
Part 1986
Chapter Eleven.
Part 1987
What Was Lost.
Part 1988
What Was Held.
Part 1989
The wolf is bound on Lyngvi.
Part 1990
Týr has gone back to Asgard.
Part 1991
The gods have, by the end of this story
Part 1992
gotten what they came for.
Part 1993
The wolf will not roam free.
Part 1994
The wolf will not, in the years between this
Part 1995
story and Ragnarǫk, walk into the high hall and
Part 1996
devour the gods one by one.
Part 1997
The threat that the seers had spoken of has
Part 1998
been deferred.
Part 1999
The world has been given time.
Part 2000
But the world has been given time at a
Part 2001
cost.
Part 2002
The cost has been Týr's hand.
Part 2003
The cost has been the trust of the wolf
Part 2004
which the gods had at first cultivated and which
Part 2005
they have now broken.
Part 2006
The cost has been the binding of Fenrir himself
Part 2007
which was not justice in the simple sense.
Part 2008
The wolf had not done anything yet
Part 2009
when he was bound.
Part 2010
He had not yet attacked the gods.
Part 2011
He had not yet killed Odin.
Part 2012
He had not, in the timeline of the surviving
Part 2013
stories, committed any crime.
Part 2014
He had been bound for what he would do.
Part 2015
He had been bound for the prophecy.
Part 2016
He had been bound, the surviving sources hint
Part 2017
on the strength of a vision the seers had
Part 2018
had, a vision of a far cold morning
Part 2019
at the end of time, a vision of a
Part 2020
wolf swallowing the sun, a vision of the death
Part 2021
of the Allfather.
Part 2022
This is a difficult thing to sit with.
Part 2023
The Norse myths do not soften it.
Part 2024
They do not tell us, in the way some
Part 2025
other mythologies might, that the wolf was wicked and
Part 2026
deserved his binding.
Part 2027
They tell us, instead, that the gods bound him
Part 2028
because they were afraid.
Part 2029
They were afraid of what he would become.
Part 2030
They were not, in the moment of the binding
Part 2031
acting on what he was.
Part 2032
The wolf had, at the time of his binding
Part 2033
been a guest in their hall.
Part 2034
He had eaten their food.
Part 2035
He had grown among them.
Part 2036
He had been kind, in the way a wolf
Part 2037
can be kind, to the one god who had
Part 2038
fed him.
Part 2039
He had not, until the moment of the binding
Part 2040
lifted a paw against any of them.
Part 2041
And they bound him for what he would
Part 2042
one day, do.
Part 2043
There has been long argument among readers of the
Part 2044
surviving Norse sources about whether this is a story
Part 2045
of justice or of injustice.
Part 2046
The argument does not, in the texts themselves, resolve.
Part 2047
The Eddic poets did not, it seems
Part 2048
want it to resolve.
Part 2049
They wanted us, when we listened, to feel both
Part 2050
sides.
Part 2051
To feel the gods' fear and to feel the
Part 2052
wolf's grievance.
Part 2053
To feel that the binding was necessary and to
Part 2054
feel that the binding was wrong.
Part 2055
To feel that Týr was the bravest god and
Part 2056
to feel that Týr had been forced into a
Part 2057
betrayal of someone who had trusted him.
Part 2058
This is what the Norse myths give us
Part 2059
when they are at their best.
Part 2060
They give us moral situations that do not resolve.
Part 2061
They give us actions that have costs and that
Part 2062
nonetheless had to be taken.
Part 2063
They give us heroes who have paid prices that
Part 2064
no fully just hero should have had to pay.
Part 2065
The binding of Fenrir is, in this sense
Part 2066
a story about the moral cost of the future.
Part 2067
The gods bound the wolf because the future required
Part 2068
it.
Part 2069
The future, in the Norse imagination, was not a
Part 2070
thing the gods could avoid.
Part 2071
They could only meet it earlier or later
Part 2072
sooner or later, on better terms or on worse.
Part 2073
By binding the wolf, they were meeting the future
Part 2074
earlier and on better terms.
Part 2075
They were buying time.
Part 2076
They were trading Týr's hand and the wolf's freedom
Part 2077
for the deferral of Ragnarǫk by an unknown number
Part 2078
of years.
Part 2079
This was, in their reckoning, worth the cost.
Part 2080
We do not have to agree with their reckoning
Part 2081
to understand it.
Part 2082
We can, in the long quiet evening of this
Part 2083
episode, sit with the story as the Norse poets
Part 2084
gave it to us.
Part 2085
We can hold the gods and the wolf and
Part 2086
Týr all in the mind at once.
Part 2087
We can feel the strangeness of it.
Part 2088
We can feel the weight of it.
Part 2089
There is one last thing the surviving texts tell
Part 2090
us, and we should not leave it out.
Part 2091
The wolf, on Lyngvi, in the dark lake Ámsvartnir
Part 2092
bound by the ribbon Gleipnir, with his jaws propped
Part 2093
open and the river of saliva flowing from his
Part 2094
mouth, the wolf is said to be growing.
Part 2095
He is growing.
Part 2096
The texts do not say this in many words
Part 2097
but the suggestion is there.
Part 2098
The wolf, even bound, is not still.
Part 2099
The wolf is doing, slowly, what wolves do.
Part 2100
He is increasing.
Part 2101
His body is, year by year, becoming larger.
Part 2102
The ribbon Gleipnir is, year by year
Part 2103
accommodating his growth.
Part 2104
The ribbon does not break.
Part 2105
The ribbon holds.
Part 2106
But the wolf inside the ribbon is
Part 2107
by some long quiet measurement, larger than he was
Part 2108
when the gods first bound him.
Part 2109
This means that the binding is not
Part 2110
in the long Norse imagination, a binding outside of
Part 2111
time.
Part 2112
It is a binding inside of time.
Part 2113
It is a binding that exists while the world
Part 2114
exists.
Part 2115
And the wolf, inside the binding, is preparing
Part 2116
slowly, patiently, year after year, for the day
Part 2117
the binding will end.
Part 2118
That day will be Ragnarǫk.
Part 2119
We will not, tonight, walk into Ragnarǫk.
Part 2120
Ragnarǫk has its own episode, much later in this
Part 2121
season, when we will sit with the wolf again
Part 2122
as he finally pulls himself free, and as the
Part 2123
long quiet of his binding finally ends.
Part 2124
Tonight we sit with the binding itself.
Part 2125
With the long patience of the wolf.
Part 2126
With the long patience of the gods who put
Part 2127
him there.
Part 2128
With the steady flow of the river Vón.
Part 2129
The river of hope.
Part 2130
The river that the wolf's open mouth feeds.
Part 2131
It is a strange detail, the name of that
Part 2132
river.
Part 2133
Hope.
Part 2134
The texts do not tell us whose hope.
Part 2135
They do not tell us whether it is the
Part 2136
gods' hope, that the binding will hold.
Part 2137
Or the wolf's hope, that one day it will
Part 2138
not.
Part 2139
Or some older deeper hope, the hope of
Part 2140
the world itself, that whatever comes at the end
Part 2141
of time will, in some far off form
Part 2142
be made right.
Part 2143
The Norse poets, when they named the river
Part 2144
did not say.
Part 2145
We can sit with the ambiguity.
Part 2146
We can let it be what it is.
Part 2147
In the last chapter, we say goodnight.
Part 2148
Chapter Twelve.
Part 2149
Goodnight.
Part 2150
And the Wolf at the Edge of Time.
Part 2151
It is late.
Part 2152
Or it is, by now, perhaps, the very early
Part 2153
hours of a new morning.
Part 2154
If you are still awake, I'd like to draw
Part 2155
you back, gently, from the island and from the
Part 2156
lake and from the bound wolf.
Part 2157
We are leaving Fenrir on Lyngvi.
Part 2158
We are leaving Týr in Asgard with his one
Part 2159
hand.
Part 2160
We are leaving the gods at their council
Part 2161
where they have done a hard thing and where
Part 2162
they will, in the years to come
Part 2163
have to sit with the cost of it.
Part 2164
There is no neat closing to this story.
Part 2165
The Norse myths do not close neatly.
Part 2166
They open into other stories.
Part 2167
They open into the long arc of the season.
Part 2168
The wolf on the island is waiting.
Part 2169
The trickster, who is the wolf's father
Part 2170
is still in Asgard and is still
Part 2171
though the gods do not yet know how
Part 2172
preparing what will become his own long binding.
Part 2173
The serpent in the sea is biting his tail.
Part 2174
The daughter, Hel, is gathering the dead in her
Part 2175
cold halls below.
Part 2176
The world, in the long Norse reckoning
Part 2177
is moving toward the cold morning that the seers
Part 2178
had seen.
Part 2179
But not tonight.
Part 2180
Tonight, the wolf is on the island
Part 2181
and the ribbon holds, and the river of hope
Part 2182
flows from his mouth, and the gods sleep in
Part 2183
Valhǫll, and Týr, the brave Týr
Part 2184
the just Týr, the god who paid
Part 2185
sits at the high bench with one hand resting
Part 2186
on the table where, until recently, he had two.
Part 2187
The world is, for now, held.
Part 2188
This is one of the small gifts of the
Part 2189
Norse imagination.
Part 2190
It does not pretend that the holding is permanent.
Part 2191
It does not pretend that the cost was not
Part 2192
paid.
Part 2193
It gives us, instead, the long quiet of an
Part 2194
evening in which the thing that needed to be
Part 2195
done has been done.
Part 2196
And in which we, the listeners, can sit beside
Part 2197
the gods at the long fire, and we can
Part 2198
hear the wind outside, and we can know that
Part 2199
for tonight at least, the wolf is not at
Part 2200
our door.
Part 2201
If you have been listening since the first episode
Part 2202
you have come, by now, through a great deal
Part 2203
of the shape of the Norse imagination.
Part 2204
You have walked the nine worlds.
Part 2205
You have followed the Allfather through his long search
Part 2206
for wisdom.
Part 2207
You have gone down with Loki into the dwarven
Part 2208
country and seen the hammer made.
Part 2209
And tonight you have sat with the gods at
Part 2210
the council where the wolf was bound.
Part 2211
You have seen, in this single season
Part 2212
the structure of the world.
Part 2213
The wisdom of its highest god.
Part 2214
The making of its greatest weapon.
Part 2215
The first of the bindings that the world depends
Part 2216
on.
Part 2217
There is a great deal still to come.
Part 2218
There is the theft of Iðunn's apples
Part 2219
which will be the next episode.
Part 2220
There is the death of Baldr, which will be
Part 2221
the most beautiful and the saddest of all of
Part 2222
these stories, the story that the Norse poets themselves
Part 2223
believed was the turning of the world.
Part 2224
There is the long punishment of Loki
Part 2225
who has been with us through every episode so
Part 2226
far and whose own binding will, in its own
Part 2227
way, mirror the binding of his son.
Part 2228
There is the mead of poetry, which will be
Part 2229
a lighter and a stranger and a kinder story.
Part 2230
There is the second tribe of gods, the Vanir
Part 2231
whom we will meet at last.
Part 2232
There is the long human story of Sigurð and
Part 2233
the dragon.
Part 2234
And there is, at the end of the season
Part 2235
Ragnarǫk itself.
Part 2236
And then, after Ragnarǫk, the quiet morning of the
Part 2237
new world.
Part 2238
But all of that is for the weeks ahead.
Part 2239
For tonight, we leave the wolf bound on Lyngvi.
Part 2240
We leave Týr with his hand gone.
Part 2241
We leave the gods in their hall
Part 2242
looking at one another across the long fire
Part 2243
knowing what they have done.
Part 2244
If you have fallen asleep in the middle of
Part 2245
this story, the river of hope is still flowing.
Part 2246
The wolf is still bound.
Part 2247
The ribbon is still holding.
Part 2248
None of it requires your attention.
Part 2249
It will continue without you.
Part 2250
If you have stayed awake to the end
Part 2251
thank you.
Part 2252
I do not know who you are
Part 2253
but I am glad to have walked this far
Part 2254
with you.
Part 2255
There will be another episode in a few days.
Part 2256
And another after that.
Part 2257
And another after that.
Part 2258
The almanac is patient, and the almanac will continue.
Part 2259
Sleep well.
Part 2260
Let me, before we close, take you through one
Part 2261
more long quiet round of the worlds
Part 2262
so that you have the shape of the season
Part 2263
in your mind as you drift.
Part 2264
In the high hall of Asgard, the Allfather is
Part 2265
in his seat.
Part 2266
His ravens, Huginn and Muninn, have come home from
Part 2267
their long day's flight across the nine worlds
Part 2268
and they are perched, now, one on each of
Part 2269
his shoulders.
Part 2270
They are quiet.
Part 2271
They have already told him everything they have seen.
Part 2272
They will fly out again tomorrow.
Part 2273
They will come home again.
Part 2274
This is the long rhythm of the Allfather's days.
Part 2275
In the same hall, at his own place
Part 2276
Thor is sleeping.
Part 2277
The hammer is on the bench beside him.
Part 2278
The red beard rises and falls, slowly
Part 2279
with his breathing.
Part 2280
The hall is warm with the fires.
Part 2281
The other gods are in their places.
Part 2282
Heimdallr, who watches the bridge of burning light
Part 2283
is at his post, the surviving texts tell
Part 2284
us he is the watcher who needs the least
Part 2285
sleep of any of the gods, but tonight even
Part 2286
he is quiet.
Part 2287
Freyr is in his own hall.
Part 2288
Freyja in hers.
Part 2289
Bragi is, perhaps, still awake, finishing a verse he
Part 2290
has been working on.
Part 2291
The hall is, for now, at rest.
Part 2292
In a smaller seat off to one side
Part 2293
Týr is sleeping.
Part 2294
His right arm ends at the wrist.
Part 2295
The wrappings have, by now, healed.
Part 2296
The arm has its own way of resting on
Part 2297
the bench.
Part 2298
He has learned, over the long quiet years since
Part 2299
the binding, how to live with one hand.
Part 2300
He does not, in the surviving texts, complain.
Part 2301
He sleeps the way a brave man sleeps
Part 2302
who has done a hard thing and who is
Part 2303
at peace with having done it.
Part 2304
Outside the hall, the long night of Asgard stretches
Part 2305
over the worlds.
Part 2306
Bifrǫst, the rainbow bridge, glimmers faintly in the dark.
Part 2307
The roots of Yggdrasill, the world tree, descend into the
Part 2308
wells beneath.
Part 2309
The serpent Jǫrmungandr is coiled in the great sea
Part 2310
his tail in his mouth
Part 2311
asleep.
Part 2312
Hel, in her cold halls below, walks among her
Part 2313
quiet dead.
Part 2314
And on the small island Lyngvi, in the dark
Part 2315
lake Ámsvartnir, the wolf is bound.
Part 2316
He is awake.
Part 2317
Or he is asleep.
Part 2318
The texts do not say.
Part 2319
The wolf may, in the long centuries of his
Part 2320
binding, have learned how to be both at once.
Part 2321
To rest one part of himself while the other
Part 2322
part watches.
Part 2323
The river of saliva flows from his mouth.
Part 2324
It has its name, Vón.
Part 2325
Hope.
Part 2326
The river flows toward whatever far place rivers flow.
Part 2327
The mountains, which are no longer rooted to anything
Part 2328
below, sit by their own weight in their old
Part 2329
places.
Part 2330
The cats walk silently in the empty halls.
Part 2331
The women do not have beards.
Part 2332
The fish breathe their small silent breaths in the
Part 2333
rivers and the seas.
Part 2334
The birds, in their light bodies, hold their small
Part 2335
moisture inside their beaks.
Part 2336
The world is, for tonight, held in the way
Part 2337
it is held.
Part 2338
With the cost paid.
Part 2339
With the bindings in their places.
Part 2340
With the gods asleep.
Part 2341
With the wolf bound.
Part 2342
With the long patient rivers running.
Part 2343
If you have been listening since the first episode
Part 2344
you have come, by now, through a great deal
Part 2345
of the shape of the Norse imagination.
Part 2346
You have walked the nine worlds.
Part 2347
You have followed the Allfather through his long search
Part 2348
for wisdom.
Part 2349
You have gone down with Loki into the dwarven
Part 2350
country and seen the hammer made.
Part 2351
And tonight you have sat with the gods at
Part 2352
the council where the wolf was bound.
Part 2353
You have seen, in this single season
Part 2354
the structure of the world.
Part 2355
The wisdom of its highest god.
Part 2356
The making of its greatest weapon.
Part 2357
The first of the bindings that the world depends
Part 2358
on.
Part 2359
There is a great deal still to come.
Part 2360
There is the theft of Iðunn's apples
Part 2361
which will be the next episode.
Part 2362
There is the death of Baldr, which will be
Part 2363
the most beautiful and the saddest of all of
Part 2364
these stories, the story that the Norse poets themselves
Part 2365
believed was the turning of the world.
Part 2366
There is the long punishment of Loki
Part 2367
who has been with us through every episode so
Part 2368
far and whose own binding will, in its own
Part 2369
way, mirror the binding of his son.
Part 2370
There is the mead of poetry, which will be
Part 2371
a lighter and a stranger and a kinder story.
Part 2372
There is the second tribe of gods, the Vanir
Part 2373
whom we will meet at last.
Part 2374
There is the long human story of Sigurð and
Part 2375
the dragon.
Part 2376
And there is, at the end of the season
Part 2377
Ragnarǫk itself.
Part 2378
And then, after Ragnarǫk, the quiet morning of the
Part 2379
new world.
Part 2380
But all of that is for the weeks ahead.
Part 2381
For tonight, we leave the wolf bound on Lyngvi.
Part 2382
We leave Týr with his hand gone.
Part 2383
We leave the gods in their hall
Part 2384
looking at one another across the long fire
Part 2385
knowing what they have done.
Part 2386
If you have fallen asleep in the middle of
Part 2387
this story, the river of hope is still flowing.
Part 2388
The wolf is still bound.
Part 2389
The ribbon is still holding.
Part 2390
None of it requires your attention.
Part 2391
It will continue without you.
Part 2392
If you have stayed awake to the end
Part 2393
thank you.
Part 2394
I do not know who you are
Part 2395
but I am glad to have walked this far
Part 2396
with you.
Part 2397
There will be another episode in a few days.
Part 2398
And another after that.
Part 2399
And another after that.
Part 2400
The almanac is patient, and the almanac will continue.
Part 2401
Sleep well.
Part 2402
The Allfather is in his hall.
Part 2403
The hammer is at Thor's belt.
Part 2404
The wolf is bound on the island.
Part 2405
The river of hope is flowing.
Part 2406
And the long quiet of the night is
Part 2407
for once, held.
Part 2408
Goodnight.
The Binding of Loki
Welcome to The Sleeping Almanac. Tonight we tell the story of the trickster who finally went too far.
Part 2410
Of a feast in a hall lit by gold, where the gods of the north gathered to drink the ale of the sea giant Ægir.
Part 2411
Of one uninvited guest who walked in alone, and would not leave until he had said every cruel and true thing he had ever been holding back.
Part 2412
Of the words spoken at that table, which the gods could not, afterward, pretend they had not heard.
Part 2413
Of a mountain hall with four doors, where one being sat alone, watching every direction at once, knowing it was only a matter of time. Of a salmon in a waterfall.
Part 2414
Of the first fishing net ever made, and of how it was burned, and how the gods rebuilt it from the ash. Of a hand that closed around a slippery tail in the dark water.
Part 2415
Of the cave the gods carried him to. Of three stones.
Part 2416
Of a wife named Sigyn, who held a bowl above her husband's face for the rest of time, because what else was there for her to do.
Part 2417
Of the earthquakes that mortals would feel for the next thousand years, and would not know were one being's pain. We are telling this story tonight from three places.
Part 2418
From Snorri Sturluson's Prose Edda, especially the fiftieth chapter of Gylfaginning, which immediately follows the chapter we told you last time, the chapter of Baldr's death.
Part 2419
The two stories belong together. Snorri knew it. The poets before him knew it. Tonight we are telling you what comes next.
Part 2420
We are telling it also from Lokasenna, Loki's flyting, one of the oldest and strangest poems of the Poetic Edda. A poem made almost entirely of insults.
Part 2421
A poem in which the gods of the north sit at a table together, and one being walks among them, and speaks out loud the things that none of them, in all the centuries before or since, had ever spoken.
Part 2422
And we are telling it from the Vǫluspá, the seeress's prophecy, which knows already, from the beginning of the world, that Loki will be bound, and that Sigyn will sit beside him, and that he will not stay bound forever.
Part 2423
The Vǫluspá knows where this ends. It ends with a ship.
Part 2424
Where the surviving sources go quiet, and there are several places where they do, we will tell you we are imagining. We will not pretend otherwise.
Part 2425
The truth is that almost no one knows what Sigyn was thinking. The truth is that we do not know what the cave looked like.
Part 2426
The truth is that we do not know what Loki's face did when the venom dripped. But we know what happened. We know what the bowl was for.
Part 2427
And we know that one of the gods who fixed the serpent above his face was Skaði, the mountain bride whose father, Þjazi, the gods had killed long before, in the story we told you of Iðunn's apples.
Part 2428
Skaði had not forgotten. None of them had. This is the story of the night the trickster ran out of room. Settle in. Let your shoulders drop.
Part 2429
We begin at the threshold of a hall by the sea, where the gods are arriving for a feast.
Part 2430
Chapter One. The Hall by the Sea. The hall of Ægir stood at the edge of the world. Ægir was a jǫtunn, but not the kind of jǫtunn the gods feared. He was a sea giant.
Part 2431
A keeper of the deep places.
Part 2432
His hall stood on an island where the western edge of Miðgarðr fell away into the ocean, and the surf came in slow against the dark rock, and the stars at night were so close to the water that they seemed to be floating on it.
Part 2433
Ægir had a wife named Rán, who walked the waves and gathered drowned men in a net. Ægir had nine daughters who were the waves themselves.
Part 2434
Ægir, in his way, was kin to the gods. He had been a friend of theirs as long as anyone could remember. And Ægir brewed ale. He brewed the best ale in the nine worlds.
Part 2435
He brewed it in a cauldron so vast that Þórr himself had once had to go to the giant Hymir to fetch a bigger one for the brewing.
Part 2436
The cauldron Þórr brought back, by force, from Hymir's hall, was the cauldron Ægir used.
Part 2437
And the ale that came from it was the ale the gods drank when they wished to drink the finest ale that had ever been made.
Part 2438
So when Ægir invited the gods to his hall for a great feast, every god who could come, came. Óðinn came.
Part 2439
Þórr did not come, he was away in the east that night, killing trolls, as he often was. But almost everyone else came.
Part 2440
Bragi came, with his wife Iðunn, the goddess of the apples we told you about, the goddess of the gods' youth.
Part 2441
Týr came, the one handed god, who had given his right hand to the wolf so long ago.
Part 2442
Njǫrðr came, the sea god of the Vanir, and his son Freyr, and his daughter Freyja, Freyja with her golden necklace, who knew how to weep.
Part 2443
Heimdallr came, the bright watcher of the bridge. Skaði came, the mountain bride who had taken a husband from among the gods, long ago, for the killing of her father.
Part 2444
Sif came, Þórr's wife, with her hair of gold. And the lesser gods came too, Gefjun, the goddess of unmarried girls. The servants Byggvir and Beyla, who attended Freyr.
Part 2445
And Vidar, who said almost nothing. They came from every direction.
Part 2446
They came across Bifrǫst, and they came across the water, and a few of them came by paths that the sources do not name.
Part 2447
They came in their finest cloaks, and they came carrying nothing but themselves, because at Ægir's table no weapons would be allowed. That was the rule of the feast.
Part 2448
The hall, when they entered, was not lit by fire. It was lit by gold.
Part 2449
Ægir had set out gold around the walls of the hall, the way another host might have set out torches.
Part 2450
Gold that glowed of its own accord, the way that some gold in the old stories did. The gold lit the long tables. The gold lit the carved beams of the ceiling.
Part 2451
The gold lit the faces of the gods as they entered and took their seats. There was no smoke. There was no flame.
Part 2452
There was only a soft warm light, everywhere, that fell on everyone equally and did not move. It was beautiful. And there was a rule.
Part 2453
The rule of Ægir's feast was the rule that all old halls had. At Ægir's table there would be peace. No weapon would be drawn inside the hall.
Part 2454
No old quarrel would be raised inside the hall. No insult would be given.
Part 2455
The hall was a place out of the world, a place where the gods and their friends would simply drink, and eat, and tell stories, and let the long winter night pass without trouble.
Part 2456
That was the rule. Everyone knew it. Everyone honored it. The gods had honored it for as long as anyone could remember. And the ale was being poured by two servants.
Part 2457
They were called Fimafengr and Eldir. They were not gods. They were servants Ægir kept in his hall.
Part 2458
Fimafengr was the one who moved through the hall with the pitcher, refilling the cups, smiling, never spilling, never spoken to but appreciated.
Part 2459
Eldir was the one at the door. Eldir stood at the threshold and met each new arrival and took their cloak and welcomed them in. The gods sat. The ale flowed.
Part 2460
The hall warmed with conversation. Bragi told a story. Iðunn laughed at something Freyja said. Týr, the one handed, drank slowly with his left hand and listened.
Part 2461
Njǫrðr nodded over his cup.
Part 2462
Skaði, who did not love feasts, was nonetheless smiling, because Ægir's hall was beautiful, and the ale was good, and the long night was at last warm.
Part 2463
Outside, the sea was very dark. Outside, the stars were very close. And outside, on the path that led up to Ægir's hall from the shore, someone was walking.
Part 2464
Someone who had not been invited. Someone who, in the long memory of the gods, did not need to be invited. Eldir, at the door, looked up. He saw who was coming.
Part 2465
He set his hand on the doorframe, the way a servant does when something has begun to go wrong, and a servant cannot yet say what.
Part 2466
Chapter Two. The Seat He Claimed. Loki came up the path alone. He was dressed plainly. He did not look like someone who had come a long way.
Part 2467
He did not look angry, or hurried, or grand.
Part 2468
He looked the way Loki always looked when something was about to happen, slightly amused, as if he had a small private joke that he might choose to share with you, or might not.
Part 2469
His auburn hair was longer than it had been when we last told you of him. His face was thinner.
Part 2470
He had been moving in the world a long time, since the day Baldr fell in the courtyard, and the gods had begun, slowly, to suspect. He had been moving carefully.
Part 2471
He had not, yet, been caught. And tonight he had come to Ægir's hall. Eldir, at the door, did not let him in. Eldir was a servant. He had no authority.
Part 2472
But he was also a being who had been told, by his master, that this feast was for the gods of Asgard, and that the night was to be a peaceful one, and that the doors of the hall were to be opened to those who came in friendship.
Part 2473
Eldir, looking at Loki, did not see friendship. Eldir saw a being walking toward him whose eyes already knew what they were going to do.
Part 2474
"You are not invited tonight," Eldir said, gently. "Stand aside, friend. Walk on." Loki considered him.
Part 2475
Loki said many things to Eldir that night, short things, sharp things, things that the poem Lokasenna preserves for us, about what was being said inside, and about how he had a right to be there, and about how Eldir had better step aside before something he did not want to happen, happened.
Part 2476
Eldir replied to him in kind.
Part 2477
The two of them stood at the doorway, talking, the gold from inside falling out onto the path between them, and inside the hall the gods went on drinking, not yet knowing.
Part 2478
And then Fimafengr, the smiling one, with the pitcher, came out to the threshold to see what was keeping Eldir. Loki killed him there. The poem does not say with what.
Part 2479
The poem does not say how. The poem says only that Loki killed Fimafengr at the door of the feast, on the threshold of the hall, with the gold falling over them both.
Part 2480
And inside the hall, the gods heard it. They heard what they did not yet understand they had heard, a small sound, a wet sound, a falling. They came to the door.
Part 2481
They came pouring out, Óðinn in front, and they saw Loki standing over the servant's body, and the gods drove Loki out of the hall, out into the dark, out down the path toward the sea.
Part 2482
They drove him out without ceremony. They did not even speak to him. They simply turned him out, because there was nothing to say. He had broken the rule of the feast.
Part 2483
He had broken it in the worst way it could be broken. There was no question of his continuing inside. The gods went back in. They closed the door behind them.
Part 2484
And they tried to begin the feast again, to set down their cups and pretend that what had happened at the threshold had not, in some small way, ended the night.
Part 2485
They could not quite. The light from the gold was the same. The ale in the cups was the same. But something at the heart of the hall had gone slightly cold.
Part 2486
They knew it had. They went on anyway. What else could they do. Outside, on the dark path, Loki turned around. He came back.
He came back not as a stranger.
Part 2487
He came back as a god, as he had every right to do.
Part 2488
Because Loki, in the long ago, before any of this, before Baldr, before the dart, before the chase that had not yet begun, Loki had sworn a blood oath with Óðinn himself.
Part 2489
The two of them had mixed their blood. They had become brothers.
Part 2490
And the rule of the old north was the rule that no man, and no god, would ever drink at a feast unless his blood brother could drink beside him too.
Part 2491
It was a rule older than the hall. It was a rule older than Ægir. It was a rule Óðinn could not refuse. Loki walked back up the path. Loki opened the door.
Part 2492
And Loki, standing in the doorway with the dark sea behind him, said to the assembled gods of Asgard, quietly: I am the blood brother of Óðinn.
Part 2493
I will drink at this table tonight. Or Óðinn will drink at no table tonight, ever again. The hall was silent. The gold was still warm.
Part 2494
Óðinn, old Óðinn, who had stood at the well of Mímir and had given an eye for wisdom, who had hanged himself from Yggdrasill for nine nights, who had known this day was coming since before any of them, Óðinn looked at his son Vidar.
Part 2495
And Óðinn said: rise. Give Loki your seat. Pour him a cup. The blood oath is the blood oath. He will drink with us tonight.
Vidar rose. He poured Loki a cup.
Part 2496
He set the cup before the seat he had been sitting in. And he stepped aside, silent, the way Vidar always was, and let Loki take the place where Vidar had been.
Part 2497
Loki sat down. He took up the cup. He drank from it slowly, looking at every god at the table one by one.
Part 2498
And then he set the cup down, and he opened his mouth, and he began.
Part 2499
Chapter Three. What He Said to Bragi and Iðunn. The first one he turned to was Bragi. Bragi was the god of poetry. He was Iðunn's husband.
Part 2500
He had a long silver gold beard and gentle hands and he had spent his entire life among the bright halls of the gods, drinking their ale and singing their stories and making them feel that the songs the world told about them were songs the world remembered.
Part 2501
Bragi was the god whose voice carried across the long mead benches. Bragi had never lifted a weapon. Bragi had never had to.
Part 2502
Loki looked at Bragi and said: Hail to all the gods, except to you. Bragi was silent for a moment. Bragi did not know what to say to this.
Part 2503
He had not expected to be the first one Loki spoke to.
Part 2504
He had been preparing, every god at that table, in the breath after Loki had taken his seat, had been preparing, for Loki to look across the hall and find them.
Part 2505
To find their face.
Part 2506
To find the worst thing they had ever done and to say it out loud at this table where the gold was still warm and the ale was still good and the rule of peace had been broken once already tonight.
Part 2507
Bragi had not thought it would be him. Bragi tried to be generous.
Part 2508
Bragi offered Loki a horse from his stable, and a sword from his hall, and a ring from his arm, gifts, the way a host would give gifts, to settle the quarrel before it began.
Part 2509
Loki rejected the gifts. Loki said that Bragi was no warrior. Loki said that Bragi was a bench decorator. A man who sat down. A man who hid behind other men's swords.
Part 2510
The poets of the old north would have said it harder than I can, there is a particular phrase in Lokasenna here that translates roughly to that Bragi was a coward, and that any time anyone needed something done, Bragi was the last one to volunteer.
Part 2511
Bragi heard this. Bragi stood up. Bragi said that if they had been outside the hall, he would have answered Loki for this. He said that they were not outside the hall.
Part 2512
He said that the rule of the feast held him from doing what he would have done if they had been on any field anywhere else in the nine worlds. Loki smiled.
Part 2513
And then Iðunn, Iðunn whose apples the gods had nearly lost, whom we told you about three episodes ago, Iðunn put her hand on her husband's arm. She said: please.
Part 2514
Bragi. Sit down. He is not worth this. Please. Loki turned to her.
He looked at Iðunn.
Part 2515
He looked at the small soft face of the goddess of youth and renewal, the goddess who held the apples that kept the gods of the world from aging into death.
Part 2516
He looked at her and he said, and what he said was unsayable. What he said was that Iðunn had embraced the man who had killed her own brother.
Part 2517
That she had wrapped her arms around her brother's killer. That she of all the gods at this table was the one whose own kin had been spilled, and who had then forgotten.
Part 2518
The hall, the hall did not move. Iðunn did not answer. Iðunn had no answer. Whether what Loki said was true is a question that the surviving sources do not answer.
Part 2519
The Eddas do not tell us who Iðunn's brother was, or what happened to him, or whose arms killed him. The Eddas have lost that part of the story.
Part 2520
The Lokasenna preserves Loki's accusation and Iðunn's silence, and nothing else. We can read it as a wound the old north knew but the modern world has lost.
Part 2521
We can read it as a wound Loki invented in that moment and that no one knew how to deny. Iðunn lowered her hand from her husband's arm. Bragi sat back down.
Part 2522
He did not look at his wife. And the gods around the table understood, finally, that this was what the rest of the night was going to be.
Part 2523
That Loki was not going to throw stones at glass. That Loki was going to throw stones at the soft tender private heart of each one of them in turn.
Part 2524
That the rule of the feast, the rule that said no old quarrel, was being broken, not from outside, but from one of their own.
Part 2525
That the gods of Asgard were, tonight, going to be made to listen to their own buried things, said out loud, at a table where they could not stand and walk away.
Part 2526
Some of them had wondered, in the silence after Iðunn dropped her hand, whether they should rise and leave. None of them did.
Part 2527
You do not, when a thing like this begins, rise and leave. You sit. You listen. You wait to see whose turn is next.
Part 2528
You hope, in a small ungenerous corner of yourself, that yours will not be the worst. Loki turned, slowly, to the next god.
Part 2529
Chapter Four. The Old Wounds. He turned to Gefjun. Gefjun was the goddess of unmarried girls.
Part 2530
She was, in the old north, the patron of women who had not yet given themselves to anyone. She was a quiet goddess. The sources tell us little about her.
Part 2531
We know she had once ploughed an island free from the body of Sweden, using four giant sons in the shape of oxen, and we know that she walked among virgins and watched over them.
Part 2532
We know that she was kind. We know that in the brightness of the Asgard halls, she had a small and gentle place.
Part 2533
Loki looked at her, across the table, and said: I know about the youth. Gefjun's face did not change. She did not look up. Loki said: I know about the necklace.
Part 2534
I know what you gave for it. I know which youth gave it to you, and what you gave him in return, that he might give the necklace to you.
Part 2535
I know what your hand did under your cloak that night, Gefjun, when the bright lamp was burning low. I know. There is no other source for this specific accusation.
Part 2536
The Lokasenna preserves it; no other Eddic text confirms a youth and a necklace ever traded hands at Gefjun's bedside.
Part 2537
What the old sources do say of Gefjun is that pattern we mentioned a moment ago, the ploughing of the island, the night with King Gylfi.
Part 2538
The bargain of the body for the land. So the shape of the accusation is not foreign to her.
Part 2539
The shape of the accusation is something the old north could have believed of Gefjun.
Part 2540
But the specifics, the youth, the necklace, the lamp burning low, those are Loki's alone.
Part 2541
Whether they were a real wound the old north remembered, or a real wound Loki invented in the moment, or a slight twisting of the Gylfi story to make a familiar shape feel like a private hurt, that we cannot tell you.
Part 2542
Gefjun did not deny it.
Part 2543
The gods of the table, looking at the small quiet goddess of unmarried women, suddenly were not sure what they had been told before, and what they had not. Óðinn spoke.
Part 2544
Old Óðinn, the All father, the one who had given an eye, the one who had hung himself from the great tree for nine nights, the one who had brewed war and wisdom, Óðinn said: Loki, stop.
Part 2545
He said it gently. He did not raise his voice. He simply said: stop. You are doing a thing that does not need to be done tonight. Loki turned to Óðinn.
Part 2546
And Loki said: you have given victory in battle to the worse warrior, all father. Do not pretend otherwise.
Part 2547
I have stood beside you when you gave your favor to the man who did not deserve it, and you took your favor from the man who did.
Part 2548
I have seen which judgments of yours were just, and which were not. I have stood at the back of every battle you have judged, and I have known. So have you.
Part 2549
Do not lecture me about what does and does not need to be done tonight. Óðinn looked at him.
Part 2550
Óðinn, and this is the part of Lokasenna that the modern reader, when they meet it, cannot quite forget, Óðinn did not answer about the battles.
Part 2551
What Óðinn said instead was: Loki, you were eight winters underground as a milkmaid. You bore children there. You took the form of a woman.
Part 2552
Do not lecture ME about what is and is not shameful for a god to have done. The hall, for a moment, did not breathe.
Part 2553
What Óðinn was saying was that Loki, in the long ago, had taken on the shape of a woman. Had lived as a woman. Had borne children, the way women bear children.
Part 2554
The sources, Snorri elsewhere, the Eddas in fragments, confirm at least part of this.
Part 2555
Loki had, at one point, transformed himself into a mare and borne the eight legged horse Sleipnir to a stallion.
Part 2556
Loki had crossed the line that the old north had between male and female, and had borne, from his own body, a child of that crossing.
Part 2557
Sleipnir was the horse Óðinn rode now. Óðinn rode Sleipnir to every battle. Óðinn rode Sleipnir to every council of the worlds.
Part 2558
Sleipnir had eight legs because of what Loki had done. What Óðinn was saying, in that hall, was that Loki had been a mother.
Part 2559
And Loki, who in any other quarrel would have laughed at this, Loki who had laughed at this, in lesser quarrels, before, Loki this time did not laugh.
Part 2560
Loki said to Óðinn: and you, all father. You who have practiced seiðr, the magic the old north called woman's magic. The magic of foresight and influence.
Part 2561
The magic that no man among the gods practices because it is shameful for a man to practice it. You have practiced it. I have seen you.
Part 2562
You have whispered into the runes the way only women whisper. You have danced the dance that only women dance. You have done with magic what only women do.
Part 2563
Óðinn lowered his cup. Óðinn said: I have. The hall heard the all father admit it.
Part 2564
The hall heard Óðinn, the highest of the gods, the one who held the spear Gungnir and rode the eight legged horse, heard him say, at his own table, that yes, he had practiced the woman's magic.
Part 2565
He had whispered into the runes. He had crossed the same line Loki had crossed.
Part 2566
And then Frigg, Frigg, who had walked the worlds asking every living thing not to harm her son, Frigg spoke. Frigg said: husband. Do not give him this.
Part 2567
Do not give him your old secrets here. He is not worth them. Loki turned to Frigg.
Part 2568
He looked at the goddess whose son had died, only a season before, on a courtyard in Asgard, with a small mistletoe dart in his chest.
Part 2569
He looked at the goddess who had walked the entire world asking each rock and each plant to spare her son. He looked at her and he said: Frigg.
Part 2570
When Óðinn was banished, long ago, and his throne stood empty, you took his brothers Vili and Vé into your bed. Both of them. You did not wait.
Part 2571
You did not wait for your husband.
Part 2572
You took his brothers into the place that was his place, and you held them there, and you let them have what they wanted, the way a wife does. I know this.
Part 2573
The whole hall knows this. The whole world knows this. Frigg sat very still. Frigg did not answer. The sources are silent about whether Loki's accusation was true.
Part 2574
There is a fragment in one source, only one, that suggests Óðinn was once exiled by his brothers, and that Frigg did, in his absence, share his throne with the brothers who had taken it.
Part 2575
The fragment is unclear. The fragment may be a misremembering. The fragment may be Loki's invention. But Frigg, in the Lokasenna, does not deny it.
Part 2576
Frigg, in the Lokasenna, looks at Loki and looks away. And then Frigg spoke. Not loudly. Not in anger. The way a mother speaks when she has nothing left to lose.
Part 2577
Frigg said: Loki.
Part 2578
If my son Baldr were sitting at this table tonight, if my son Baldr were at this feast with the rest of us, you would not be allowed to leave this hall alive.
Part 2579
You would not be allowed to finish your cup. You would not be allowed another breath at the gods' table.
Part 2580
My son Baldr is the only god in all of Asgard who would have stopped what you are doing tonight by standing up and saying no. The hall, for a moment, almost relaxed.
Part 2581
Almost.
Part 2582
It almost felt, for a breath, like a normal thing, a mother speaking the name of her dead son to remind the room that loss had been suffered here, that even Loki should have the grace to be quiet in the face of it.
Part 2583
Then Loki spoke. Loki said: Frigg. Do you want to know why your son Baldr is not sitting at this table? Frigg looked at him.
Part 2584
Loki said: do you want to know why Baldr did not ride into the hall this evening? Why he is not laughing at his father's side?
Part 2585
Why his mother walks the worlds with red around her eyes? Frigg did not answer. Loki said: it was my doing, Frigg. It was me.
Part 2586
I was the one who learned that you had missed a plant in your walking. I was the one who found the mistletoe west of Valhǫll and shaped it into a dart.
Part 2587
I was the one who put the dart into the hand of the brother who could not see. I was the one who guided Hǫðr's arm.
Part 2588
I am the reason you no longer see your son ride into this hall. I am the reason. Me. The hall was silent.
Part 2589
The hall, and this is the moment the whole Lokasenna has been building toward, the hall heard Loki, at the gods' own table, in front of every god who had ever loved Baldr, say plainly that he had killed him.
Part 2590
The thing the gods had suspected. The thing they had said quietly to each other since the funeral on the great ship Hringhorni.
Part 2591
The thing no one had dared accuse him of in public. Loki had just said it himself. The Lokasenna preserves this moment as stanza twenty eight. The poem is unambiguous.
Part 2592
Loki does not hedge. Loki does not soften. Loki tells Frigg that he is the reason her son is dead, and he tells her at the table where she cannot rise.
Part 2593
The gods around the table understood, then, that something had passed that could not be unpassed. Not even by being silent. Not even by waiting it out.
Part 2594
They were going to remember this confession. They were going to act on it. Not tonight. Not in this hall. The peace rule still held.
Part 2595
But tomorrow, when the doors of Ægir's hall opened and the gods walked back out into the world, they were going to hunt the being who had just told the mother of Baldr, at her own table, that he had been the one who killed her son.
Part 2596
Frigg did not weep. Frigg, in the poem, does not speak again after this moment. Frigg, in the long surviving Norse tradition, almost does not speak again at all.
Part 2597
The story keeps going around her. Frigg, for the rest of the night, sat very still, and looked at the place at the table where her son was not.
Part 2598
The hall was beginning, very slowly, to feel cold. The gold around the walls was still glowing. The ale in the cups was still warm.
Part 2599
But something at the heart of the room had gone wrong. Each god who had been spoken to so far had not been spoken to about a thing they had done in public.
Part 2600
They had been spoken to about a thing they had done in private.
Part 2601
The private things were the things they had not, in the long history of their being gods together, ever expected to hear said out loud at a table.
Part 2602
The private things were the things they had carried alone. Loki was taking them out, one by one, and putting them on the table beside the ale.
Part 2603
And no one, no one, was going to be spared.
Part 2604
Chapter Five. The Vanir's Shame. He turned next to Freyja. Freyja was the goddess of love. Of beauty.
Of seiðr, which Óðinn himself had just admitted to practicing.
Part 2605
Freyja was the one who had once wept tears of gold for the husband who had gone wandering and not returned.
Part 2606
Freyja was the one who wore the golden necklace called Brísingamen, which she had bought, the old stories said, from four dwarves in a cave, by sleeping one night with each of them in turn.
Part 2607
Freyja was beautiful, and Freyja was complicated, and Freyja knew, of all the goddesses at the table, exactly what Loki was about to say.
Part 2608
Loki said: Freyja, every god at this table has been your lover. Every elf at this table has been your lover. Every dwarf in the caves below has been your lover.
Part 2609
Even your own brother has been your lover. I have seen it. Do not deny it. I have stood at the doors of your hall on the nights you brought your brother through them.
Part 2610
I know what the two of you do. I know what your father once caught the two of you doing. The world knows. Do not pretend otherwise.
Part 2611
This accusation, unlike the others, has a small thread of source evidence behind it.
Part 2612
The Ynglinga Saga preserves a faint tradition that among the Vanir, the older family of gods to which Freyja and her brother Freyr both belonged, sibling marriage had once been the custom.
Part 2613
The Vanir, the saga says, had practiced incestuous marriage in the long ago, before they joined with the Æsir.
Part 2614
When they came to live among Óðinn's people, that custom was set aside. But it had existed. The accusation was not pure invention.
Part 2615
The accusation was the dragging out, into the bright light of the gold lit hall, of a Vanir custom the Æsir had agreed to forget. Freyja did not answer.
Part 2616
Freyja, in Lokasenna, only said: Loki, your tongue is a thing that will be silenced.
Part 2617
There will come a day when the gods bind you, and when your mouth is closed for what comes after. I will live to see that day. Loki laughed.
Part 2618
He laughed a small laugh, not loud, as if she had said something gently amusing. He turned to her father.
Part 2619
Njǫrðr was the god of the sea, the patron of sailors, the father of Freyja and Freyr.
Part 2620
He was an older god, he had come into Asgard from the Vanir, in the long ago hostage exchange that had ended the war between the two families of gods.
Part 2621
Njǫrðr had been a hostage. Njǫrðr had been sent to Asgard to live as a sign of peace, the way kings of small countries used to send their sons.
Part 2622
Njǫrðr was not, by birth, of the Æsir. Njǫrðr was, by treaty, among them. Loki looked at Njǫrðr and said: you were a hostage. Do not forget what you were.
Part 2623
And what is more, the daughters of the giant Hymir, when they passed by you on the eastern road, urinated into your mouth, the way they would into a chamber pot.
Part 2624
They mistook you for one. They did not even know who you were.
Part 2625
They saw a man of the sea standing by the road, and they thought him a vessel, and they relieved themselves into him. I have heard the story.
Part 2626
The whole north has heard the story. Do not pretend the story is not yours. Njǫrðr, and this is one of the strangest things in Lokasenna, Njǫrðr did not deny it.
Part 2627
Njǫrðr said: yes. But what does that matter. I have a son. I have a son who is the joy of every god at this table. Freyr is loved by every house in Asgard.
Part 2628
Freyr is the one we look to when we wish to remember why we joined our two families. My shame, if I had any, would not outweigh the gift of my son. Be silent, Loki.
Part 2629
Loki looked at Njǫrðr's son. Loki turned to Freyr. And the room, gently, knew what was coming next.
Part 2630
Chapter Six. Týr's Hand and Freyr's Sword. But before Loki could speak to Freyr, Týr did. Týr was the one handed god. We told you of him three episodes ago.
Part 2631
He was the god who had laid his right hand in the mouth of the wolf, knowing the wolf would close, because someone had to.
Part 2632
Someone had to be the one whose hand the wolf took. Týr had been that one.
Part 2633
Týr had walked through the rest of his life with one hand, with the long shame of an absence at the end of his arm, and Týr had never complained, because the binding of Fenrir had to happen, and someone had to pay.
Part 2634
Týr was a good god. The old north loved him. Týr said to Loki: leave the boy alone. Leave Freyr alone. He has done nothing to you.
Part 2635
You will not speak to him the way you have spoken to the others. Move on. Loki turned to Týr. Loki said: ah. The one handed.
Tell me, Týr, where is your hand.
Part 2636
Tell me what happened to it. Tell me the story of the wolf you fed. Týr did not flinch. Týr said: my hand is gone because I gave it. I gave it because I had to.
Part 2637
I would give the other if I had to. Be silent, Loki. Loki said: and tell me, Týr, who is the father of your son.
Part 2638
Tell me how it is that I, of all the gods at this table, am the one your wife came to.
Part 2639
Tell me how you have not noticed, all these years, that the boy who calls you father has my eyes.
Part 2640
Tell me how you sleep in the same bed as a woman who has, more than once, opened her door to me in the dark. Tell me, Týr, what your hand truly cost you.
Part 2641
Týr, for the first time, lowered his head. The hall did not know what to say. What Loki had just said is not preserved elsewhere.
Part 2642
There is no source other than Lokasenna that says Loki and Týr's wife had ever met.
Part 2643
There is no son of Týr's whose paternity has ever been doubted, in any of the other Eddas. The accusation may be true. The accusation may be Loki's invention.
Part 2644
The accusation may be a poetic exaggeration the poet of Lokasenna had heard somewhere and chose to include. We do not know.
Part 2645
What we know is that Týr, in Lokasenna, did not deny it. Týr lowered his head. Týr let the accusation stand. Loki turned then to Freyr.
Part 2646
He looked at the boy whose father had just been silenced.
Part 2647
He looked at the bright golden god of summer and harvest, of fields and ships, of the gentle warmth that came back to the world each spring. He looked at Freyr.
Part 2648
Loki said: Freyr. Tell me about your sword. Freyr's hand went, by old habit, to his belt, and found nothing there. Loki smiled. Loki said: you gave up your sword.
Part 2649
You gave it up for the love of a giant's daughter. You sent your servant Skírnir to ride into Jǫtunheimr to win her for you, and the price of that wooing was your sword.
Part 2650
The sword that would, in the last days, have defended you. The sword you will need at Ragnarǫk.
Part 2651
The sword you will not have, when the day comes that Surtr rides up from Múspell with a flame in his hand, and the worlds burn.
Part 2652
You will stand on the field of the last battle, Freyr, with nothing in your hand at all. Because of a woman. Freyr did not answer.
Part 2653
This accusation has full source evidence behind it.
Part 2654
The poem Skírnismál, which we will tell you the story of in another episode, preserves the entire story of how Freyr fell in love with Gerðr, the daughter of the jǫtunn Gymir; how he sent his servant Skírnir to woo her on his behalf; and how Skírnir's price for going was Freyr's sword, the sword that would fight on its own, the sword that had been Freyr's most prized possession.
Part 2655
Skírnir succeeded. Gerðr came to Freyr. And the sword was gone, and would not come back, and Freyr will indeed, in the prophecy of Ragnarǫk, fall on the field without it.
Part 2656
It is one of the saddest small details of the end of the world. And Loki, at the table, had said it out loud. Freyr did not lift his head.
Part 2657
His servant Byggvir, a small loud nervous voice, started to speak in defense of his master, the way a servant who loves his lord cannot keep himself from doing.
Part 2658
Byggvir said: if I were as great as Freyr, Loki, I would crush you. I would grind your bones the way the mill grinds corn. I would, Loki turned.
Part 2659
Loki said: what is this little chattering thing. What is this small thing. Tell me, Byggvir, where you were when the gods of Asgard fought.
Part 2660
Tell me what corner you hid in. Tell me what bench you crept under. Tell me which crumbs of bread you swept up at the feet of your master while real beings died.
Part 2661
You are not a god. You are not a man. You are a little thing that lives at Freyr's heel. Go back there. Be silent.
I have not yet finished. Byggvir sat down.
Part 2662
Byggvir did not speak again.
Part 2663
The hall, by this point, the hall that had been bright and gold and warm at the beginning of the evening, the hall had become a place where the gods of the north were sitting, very still, looking into their cups, listening to the rain begin against the high windows of Ægir's hall.
Part 2664
None of them were drinking. None of them were eating.
Part 2665
None of them were speaking, except when Loki addressed them, and then only as long as it took to be told what they had done, and to lower their heads, and to let the next god be addressed.
Part 2666
Loki had not yet finished. There were still others at the table.
Part 2667
Chapter Seven. Heimdallr and Skaði. Loki turned next to Heimdallr. Heimdallr was the watchman.
Part 2668
The watcher at Bifrǫst, the rainbow bridge that linked Asgard to the world of men.
Part 2669
Heimdallr was the god who slept very little, the god whose hearing could pick up the sound of grass growing on the earth, the god whose eyes could see for a hundred days' ride in every direction.
Part 2670
He was the one who would, at the end of all things, blow the Gjallarhorn, the great horn whose sounding meant Ragnarǫk had begun.
Part 2671
He was, of all the gods at this table, the one who watched the longest. And the one who slept the least. Heimdallr looked at Loki and said, calmly: Loki. You are drunk.
Part 2672
You are out of your mind. You should be quiet now. A drunk man who keeps talking only buries himself deeper. Loki turned slowly. Loki said: Heimdallr.
Quiet yourself.
Part 2673
You are the god who has stood at the gate of Bifrǫst since the dawn of time, with the wet wind blowing on your back, watching for the riders who will come at the end of the world.
Part 2674
You have never sat in a hall and warmed yourself. You have never slept in a bed for longer than a single night.
Part 2675
You have a wet back, Heimdallr, that is what they say of you, in the deep wells where the stories are kept. The gods gave you a bad fate. A fate of always watching.
Part 2676
A fate of never resting. A fate of being the one who waits. Heimdallr did not answer. Heimdallr knew this was true.
Part 2677
Heimdallr had stood at Bifrǫst since the worlds were young, and would stand at Bifrǫst until the day the worlds ended and the horn was blown.
Part 2678
The wet back was not a metaphor.
Part 2679
The wet back was the actual condition of Heimdallr at the edge of the bridge, where the rain off Niflheim never stopped, and the cold of Jǫtunheimr blew across him at his unsleeping post.
Part 2680
Heimdallr did not deny what Loki said. The hall heard the watcher of the worlds receive what was, in some quiet old way, a true description of his condition.
Part 2681
And then, and this is the moment, in Lokasenna, where the next voice rises, Skaði spoke. Skaði had not, until now, spoken at the feast. Skaði was the mountain bride.
Part 2682
The daughter of Þjazi, the jǫtunn the gods had killed.
Part 2683
We told you that story two episodes ago, the long winter when Iðunn had been stolen, and how the gods had killed her father in retribution, and how Skaði had walked down out of the mountains in armor, demanding payment in marriage, and how Njǫrðr had married her in restitution, and how the marriage had not held because Skaði loved the mountains and Njǫrðr loved the sea.
Part 2684
She had returned to her father's hall. She had become a god of winter. Of skis and snow and the high places. She was not a daughter of the Æsir.
Part 2685
She had been brought in by treaty, after the killing of her father, and the treaty had not been kind to her. She looked at Loki across the table.
Part 2686
And she said: you laugh tonight, Loki. You will not laugh long. There is a rock waiting for you. A rock with sharp edges.
Part 2687
They will lay you on that rock, and they will bind you, and they will bind you with the entrails of one of your own children. Not your daughter. Not your wife.
Part 2688
One of your children, Loki. The cold one. The son whose body will be turned into a cord to hold you down. They will lay you on that rock and they will leave you there.
Part 2689
You will not laugh on that rock, Loki. You will scream on it. And you will scream on it for a very long time. The hall went very still.
Part 2690
The Lokasenna gives this stanza to Skaði. Skaði, alone among the gods at the feast, speaks not of Loki's past but of his future. She names the rock. She names the cord.
Part 2691
She names the child whose body will be unmade to make the cord. She does this calmly, as a winter goddess does. As if she has seen it already.
Part 2692
As if she is reporting from the future. The other gods stop drinking when Skaði speaks. The other gods understand, then, that the rock is not a threat.
Part 2693
The rock is a thing that is going to happen. Loki met her eye. Loki said: Skaði. If they bind me on a rock. If my own son's body is what they use to do it.
Part 2694
Let it be remembered that I was first and foremost when we killed your father. I was the one who lured Þjazi into the trap.
Part 2695
I was the one who guided the gods to the place where they could burn his wings as he flew. Your father died because of me. Not because of Óðinn. Not because of Þórr.
Part 2696
Because of me. So when you sit in your halls of winter and miss your father, Skaði, remember whose hand placed the spark. Skaði did not flinch. Skaði had known this.
Part 2697
The gods had known this. The killing of Þjazi was the thing that had brought Skaði down from the mountains.
Part 2698
Skaði had walked into Asgard with that knowledge in her chest, and had taken Njǫrðr in restitution. The marriage had failed, but the wound had not.
Part 2699
And Loki had, by speaking it tonight, made the wound public again. Made it stand up in the hall and breathe. Skaði said: yes. Loki. You were the one.
Part 2700
So all the kindness I have shown you since then, every council you sat in at my mountain halls, every hospitality I gave you in winter, was given to the man who had killed my father.
Part 2701
I gave you my temple. I gave you my house. I gave you bread at my own hearth. And you, in return, gave nothing.
Part 2702
The hall watched the winter goddess and the trickster look at each other across the gold. Loki said one more thing.
Part 2703
Loki said, and this is the line, from stanza fifty two, that the modern reader of Lokasenna finds the cruelest of all the night, Loki said: lighter words, Skaði, were the words you spoke when you wanted me in your bed.
Part 2704
I remember those words. Do you? The hall heard it. Skaði had, at some point, in some way the surviving sources do not preserve, said warm things to Loki.
Part 2705
The sources do not tell us whether she had ever invited him to her bed. The sources do not tell us whether Loki was lying. The sources tell us only that Loki said this.
Part 2706
And that the hall heard it. And that Skaði did not answer. And the hall, again, watched a woman be made small. The rule of the feast still held.
Part 2707
No one rose to strike Loki. But the gods were beginning, very quietly, to count the seats between them and the door.
Part 2708
Chapter Eight. Sif and the Coming of Þórr. Loki turned to the next goddess.
Part 2709
But this time, the surviving poem tells us, this time the next goddess rose, before Loki could speak. Sif rose. Sif was the wife of Þórr.
Part 2710
She was a goddess of the harvest, a goddess of the fields, a goddess whose hair, golden, long, famous in the old north, was said to be the wheat itself.
Part 2711
The standing grain of late summer. She was, by the time of this feast, one of the calmest gods at the table. She had not, until now, spoken to Loki. Sif rose now.
Part 2712
Sif took a horn from the table. A crystal horn.
Part 2713
The Lokasenna names it, and tells us it was old, that the mead inside it was old, that it was the kind of cup the gods kept for ceremonies that did not happen often.
Part 2714
She filled it. She walked it to Loki. She set it down in front of him with both hands. And Sif said: Loki. Drink this.
And be welcome.
Part 2715
And consider, when you drink it, that there is at least one woman of the Æsir who has done nothing against you.
Part 2716
There is at least one woman in this hall who has nothing to confess. Drink. And let that be the truth that ends this conversation.
Part 2717
The hall, quietly, almost broke into relief. The hall almost, for the small space of Sif's gesture, believed the night might still be salvaged.
Part 2718
Sif was offering Loki a way out. She was offering him the chance to stop.
Part 2719
She was telling him, with the cup in front of him, that some of the things at this table were still good. That the rule of the feast might be honored.
Part 2720
That she, the wife of the absent Þórr, was inviting him to be small enough to step back. Loki picked up the cup. He looked at the gold mead inside it. He drank.
Part 2721
He set it down. And he said: yes, Sif. Yes. There is one woman at this table who has done nothing wrong, if you do not count the night that you and I lay together.
Part 2722
The night when Þórr was away. The night when you came to me, Sif, in the hall where your husband sleeps. You and I lay together. You and I knew what we were doing.
Part 2723
Þórr did not know. Þórr still does not know. But I will tell him, Sif. I will tell him when he comes home. I will tell him what his wife did when he was away.
Part 2724
Sif lowered the cup. Sif sat down. Sif did not, in the surviving poem, answer. The sources do not, anywhere else, tell us that Loki and Sif had been together.
Part 2725
The story of Loki and Sif is, in the wider sources, the story of Loki cutting her hair.
Part 2726
A famous old prank, where Loki sneaks into Sif's chamber while she sleeps and shaves her head, and the gods make him put it right by procuring the wig of gold from the dwarves.
Part 2727
That story is known. The story of Loki and Sif as lovers, however, is preserved only in this stanza of the Lokasenna.
Part 2728
The sources do not say whether Loki was telling the truth, or telling a cruel improvisation, or telling a half truth twisted into a wound. Sif did not deny it.
Part 2729
Sif sat back down. The hall heard Loki say it. And the hall did not know what to believe. And then. And then the hall heard something else.
The hall heard footsteps.
Part 2730
The hall heard the heavy footfall of a god approaching from outside.
Part 2731
Beyla, who had been silent all evening, Beyla, the small servant goddess, the wife of Byggvir, Beyla looked up at the door, and she said: the mountains are shaking.
Part 2732
Þórr is coming. The hall heard it then. The cups on the table rattled. The walls of Ægir's hall trembled. The gold around the walls swayed, very slightly.
Part 2733
Þórr had been in the east. Þórr had been killing trolls. Þórr had not been at the feast.
Part 2734
But somewhere, in some way that even the surviving Eddas do not fully explain, Þórr had heard. Some messenger. Some bird. Some shimmer in the air. Þórr knew.
Part 2735
And Þórr was coming. The hall held its breath. The door of Ægir's hall opened. Þórr stood in the doorway. He was wet from the rain. He was muddy from the road.
Part 2736
He had Mjǫllnir in his hand. His beard, in the light of the gold glowing walls, was the color of wet oak. His eyes were not angry, exactly. His eyes were patient.
Part 2737
The eyes of a god who had ridden a long way to do something that he had been ready to do for a very long time. Þórr stepped into the hall. Loki turned to him.
Part 2738
Þórr said: Loki. Stop talking. It was not an order. It was not a threat. It was a request, almost.
The way a tired god speaks when he has heard enough. Loki said: Þórr.
Part 2739
Son of the Earth. Why are you angry? You will not be so brave when the wolf opens his jaws and swallows your father whole. You will not be so brave at Ragnarǫk, Þórr.
Part 2740
Your hammer will not save him. Your hammer will not save you. You will fight the World Serpent. You will kill him. You will take nine steps.
And then you will fall.
Part 2741
I have seen this. The Vǫluspá has seen this. You and I both know what is going to happen, Þórr.
Part 2742
So do not stand in this doorway with your hammer and pretend you are not afraid. Þórr lifted Mjǫllnir. Þórr said: I will send you to the gates of Hel, Loki.
Part 2743
I will end this feast with one blow. Loki said: you remember, Þórr, the night you crawled into the giant's glove.
Part 2744
The night you and your companions huddled in the dark thumb of Skrýmir's glove and shook with fear at his snoring. You were the great Þórr that night, too.
Part 2745
And you were the small one in the giant's glove. I was there. I remember. You can swing your hammer at me now, Þórr. But I remember when you hid.
Part 2746
Þórr's hand tightened on Mjǫllnir. The rule of the feast still held. No weapon would be drawn inside Ægir's hall. Not even by Þórr. Not even tonight.
Part 2747
Þórr stood in the doorway with the hammer in his hand and his eyes on Loki, and Loki stood at the table with the cup in his hand and his eyes on Þórr, and the hall held its breath, and the rule held.
Part 2748
Loki set down his cup. Loki said: I have said what I came to say. I have addressed every god at this table. I have placed every secret on the wood beside the ale.
Part 2749
I am done. I will leave now. And I will leave because of you, Þórr. Because I know that even the peace rule will not stop you if I stay another breath. So I leave.
Part 2750
And Loki walked out of the hall. He passed Þórr at the door. Þórr did not strike him. Þórr, the law of the feast still binding him, let him pass.
Part 2751
And as Loki stepped over the threshold, he turned, one last time, to Ægir behind him. And he said: Ægir. Your hall will burn. Your gold will go cold.
Part 2752
No peaceful feast will gather here again.
Part 2753
The world remembers the gods who hosted this night, and the world will remember Ægir's hall as the place where the peace of the gods broke.
Part 2754
The world will not forgive you for what you let happen tonight. Then Loki was gone. The door closed behind him. The rain, somewhere outside, was still falling.
Part 2755
And the gods of the north, all of them, every one of them, sitting at the tables of Ægir's hall, looked at one another in silence, and understood, finally, that this had been the last feast.
Part 2756
Chapter Nine. The Mountain Hall. The story leaves the hall of Ægir behind. The story walks, with Loki, up into the mountains.
Part 2757
The Lokasenna ends with Loki stepping over the threshold. The Lokasenna does not tell us where he went, or how long he ran, or what he did with the time.
Part 2758
For that part of the story we go to Snorri Sturluson.
Part 2759
To the fiftieth chapter of his Gylfaginning, which preserves, in his calm thirteenth century prose, the part of the myth that the older poems leave dark. Loki ran.
Part 2760
He did not, the source tells us, run home. He did not return to Sigyn, his wife, who waited for him in his own hall in Asgard with their two boys.
Part 2761
He did not return to his old places.
Part 2762
He understood, the way a hunted thing understands, that the moment the gods finished their feast at Ægir's hall, they would come for him. So he ran. He ran east.
Part 2763
He ran into the mountains that stand at the edge of the world. He ran into the cold high country where the gods do not often go.
Part 2764
Where the streams are clear and bright, and the rocks are sharp, and the wind moves between the peaks in a constant low hush.
Part 2765
He ran until he could not see Asgard behind him. And then he ran further. And then he stopped. He stopped at a high mountain.
Part 2766
The mountain, Snorri tells us, was crowned by a flat stone shelf, broad enough to build a small hall on.
Part 2767
Below the shelf, the mountain fell away in cliffs on every side.
Part 2768
And in the cliffs below the shelf, the streams that came down off the mountain gathered into a single waterfall. The waterfall of Fránangr, the source calls it.
Part 2769
Which fell in a long white ribbon into a dark pool at the bottom of the cliffs. Loki stopped at the shelf. He built a hall there. He did not build it like a god's hall.
Part 2770
He did not build it for warmth, or for company, or for feasting. He built it for one purpose only. He built it so that he could see who was coming.
Part 2771
He gave the hall four doors, one in each wall, facing the four directions of the world.
Part 2772
From the eastern door he could see the rising sun and the path that came up out of the valley below.
Part 2773
From the western door he could see the setting sun and the place where the wind came down from the high peaks. From the northern door he could see the cold country.
Part 2774
And from the southern door he could see the way that ran back toward Asgard. He sat inside the hall. And he watched. He watched all four doors at once.
Part 2775
He turned, and turned, and turned. He did not, in this part of the story, sleep, or if he slept, the source does not tell us so. He kept the four doors in his eye.
Part 2776
He watched for the gods. And then. When watching exhausted him. He went down to the waterfall. This is the part of the story the old north remembered most clearly.
Part 2777
Loki, who could take many shapes, who had been a mare, and a fly, and an old woman, and a hawk, Loki took the shape of a salmon. The salmon was a careful shape.
Part 2778
A salmon is a thing that lives in a current. A salmon is a thing that knows where to lie in the water so that the moving current itself becomes a hiding place.
Part 2779
So that the very water that should reveal you becomes the shadow that hides you.
Part 2780
A salmon, lying in the dark pool below the waterfall, can be invisible even to a watcher standing two paces away. The light bends. The shadow moves.
Part 2781
The eye loses the fish. Loki, in this part of the story, became that fish. He slipped into the cold water of the pool below Fránangr. He felt the current take him.
Part 2782
He felt his body, his god's body, his trickster's body, become long and silver and dark backed. He felt his breath change to the slow gill breath of a fish.
Part 2783
He felt the cold press against his sides. He felt the rhythm of the current. He lay in the deepest shadow of the pool with the waterfall pounding white above him.
Part 2784
And he waited. He did this every day. He climbed up to the hall in the morning. He sat in the hall and watched the four doors.
Part 2785
When the watching tired him, he went down to the waterfall, and he became the salmon, and he hid in the dark pool until evening. Then he climbed back up.
Part 2786
And he sat in the hall. And he watched again. This was the rhythm of his life now. A god in exile. A god who had said what he could not unsay.
Part 2787
A god who had no friend, no shelter, no hall to return to. He had Sigyn, his wife. She had not left him. But he had nothing else.
Part 2788
And in the evenings, when the watching had not tired him yet, and the salmon shape had not yet pulled at him, Loki did one other thing.
Part 2789
He sat by the small fire in the four doored hall. He took linen thread. And he began to make a net.
Part 2790
This is the part of the story that the modern reader of Snorri finds the strangest.
Part 2791
Loki, the hunted one, the one who knew the gods were coming for him, Loki, with his own hands, in the high mountain hall, invented the first fishing net.
Part 2792
The Eddas are clear about this. Before Loki sat down at his fire and began to twist the linen into knots, there had been no fishing net in the world.
Part 2793
The fishermen of the old north had caught fish with spears, with hooks, with weirs of stone, but they had not caught them with nets.
Part 2794
Loki was the one who thought of the net. Loki was the one who first looked at the pattern that catches a fish. Snorri does not tell us why he was making it.
Part 2795
Snorri tells us only that he made it. We might imagine, in the small space where the source is silent, that he was making it to think with.
Part 2796
That he was making it because that was what his hands wanted to do. That he was making it the way a worried man whittles.
Part 2797
Because the small careful work of the fingers steadies the mind. That he was making it without knowing why.
Part 2798
He sat by the fire, in the high mountain hall, with the four doors open to the four winds, and he wove the first net. He held it up in the firelight. He saw the knots.
Part 2799
He saw the spacing. He saw the way the linen would catch a body sliding through water.
Part 2800
How the gaps in the weave would let the water pass but would catch any living thing wider than a finger. He saw it.
Part 2801
He understood, in the small clear way that craftsmen understand, what he had made.
Part 2802
And in that moment, and this is the moment Snorri preserves with great care, Loki heard something on the wind. The wind was coming from the south.
Part 2803
The wind was bringing the smell of horses. Of riders. Of many feet moving up the mountain at once. The gods were coming. Loki dropped the net into the fire.
Part 2804
He did not have time to hide it. He did not have time to throw it out the door.
Part 2805
He did not have time to do anything but the one small careful thing that, on his very best day, he might have thought of in time. He kicked it into the flames.
Part 2806
The net curled. The net blackened. The net was eaten by the fire. Loki ran for the western door. He ran down the cliff path.
Part 2807
He plunged into the cold pool at the bottom of Fránangr. He took the salmon shape.
Part 2808
And the gods, who had been climbing the mountain for many days, now stood at the threshold of the four doored hall. And the gods walked inside.
Part 2809
And the gods looked around at the empty hall and at the cold seat by the fire and at the four open doors. And the gods, looking down at the small dying fire, saw.
Part 2810
Saw something in the ashes. Something woven. Something with a knot pattern. Something the gods had never seen before in their lives.
Part 2811
Chapter Ten. The Net of Ash. The first god to step into the four doored hall was Kvasir. Kvasir was, in this part of the story, the wisest of the gods.
Part 2812
He had been born from the spittle of the Æsir and Vanir mixed together, in the peace pact that ended their war.
Part 2813
A sign that wisdom comes from the joining of different waters. He was, in some old accounts, the wisest being who had ever lived.
Part 2814
He could look at anything that had been made and understand, simply by looking, what it was for.
Part 2815
He could pick up a piece of carved wood and tell you whose hand had carved it, and why, and to what end. Kvasir walked to the dying fire. He knelt down.
Part 2816
He looked at the ashes. The other gods filled the hall behind him. Þórr came in first, mud on his boots, Mjǫllnir at his hip. Then Óðinn, in his blue cloak.
Part 2817
Then Týr, with his one hand. Then Vidar, silent. Then Heimdallr, whose ears had been the first to hear the salmon shape leap, somewhere far below the cliff. Then Bragi.
Part 2818
Then Freyr. Then the others. They filled the small four doored hall. They stood around Kvasir. Kvasir did not speak for a long time.
Part 2819
Kvasir reached his fingers into the cold ash at the edge of the fire. He drew up a small charred fragment. A curl of black thread with knots in it.
Part 2820
He held it up to the light. He studied it. He turned it over. He looked at the way the knots had been tied. He saw the spacing of the gaps.
Part 2821
He saw the consistent pattern of loops and crossings. And Kvasir said, quietly: he was making something to catch a fish. The gods, behind him, did not understand.
Part 2822
Kvasir said: this is a net. He made a net. The pattern is the pattern of a thing that goes into water, and catches a thing in water, and pulls it out.
Part 2823
He has never made one before. We have never made one before. But this is what it is. He has invented it here, in this hall, while he was waiting for us.
Part 2824
And he was using it, or planning to use it, for himself. Because he is in the water below. He is the thing he was going to catch. The gods understood.
Part 2825
The gods understood, at the same moment, that Loki was in the pool below the waterfall, and that he was in the shape of a fish, and that the tool he had just invented to escape them was the very tool they could use to catch him.
Part 2826
Kvasir said: we will rebuild the net. The gods sat down in the hall. They worked through the rest of the day.
Part 2827
They gathered the burned thread from the fire, what they could rescue.
Part 2828
Where the linen was too charred to use, they replaced it with new linen, copying the knot pattern exactly. They worked by Kvasir's hand and by Kvasir's eye.
Part 2829
Þórr held the cord. Týr, with his one hand, tied. Bragi sat against the wall and watched. Óðinn watched everything. By evening, the net was rebuilt.
Part 2830
It was wider than the burned one. It was stronger. The knots were tighter.
Part 2831
The gods, copying the work of the trickster, had made an improvement on the trickster's own invention. The net was, by now, a god's net.
Part 2832
They carried it down the cliff path. They came to the bank of Fránangr.
Part 2833
The waterfall hammered down above them in the half light, and the pool below it lay deep and dark and shadowed under the cliffs. Loki was in there. The gods knew it.
Part 2834
Loki, in his salmon shape, was lying in some dark stone shadow at the bottom of the pool, holding very still, hoping the gods would not know how to find a thing that did not want to be found.
Part 2835
The gods stretched the net between two of them. They began at one bank. They walked it across the pool. They walked it slowly. They walked it together.
Part 2836
They walked it the way fishermen would walk a net for ten thousand winters after this, in every cold river of the north, because Loki had invented the net here, in this story, and the gods had reconstructed it here, on this evening, and from this evening forward the children of men would know how to take a fish from a river.
Part 2837
The pattern was leaving the world of the gods and entering the world of work. It would not be lost again. The net came across the pool.
Part 2838
Loki, on the bottom, felt the water change. He felt the small currents of the linen passing above him. He felt the shadow of the weave move across the stones.
Part 2839
He felt the gap between knots, a gap small enough to catch a god's body in the shape of a fish, but big enough to let the river itself pass through.
Part 2840
Loki, clever in salmon shape as in god shape, slipped between two stones. He flattened himself. The net passed over him.
Part 2841
The gods, walking it across the pool, felt the net pass cleanly. They drew it up on the far bank. They looked at the empty mesh.
Part 2842
The salmon they had been hunting was not in the net. Kvasir said: he hid between the stones. We need to weight it. They tied stones along the bottom of the net.
Part 2843
They walked it back across the pool.
Part 2844
This time with the weighted bottom dragging along the stone bed of the river, so that nothing could slip between the bottom of the net and the bottom of the pool.
Part 2845
They walked it slowly. They walked it firmly. Loki, on the bottom, felt this too. He understood, in his salmon shape, what the gods had done.
Part 2846
The space between stones was no longer a hiding place. The weighted hem of the net was scraping the stones now, and the river floor itself had become hostile country.
Part 2847
There was only one direction left. Loki gathered himself. He pushed off from the stone bed with his tail.
Part 2848
He shot upward through the water, through the deep dark green of the pool, through the rising columns of bubbles where the waterfall met the surface, through the white foam at the top, and he leapt clear of the water.
Part 2849
He leapt over the net.
Part 2850
He flew through the cold mountain air, his silver body twisting, the spray of the waterfall catching the late light around him, the shadow of his arc falling on the far bank where the gods watched in silence.
Part 2851
And for one moment, in that leap, Loki was the most beautiful thing in the world. And then Þórr stepped forward. Þórr had been waiting for this.
Part 2852
Þórr, who had not joined the netting, who had stood on the far bank with the water around his ankles, who had been ready since the gods first stretched the net, Þórr put out his hand.
Part 2853
He caught the salmon in mid air. The fish was slippery. The fish was twisting with all the strength a god could put into a fish body.
Part 2854
The fish was, for one moment, almost out of his grasp.
Part 2855
But Þórr, and this is the detail Snorri preserves with great care, the detail that became, in the long memory of the north, the explanation for a thing every fisherman knew, Þórr closed his hand around the salmon's tail.
Part 2856
Tightly. Very tightly. He held the salmon by its tail in his fist. And the salmon, Loki, in his shape, could not slip free. Þórr's grip was too strong.
Part 2857
The tail of the salmon, where Þórr's hand crushed it, narrowed to the shape of a god's grip. The flesh thinned. The bones flattened.
Part 2858
The wide flat tail of the salmon, in that moment, was permanently changed.
Part 2859
And from that moment on, Snorri tells us, salmon in every cold river of the world have had narrow tails.
Part 2860
Where Þórr's hand once closed around the trickster who had become a fish to escape him.
Part 2861
Every fisherman who has lifted a salmon and seen the narrow tail of it has been holding, in a small way, the memory of the night the gods caught Loki below Fránangr.
Part 2862
The shape of the fish carries the shape of the catching. The shape of the catching carries the shape of the god's hand. Loki, in Þórr's grip, twisted.
Part 2863
Loki tried to take his god shape back. Loki tried to become the trickster again. But Þórr did not let go.
Part 2864
And the gods, Kvasir, Óðinn, Týr, Vidar, all the rest, gathered on the bank around them. And the gods looked at Loki, who was still half fish in their hands.
Part 2865
And the gods understood that the long story of Loki at the gods' tables, of Loki at the gods' feasts, of Loki in the gods' company, that story was over.
Part 2866
What came next was a different story. What came next was a cave.
Part 2867
Chapter Eleven. The Three Stones. The gods led Loki down the mountain. They led him on foot. They did not put him on a horse.
They did not let him walk free.
Part 2868
Þórr held him by the back of the neck. Týr held his arm with the one hand he had. Óðinn walked behind. Vidar walked beside.
Part 2869
The rest of the gods followed in a long quiet line. They led him to a cave. The cave was somewhere in the high country between Asgard and Jǫtunheimr.
Part 2870
A place that does not appear on any of the maps the surviving sources preserve. It was a deep cave, with a low mouth and a wide chamber inside. The gods knew it.
Part 2871
The gods had chosen it. The gods had decided, before they left the river, where they were taking him. They walked him into the cave. The cave was cold.
Part 2872
Three stones stood in the cave. Three large stones, set up in the cave by the gods themselves, before the gods had gone east to look for Loki. The gods had prepared this.
Part 2873
The gods had known, when they left Asgard, what they would do with him when they caught him. The three stones were not random stones.
Part 2874
They were the stones the gods had measured and placed. One stone was set so that it would be under his shoulders. One stone was set so that it would be under his loins.
Part 2875
One stone was set so that it would be under his knees. Loki saw the stones. He understood what they were. He did not, in the surviving sources, speak.
Part 2876
The sources do not preserve any further words of Loki from this moment forward. The Lokasenna had given him his last words at the feast. The capture had been silent.
Part 2877
The binding was silent. Loki, who had talked the gods of the table into rage, who had said every cruel and true thing he had ever held back, had no words for this.
Part 2878
He was, finally, mute. The gods led him to the stones. They laid him down on the three stones. His shoulders on the first stone. His loins on the second.
Part 2879
His knees on the third. He lay across them as if across three altars. Then the gods sent for his sons. His sons were two boys. Their names were Narfi and Váli.
Part 2880
They were the sons of Loki and Sigyn. Sigyn, his wife, who had been waiting for him in Asgard while he sat in the high mountain hall and watched the four doors.
Part 2881
Sigyn had borne them. Sigyn had raised them. They were the only two children Loki had who were also Sigyn's children.
Part 2882
Loki had other children, by other mothers, who were the wolf Fenrir and the World Serpent and the dark goddess Hel. But Narfi and Váli were the boys of his marriage.
Part 2883
They were the boys Sigyn had named. The gods brought them to the cave. This is the part of the story the modern reader of Snorri finds most difficult.
Part 2884
The gods, in the cave, transformed Váli. They turned him into a wolf. How they did this, the source does not tell us.
Part 2885
Whether it was Óðinn's magic, or some older charm, or the work of some god whose name has not been preserved, Snorri does not say. He says only that Váli was turned.
Part 2886
That he was a boy when he entered the cave, and a wolf when he came out of the next breath. That he no longer recognized his father, who lay across the three stones.
Part 2887
That he no longer recognized his brother, who stood beside him. And the wolf Váli, driven by whatever fury the gods had put into him, tore his brother Narfi apart.
Part 2888
The cave became, for a moment, a place no story in the surviving sources matches for darkness. Narfi was killed. The gods watched. Loki, on the stones, did not look.
Part 2889
Or, the sources do not say. We do not know if Loki watched, or if Loki closed his eyes, or if Loki had any choice about whether to watch or not.
Part 2890
We know only that his son was killed. That his son was killed by his other son. That the gods did this to him, and made the killing happen, and did not stop it.
Part 2891
Narfi was dead. The wolf Váli ran out of the cave and disappeared into the world. The gods turned to the body of Narfi. They opened the body.
Part 2892
They drew out Narfi's entrails. And as the entrails left the body, in some old magical way that the source preserves but does not explain, the entrails changed.
Part 2893
They hardened. They became, Snorri tells us, like iron. They were no longer flesh. They were a cord. They were the cord that the gods had needed.
Part 2894
The cord that nothing in the world could break.
Part 2895
The boy Narfi, when he died at his brother's mouth, had become, without consent, without warning, in some terrible alchemy of the old gods, the chain.
Part 2896
The gods took the cord. They tied Loki down with it. They bound him to the three stones. They bound his shoulders to the first. They bound his loins to the second.
Part 2897
They bound his knees to the third. They tied the iron cord around him in many turns. They tied it tight.
Part 2898
They tied it the way you tie a thing you do not want to come loose. When they were finished, Loki could not move. He could lift his head, a little.
Part 2899
He could open and close his eyes. He could turn his face. But his body was held to the three stones by the entrails of his own son.
Part 2900
And he could not, by any strength a god could summon, break free. The gods stepped back. They looked at him. He looked back at them.
Part 2901
His face, the trickster's face, the face that had been at every feast and council of the gods for a thousand years, was, for the first time, blank. Not angry.
Part 2902
Not afraid. Empty. The gods turned. And then Skaði stepped forward.
Part 2903
Skaði, whom Loki had taunted at the feast, whom Loki had reminded that he had killed her father, whom Loki had publicly humiliated by speaking of a private invitation she had once given him, Skaði carried something in her arms.
Part 2904
She carried a snake. It was a large snake. It was a venom snake. The kind that lives in the high cold rocks of Jǫtunheimr.
Part 2905
The kind whose fangs leak a slow burning venom that does not kill but does not stop. Skaði carried it carefully.
Part 2906
She had brought it down from the mountains while the gods were binding Loki. She had been gone, briefly, while the iron cord was being tied.
Part 2907
The gods had not asked her where she was going. Skaði had known. She came to where Loki lay. She fixed the snake above him.
Part 2908
She tied it to the roof of the cave so that its body hung directly over Loki's face. With its mouth open above his eyes. She left it there.
Part 2909
She made sure it could not slip free.
Part 2910
She tied it in such a way that the venom that dripped from its fangs would fall, drop by drop, onto the upturned face of the bound god below. She stepped back.
Part 2911
She did not speak. The Lokasenna had ended with Skaði's prophecy of the rock and the cord. The story, in the cave, had brought Skaði's prophecy to pass.
Part 2912
Skaði had named the binding before it happened. And now Skaði was the one who finished it. She had, Snorri tells us, closed the circle of her father's death.
Part 2913
The gods turned. The gods walked out of the cave.
Part 2914
They left Loki bound to the three stones with the entrails of his son, with the venom snake above him, with the first drop of venom already beginning to gather at the tip of the snake's lower fang.
Part 2915
The gods walked out into the cold mountain air. They did not, the source tells us, look back. Loki was alone in the cave. The first drop fell. It hit him on the forehead.
Part 2916
It burned. Snorri does not tell us in words, but the source preserves the truth of it in what happens next. The venom burned. The pain went all through his body.
Part 2917
He could not move because of the cord. He could not turn his face away because the cord held him too tightly.
Part 2918
He could only feel the venom, and feel the next drop gathering, and feel the wait. He cried out.
Part 2919
He cried out not in words but in the way a god cries out when his face is being burned by venom that he cannot stop. He bucked against the iron cord. He thrashed.
Part 2920
The three stones beneath him held. The cord held. The cave shook around him.
Part 2921
And the earth, far below the cave, in the deep places where the roots of the world drink at the well of Urðr, the earth itself felt his thrashing.
Part 2922
The mountains trembled. The valleys trembled.
Part 2923
The cold rivers of the north, the rivers that come down from the ridges where the gods had walked, felt the shaking of the bound god in the cave and answered with their own shaking.
Part 2924
The first earthquake the world had ever known passed through Midgard.
Part 2925
The first time men in their winter halls had felt the ground itself shudder under them, that first time was Loki, in the cave, thrashing under the venom drop.
Part 2926
And then, and this is the moment the story slows, the moment the cruelty of it bends, just a little, the moment a small soft thing enters the cave, Sigyn arrived.
Part 2927
Sigyn was Loki's wife. Sigyn had not, in the story so far, said one word. The Eddas do not give her speeches. The Eddas do not record her grief.
Part 2928
The Eddas tell us only what Sigyn did. And what Sigyn did, in this hour, was the smallest and the most enormous thing. Sigyn walked into the cave. She carried a bowl.
Part 2929
The bowl was, Snorri does not specify, but the picture is clear in the long Norse tradition that grew around this scene, a small wooden bowl.
Part 2930
The kind a woman uses to wash her hands at the hearth. The kind that has been smoothed by many years of use. Sigyn carried it in both hands.
Part 2931
She walked past the iron cord. She walked past the three stones.
Part 2932
She came to where her husband lay bound, with the venom snake above his face and the burning on his forehead and the cries still in his throat. She knelt beside him.
Part 2933
She raised the bowl. She held it under the snake's open mouth. The next drop of venom fell. It fell into the bowl. It did not fall on Loki.
Part 2934
He turned his face slightly to look at her. He did not, the sources are silent on this, speak. The poem does not give them a conversation.
Part 2935
The poem gives us only the image. Sigyn kneeling beside him. Sigyn holding the bowl above his face. Sigyn catching the venom that the gods had meant to fall on him.
Part 2936
And Sigyn, in the small old picture the Eddas preserve, stayed. She stayed there. She is still there. The Norse cosmology kept Sigyn in that posture.
Part 2937
Sigyn, wife of Loki, mother of the slain Narfi and the wolf Váli, witness of the binding, stays in the cave with her bowl until the end of the world.
Part 2938
The Eddas do not move her. The Eddas leave her there. She stands beside her bound husband, holding the bowl above his face, catching what she can catch.
Part 2939
And when the bowl fills, because the bowl is small, and the snake is large, and the venom is endless, Sigyn must turn and pour the bowl out.
Part 2940
She must walk to the wall of the cave and tip the venom onto the stone. She must walk back.
Part 2941
And in the small space of those steps, when the bowl is no longer over Loki's face, the venom falls on him again. And he thrashes again.
Part 2942
And the earth, far below, shakes again. That is what the Eddas preserve.
Part 2943
That is the picture the old north carried in its head when it lay in winter halls and felt the ground tremble. That is what the old north said an earthquake was.
Part 2944
That is the cosmology the cold north of the long memory gave to the shaking of the earth. Loki, in the cave. The venom on his face. Sigyn turning to empty the bowl.
Part 2945
The world feeling the moment when his face is bare. The gods walked away from the cave. The gods returned to Asgard.
Part 2946
The gods, in the old stories, did not look in on Loki again. The world kept turning. The hall of Ægir grew quiet, and grew empty, and grew dark.
Part 2947
The gods met at other halls. The gold around the walls of other halls glowed. The cups of other halls were filled.
Part 2948
Spring came, and summer came, and autumn came, and winter came. The wheel of the world turned. The gods went on with the work of being gods. And Loki stayed in the cave.
Part 2949
And Sigyn stayed beside him. And the bowl was raised. And the bowl filled. And the bowl was tipped. And the bowl was raised again.
Part 2950
The slow rhythm of a wife's hands in the dark. The slow rhythm of love that has nowhere left to go but service.
Part 2951
The Vǫluspá, the great prophetic poem we have been carrying with us all season, the Vǫluspá tells us, in stanza fifty one, what will end the binding.
Part 2952
The Vǫluspá tells us that there will come a day when Loki tears himself free. The Vǫluspá tells us that day will be the beginning of Ragnarǫk.
Part 2953
The Vǫluspá tells us that when Loki rises from the cave, he will go to the gathering place of the giants, and he will join the wolf his son and the serpent his son, and he will steer the great ship Naglfar, the nail ship, the ship made of the fingernails of dead men, across the sea to fight the gods at the end of all things.
Part 2954
That is what Loki's binding is. A waiting. A holding in place. A wife with a bowl. A husband on three stones.
A snake with venom. A world that will, in time, break.
Part 2955
Chapter Twelve. Goodnight. And the Wolf at the Edge of Time. The story we told you tonight is one of the longest stories in the surviving Norse sources.
Part 2956
It is the story the Lokasenna and the fiftieth chapter of Gylfaginning preserve together.
Part 2957
The story of how a god of the Æsir, a god who had sat at every council of the gods, a god who had walked beside Óðinn at the dawn of the worlds, became the prisoner at the bottom of the cosmos.
Part 2958
The story of how the table broke. The story of how the binding came. The story of how Sigyn became the one who holds the bowl.
Part 2959
It is also, and this is the part the modern reader of the Eddas sometimes misses, the story of the last evening before the world began to count down.
Part 2960
Because the binding of Loki is, in the old Norse cosmology, the beginning of the end. The Norse universe, you remember, has a shape.
Part 2961
The shape is a great tree, and at the foot of the tree there is a well, and beside the well there sit three sisters who weave the fates of every living thing.
Part 2962
The three sisters are Urðr, who is what has been; Verðandi, who is what is becoming; and Skuld, who is what shall be.
Part 2963
The three sisters have been weaving the cloth of the world since the first morning. And the cloth, like all woven things, has an end. The end of the cloth is Ragnarǫk.
Part 2964
We have been telling you, since the first night of this almanac, that the cloth was woven toward Ragnarǫk.
Part 2965
We have shown you the wolf Fenrir, in episode four, being lured onto an island and bound with a silken cord, and biting down on Týr's hand as the gods betrayed him.
Part 2966
We have shown you Skírnir, in another story, riding to Jǫtunheimr to bring back the giant bride for Freyr, and Freyr giving away the sword that he will need at the last battle.
Part 2967
We have shown you Óðinn, the all father, riding the eight legged Sleipnir down to the gate of Hel to interrogate a dead woman about a dream his son had had.
Part 2968
We have shown you Baldr, the most beautiful of the gods, dying on a courtyard in Asgard with a small mistletoe dart in his chest.
Part 2969
We have shown you Hermóðr, riding nine nights into Hel to bring him back, and failing, and returning empty handed.
Part 2970
We have shown you the gods burning Baldr's body on the great ship Hringhorni. And now, tonight, we have shown you the binding.
Part 2971
Each of these stories, the wolf, the sword, the dream, the death, the burning, the binding, is a single step the world has taken toward Ragnarǫk.
Part 2972
The Norse believed the world was not, in this slow late age, in equilibrium. The Norse believed the world was tilting.
Part 2973
The Norse believed that every wrong that was added now to the long sum of the cosmos brought the cosmos closer to the day when the sum would be settled.
Part 2974
The binding of Loki is the deepest of these steps. Because Loki, bound now in the cave with the venom dripping on his face, will not stay bound forever.
Part 2975
The Vǫluspá tells us, in its fifty first stanza, that the day will come when Loki rises.
Part 2976
The day will come when the cord made from his son's entrails will break, and the three stones beneath him will crack, and Loki will walk out of the cave.
Part 2977
The day will come when Loki goes to the eastern shore.
Part 2978
The day will come when Loki finds, waiting for him on the beach, the great ship Naglfar, the ship made from the nails of dead men, the ship the Norse believed was being built quietly through the centuries by the unkempt dead, the ship that would be ready when Ragnarǫk came.
Part 2979
The day will come when Loki, beside his old son the World Serpent and his old son the wolf Fenrir, will sail Naglfar across the sea to meet the gods on the field where the world will be decided.
Part 2980
That is the day Ragnarǫk begins. And the binding tonight, the binding in the cave, the binding to the three stones, is what is keeping that day from happening yet.
Part 2981
Sigyn's bowl is the world's bowl. Every drop of venom Sigyn catches is a day the world has not ended.
Part 2982
Every drop she empties is a moment when Loki thrashes, and the earth shakes, and the world remembers that the binding cannot hold forever.
Part 2983
This is what the old Norse meant by an earthquake. This is what the old Norse meant by the slow turning toward Ragnarǫk.
Part 2984
This is what the old Norse meant when they said the world was running out of time. You and I, dear listener, are living in that running out of time.
Part 2985
The Norse cosmos imagined every age as a slow countdown. The gods locked in their last late years. The world thinning. The long evening before the dark.
Part 2986
The almanac you are listening to tonight is the almanac of those last years. Each episode is a day on the slow calendar. Each story is one more drop in Sigyn's bowl.
Part 2987
We will keep telling you the stories. We will tell you, next time, of Þórr and his great fishing trip with the giant Hymir.
Part 2988
When Þórr and Hymir went out into the open sea and Þórr cast his hook and pulled up, on the end of his line, the World Serpent itself. The great Jǫrmungandr.
Part 2989
His old enemy. The one he is fated to fight at Ragnarǫk. We will tell you of the moment when Þórr raised his hammer to strike the Serpent dead.
Part 2990
And of the moment when Hymir, in fear, cut the line. We will tell you of the Serpent dropping back into the dark sea. We will tell you of the long failed shot.
Part 2991
We will tell you of the way that story, too, is a step closer to the end. That is the story you and I will tell together on Wednesday. But for now.
Part 2992
For now, the cave is dark, and the snake is dripping, and Sigyn is kneeling, and Loki is silent.
Part 2993
The gods have walked away, and the world has turned, and the wind in the cold north is moving over the cave mouth, and Sigyn, patient, faithful, with no other place to go, is holding the bowl.
Part 2994
Goodnight, dear listener. Wherever you are tonight. Whatever bed you are in. Whatever quiet room. Whatever soft pillow you have laid your head on.
Part 2995
Let the picture of Sigyn beside her husband be the last picture you carry into sleep. Not the cruelty of the cave. Not the venom. Not the binding. The bowl.
Part 2996
The hand of a wife above the face of her husband. The slow rhythm of love that has nowhere left to go but service. Let that be what you take with you down into the dark.
Part 2997
Let the wolf at the edge of time wait. Let the great ship Naglfar wait in the cold east. Let Ragnarǫk wait. Tonight there is only the cave, and Sigyn, and the bowl.
Part 2998
And tonight there is only your bed, and your breath, and the room around you growing dark. Sleep.
Part 2999
The Sleeping Almanac will be here on Wednesday with another story from the old north. New episodes every Wednesday and Sunday at eight o'clock in the evening.
Part 3000
If the story carried you down into sleep, if Sigyn's bowl was the last picture in your mind before the dark came, leave a quiet small note in the comments.
Part 3001
We read every one. We tell each other, in the morning, who slept. Sleep deeply. Sleep without dreams. And wake into a quieter world.
Goodnight, dear listener.
Part 3002
From the long old north. From the cave where the bowl is held. From the almanac that is keeping the slow count. Goodnight.
Part 3003
[Music to sleep by]
Thor and the World Serpent
Welcome to The Sleeping Almanac.
Thor and the World Serpent
Tonight we tell the story of the god who went fishing for his oldest enemy and
Part 3006
almost killed him.
Part 3007
Of a small wooden boat on the cold sea at the very edge of the world.
Part 3008
Of a hook baited with the head of an ox.
Part 3009
Of two figures rowing out into water no boat had ever gone into before.
Part 3010
Of one of those figures, very large, very tall, sitting in the back with his eyes
Part 3011
on the horizon, knowing what he was about to do. Of the line that pulled.
Part 3012
Of the head that rose. Of the eye that opened, and looked back at him.
Part 3013
And of the moment, between the rising of the head and the falling of the hammer,
Part 3014
when the god in the boat and the great serpent in the water looked at each other
Part 3015
across the open sea, and each of them understood that they had been waiting for
Part 3016
this meeting since the world began.
Part 3017
We will tell this story tonight from the Poetic Edda, where it lives most fully in
Part 3018
a poem called the Hymiskviða, the Lay of Hymir, which gives us the long version:
Part 3019
the council of the gods, the journey east, the giant's grandmother with her nine
Part 3020
hundred heads, the giant's mother with her gold decked arms, the eight cauldrons
Part 3021
that fell from a single look, the meal of three oxen, the cutting of the line, the
Part 3022
breaking of the goblet, the chase home.
Part 3023
We will draw also on the forty eighth chapter of Snorri Sturluson's Gylfaginning,
Part 3024
which preserves the central scene more compactly, and which gives us the moment we
Part 3025
will return to tonight as the heart of the story, the moment when Þórr and the
Part 3026
Serpent looked at each other.
Part 3027
And we will draw on a much older skaldic poem called the Húsdrápa, composed by the
Part 3028
poet Úlfr Uggason in the late tenth century for the wedding hall of Óláfr the
Part 3029
Peacock in Iceland, which preserves an independent and older confirmation that this
Part 3030
story was known to the old north long before Snorri wrote it down.
Part 3031
Where the surviving sources are silent about what was said or thought or felt in
Part 3032
any given moment, we will tell you we are imagining, and we will tell you so
Part 3033
clearly. The story is more than old enough to bear the imagining.
Part 3034
Tonight we go east. To a giant's hall at the very edge of the world. To a boat.
Part 3035
To a hook.
Part 3036
To the moment the line pulled, and the god in the boat braced, and the great
Part 3037
serpent rose out of the sea. Settle in. Let your shoulders drop.
Part 3038
We begin in the hall of the sea giant Ægir, where the gods are gathered, and where
Part 3039
the question that begins this whole story is being asked.
Part 3040
Chapter One. The Cauldron That Was Not There.
Part 3041
The hall of Ægir stood at the edge of the world.
Part 3042
We have stood in this hall before, dear listener.
Part 3043
We stood in it not long ago, in the story of Loki's binding, when the gods had
Part 3044
gathered for a feast that turned cruel. Tonight's story is older.
Part 3045
Tonight's story takes place before that night.
Part 3046
Tonight's story is from the time when the gods still came gladly to Ægir's hall,
Part 3047
when the ale was good and the company was kind and the world had not yet begun its
Part 3048
long slow tilt toward the end.
Part 3049
Ægir was a jǫtunn, but not the kind of jǫtunn the gods made war on.
Part 3050
He was a sea giant.
Part 3051
His wife was Rán, who held a net at the bottom of the sea for the drowned.
Part 3052
His daughters were the waves themselves, nine of them, each with her own name, each
Part 3053
with her own way of moving across the water.
Part 3054
Ægir was, of all the giants of the old north, the one closest to the gods.
Part 3055
He hosted them. He brewed for them.
Part 3056
He kept a hall at the edge of the world where the gods came to drink and to be glad.
Part 3057
But on this night, the night where our story begins, Ægir had a problem.
Part 3058
The Æsir had come to him in number. Not just Óðinn and Þórr. Not just a few.
Part 3059
All of them.
Part 3060
Every god of Asgard had crossed the long road from the high city and come down to
Part 3061
the sea cliff hall, and they had come hungry, and they had come thirsty, and they
Part 3062
had come expecting ale.
Part 3063
And Ægir, looking at the size of his company, and looking at the size of his
Part 3064
brewing cauldron, knew that he could not brew enough.
Part 3065
He stood among them in his great hall, with his white hair and his sea grey eyes,
Part 3066
and he said: my friends. I cannot brew for you all. My cauldron is not large enough.
Part 3067
There is no cauldron in all of Asgard large enough to brew ale for this company.
Part 3068
Find me a cauldron, and I will brew. Until then, we drink what little I have.
Part 3069
The gods looked at one another.
Part 3070
Þórr, who had been silent, who was always silent until the work needed doing,
Part 3071
Þórr said: I will find one. Óðinn looked at his son.
Part 3072
Óðinn said: where will you find a cauldron larger than any cauldron in Asgard?
Part 3073
And here a voice spoke up that had not spoken yet. The voice of Týr.
Part 3074
The one handed god.
Part 3075
The one who had given his right hand to the wolf Fenrir when no other god would put
Part 3076
a hand into the wolf's mouth, the one who knew what it was to keep a promise even
Part 3077
when the promise cost you something you could not get back.
Part 3078
Týr stood up at the long table and said: I know where such a cauldron is.
Part 3079
The gods turned toward him. Týr said: my father has one.
Part 3080
A small silence fell across the hall.
Part 3081
Because Týr's father, in this telling, was not the All father Óðinn.
Part 3082
Týr's father, in this telling, was Hymir. A giant.
Part 3083
A jǫtunn of the eastern marches, who lived far across the cold lands where the gods
Part 3084
did not go.
Part 3085
The relation is given to us in the Hymiskviða, the poem that preserves this story,
Part 3086
and it is a strange relation, Týr, the one handed god of the gods' war oath,
Part 3087
somehow also being the son of a jǫtunn who lived in the cold east.
Part 3088
The Eddas elsewhere call Týr a son of Óðinn.
Part 3089
The Eddas are not always consistent on these matters.
Part 3090
Tonight, in this poem, in this story, Týr's father is Hymir.
Part 3091
And Hymir, says Týr, my father, has a cauldron at the bottom of his hall that is
Part 3092
a full mile deep. He calls it his brewing vat.
Part 3093
It is the largest cauldron in any of the worlds.
Part 3094
If we can bring it back to Ægir, the brewing problem is solved.
Part 3095
The gods looked at one another again. Þórr looked at Týr. Þórr said: then we go.
Part 3096
And that was the beginning of the journey.
Part 3097
Two figures, the strongest god of Asgard and the one handed god whose father was a
Part 3098
giant, leaving Ægir's hall at the edge of the world and turning east.
Part 3099
East, into the cold lands where the jǫtnar lived.
Part 3100
East, toward a hall on the very edge of the world where the ice never melted and
Part 3101
the seas were full of things older than the gods. The hall they were going to.
Part 3102
The hall of Hymir.
Part 3103
Chapter Two. The Journey East. Þórr and Týr left at dawn.
Part 3104
They did not take Þórr's chariot of goats. The Hymiskviða does not tell us why.
Part 3105
We can imagine, from what the poem hints, that this was a journey that required
Part 3106
quiet and not noise, that the chariot of Þórr, drawn by two great goats with
Part 3107
brass shod hooves, was a thing too loud for the country they were entering.
Part 3108
Or perhaps Þórr simply wanted, this once, to walk. The Eddas do not tell us.
Part 3109
We are told only that the two gods set out on foot, that they crossed the long
Part 3110
plain east of Ægir's hall, and that they began the slow climb up into the cold high
Part 3111
country where the jǫtnar lived. The land changed as they walked.
Part 3112
The Æsir country was green.
Part 3113
There were oak and ash, there were rivers, there were small farms scattered across
Part 3114
the rolling country with little smoke trails rising from the hearths.
Part 3115
The gods passed these and the small farmers, who looked up and bowed, and the gods
Part 3116
nodded back, and they kept walking. Then the green began to thin.
Part 3117
The trees grew shorter. The rivers grew narrower.
Part 3118
The grass turned silver and brittle. The wind picked up.
Part 3119
The two gods, walking shoulder to shoulder, leaned forward against it.
Part 3120
Þórr's red beard whipped behind him. Týr's cloak filled like a sail.
Part 3121
Then the snow began. Not the gentle snow of a winter night.
Part 3122
The hard sideways snow of the eastern wilderness.
Part 3123
The snow that does not fall, that is hurled across the country by a wind that has
Part 3124
been coming for a thousand years and is not stopping. Þórr lowered his head.
Part 3125
Týr lowered his. They kept walking. The land grew rocks. Then more rocks.
Part 3126
Then nothing but rocks. The grass was gone. The trees were gone.
Part 3127
There were only the long grey ridges of jǫtunn country, the dark cliffs of stone
Part 3128
that rose around them on every side, the high passes where the wind came through
Part 3129
like a knife. They climbed for a long time.
Part 3130
The Hymiskviða does not tell us how long.
Part 3131
The poem moves quickly through this part of the story.
Part 3132
It tells us that the two gods crossed the wide country, and that they climbed the
Part 3133
high passes, and that at last they came down out of a high notch in the stones and
Part 3134
saw, far below them, a great hall standing alone on a flat shelf of stone above a
Part 3135
cold sea. The hall. It was vast. Larger than any hall in Asgard.
Part 3136
Larger than any hall the two gods had ever stood in.
Part 3137
Its roof beams were great whole trees laid across each other.
Part 3138
Its walls were stone, undressed boulders fitted together by a hand large enough to
Part 3139
lift them like pebbles. Smoke rose from a hole in its roof.
Part 3140
Around it, in a wide ring of trampled snow, the cattle of the giant grazed,
Part 3141
enormous oxen, each one larger than any ox in any farm in Midgard, their breath
Part 3142
rising in white clouds in the cold air.
Part 3143
And the sea below the hall, that was Hymir's sea.
Part 3144
The cold edge of the world sea where no boat from Asgard had ever rowed.
Part 3145
The sea that, somewhere out in its deep, held the Serpent.
Part 3146
Þórr stood at the top of the notch and looked down at the hall and the cattle and
Part 3147
the sea. Týr stood beside him. Týr said: that is my father's hall.
Part 3148
Þórr said: are you ready? Týr said: yes.
Part 3149
And the two gods began their long climb down toward Hymir's hall.
Part 3150
Chapter Three. The Grandmother and the Mother.
Part 3151
They entered the hall through its great open door.
Part 3152
The Hymiskviða gives us, here, one of the strangest images in all the surviving
Part 3153
Norse poetry.
Part 3154
It tells us that the first person Þórr and Týr saw inside Hymir's hall was not
Part 3155
Hymir. It was Hymir's mother. Týr's grandmother.
Part 3156
And she was, the poem says, a thing of nine hundred heads. Nine hundred.
Part 3157
The poem does not explain. The poem does not elaborate.
Part 3158
The poem says only that there she was, sitting at the back of the hall, an old
Part 3159
jǫtunn woman with nine hundred heads, each of them awful, each of them ancient,
Part 3160
each of them turned toward the door as the two gods walked in.
Part 3161
Some of the heads were sleeping. Some were watching.
Part 3162
Some were looking past Þórr and Týr at nothing at all.
Part 3163
The poem leaves her there as the bare strange fact of her existence, a creature so
Part 3164
old and so monstrous that the human mind cannot quite hold her, but who is, all the
Part 3165
same, Týr's own grandmother. Whom Týr has known. Whom Týr has visited.
Part 3166
Þórr stopped at the threshold. Týr walked in, and bowed.
Part 3167
The grandmother of nine hundred heads said nothing.
Part 3168
And then, from another part of the hall, a different woman stepped forward.
Part 3169
This was Týr's mother.
Part 3170
The Hymiskviða describes her in a single line, and the line is the small jewel of
Part 3171
this part of the poem. She is, the poem says, gold decked.
Part 3172
Her arms are bright with gold rings. Her hair is bright. Her gown is fair.
Part 3173
Her eyes, the poem does not say, but the poem does not need to say, are kind.
Part 3174
She looked at Týr. She had not seen him in a long time. She crossed the hall to him.
Part 3175
She did not throw her arms around him. The poem does not give us that.
Part 3176
The poem gives us only that she came to him, and stood close to him, and looked at
Part 3177
him for a long moment without speaking, and then said: my son.
Part 3178
Why have you come here. And Týr answered her honestly.
Part 3179
He said: we have come to ask your husband for the cauldron. We need it.
Part 3180
The gods need it. Ægir cannot brew without it. His mother lowered her head.
Part 3181
She said: your father will not be pleased to find Æsir in his hall.
Part 3182
Hide behind the great pillar at the back of the room.
Part 3183
I will speak to him when he comes home.
Part 3184
If he is in a good mood, he will give it to you.
Part 3185
If he is not, if he is not, I will do what I can. The two gods understood.
Part 3186
Þórr, the strongest god in Asgard, the god who had killed more jǫtnar than any
Part 3187
other being in the worlds, the god whose hammer had cracked the world rocks and
Part 3188
whose anger had shaken the seas, Þórr crouched down behind a stone pillar at the
Part 3189
back of his enemy's hall, on his enemy's orders, on his enemy's wife's orders,
Part 3190
because the strangest thing about meeting a giant in his own hall is that you do
Part 3191
not, even if you are Þórr, simply burst in shouting. You wait.
Part 3192
You let the mother of the house speak first. Týr crouched beside him. They waited.
Part 3193
The grandmother of nine hundred heads watched them from the back of the hall.
Part 3194
She did not, the poem implies, give them away.
Part 3195
Whether she would have, had Hymir asked her, the poem does not say.
Part 3196
Chapter Four. The Return of Hymir. He came home at twilight.
Part 3197
The Hymiskviða gives this scene one of the most evocative descriptions in the
Part 3198
entire poem. We hear Hymir before we see him.
Part 3199
We hear his footsteps on the long stone path that comes down from the high country.
Part 3200
We hear the rattle of frozen branches being dragged behind him.
Part 3201
We hear his breathing, the slow heavy breathing of a giant who has walked all day
Part 3202
across the cold east and is now at last coming home.
Part 3203
The door of the great hall darkened. He filled the doorway entirely.
Part 3204
He had to bend to come through.
Part 3205
When he stood up inside the hall, his head almost touched the roof beams, even
Part 3206
though the roof beams were laid across the hall on poles thick as old oaks.
Part 3207
He was older than Þórr. He was older than Týr.
Part 3208
He was older than any jǫtunn the gods had met before. His hair was white.
Part 3209
His beard was white.
Part 3210
And from his beard, the poem says, and this is the image that the old north loved
Part 3211
enough to repeat, from his beard the ice fell in cracking pieces as he stepped
Part 3212
into the warmth of the hall. He had been hunting in the high country.
Part 3213
His beard was so frozen that, as the warmth of the fire began to touch it, the ice
Part 3214
cracked off in shards and fell to the stone floor of the hall.
Part 3215
Hymir stood in the middle of the great chamber and shook off the cold.
Part 3216
He did not, yet, see his guests. Týr's mother went to him. She kissed him.
Part 3217
She said: husband. There are guests in the hall. Hymir turned his head.
Part 3218
He looked toward the back of the hall, toward the great pillar where Þórr and Týr
Part 3219
were crouched.
Part 3220
And then, the poem tells us, and then a thing happened that the old north
Part 3221
considered, in its memory of giants, one of the small great miracles of Hymir.
Part 3222
Hymir's gaze fell on the corner of the room.
Part 3223
His eyes, old, cold, accustomed to the high country, his eyes simply rested on
Part 3224
the back wall for a moment.
Part 3225
And from the rafters above the pillar where Þórr and Týr were crouched, eight
Part 3226
cauldrons fell. Cauldrons that had been hanging there for years.
Part 3227
Cauldrons used for brewing, for boiling, for storing.
Part 3228
Each one had been fixed to its peg with iron rings. The iron rings broke.
Part 3229
The cauldrons fell. One after another. Eight of them.
Part 3230
They struck the stone floor and they shattered.
Part 3231
The sound was like ice cracking in a deep winter wood. Hymir had not even glared.
Part 3232
He had merely looked. And the cauldrons had fallen.
Part 3233
Only one cauldron, the poem tells us, remained on its peg. The largest one.
Part 3234
The one Týr had spoken of. The one a mile deep. That cauldron did not fall.
Part 3235
That cauldron, the poem tells us, was made of metal too good to break.
Part 3236
But the other eight broke. The hall heard them.
Part 3237
Hymir's wife, Týr's mother, said: husband. Be kind.
Part 3238
They are our son and his friend. They have come a long way. Hymir said nothing.
Part 3239
He walked to the back of the hall. He looked down at the two crouched figures.
Part 3240
He looked at Týr, his own son.
Part 3241
He looked at Þórr, the red bearded god of Asgard whose hammer had killed more of
Part 3242
Hymir's kin than the giant could count. He looked for a long moment.
Part 3243
Then he said: very well. He turned to his wife. He said: slaughter three oxen.
Part 3244
And he went to sit at the head of his long stone table, and to wait for his dinner.
Part 3245
The gods rose from behind the pillar.
Part 3246
The grandmother of nine hundred heads watched them rise.
Part 3247
Chapter Five. The Three Oxen. Hymir's wife brought out the meat.
Part 3248
It was a great deal of meat.
Part 3249
Three whole oxen, slaughtered that afternoon by Hymir's herdsman, roasted slowly
Part 3250
through the long blue hours of the eastern dusk on a spit so long it took three
Part 3251
poles to hold it. The smell filled the hall.
Part 3252
The smell of roasting beef, of fat dripping into the fire, of charred bones and
Part 3253
rendered tallow.
Part 3254
It is the smell every hall in the long winter country of the old north must have
Part 3255
smelled like, on a good night, when the hunt had been kind.
Part 3256
It is the smell of survival in cold places.
Part 3257
The two gods, sitting at the long stone table in their enemy's hall, would have
Part 3258
known this smell in their own halls of Asgard, and would have known it in every
Part 3259
farmhouse and feast hall of Midgard, and would have known what the smell meant,
Part 3260
that the night was going to be all right.
Part 3261
That whatever the day had cost, the night would feed you.
Part 3262
That you would sleep on a full belly. Hymir's wife, Týr's mother, carved.
Part 3263
The Hymiskviða tells us, without any flourish, just as a small flat fact, that
Part 3264
Þórr ate two of the three oxen at this meal. Two. Of the three.
Part 3265
The third ox, the one not eaten by Þórr, was shared between Hymir, Týr, and Týr's
Part 3266
mother.
Part 3267
The fourth person at the table, Þórr, ate twice as much by himself as everyone
Part 3268
else combined. This is, in the old north, one of the standard jokes about Þórr.
Part 3269
He was the largest of the gods. He needed enormous amounts of food.
Part 3270
The Eddas tell us elsewhere that he could empty a giant's mead horn in three
Part 3271
draughts, that he could eat an entire ox and ask for another.
Part 3272
That his appetite was, in some way, part of his identity.
Part 3273
Þórr was the god of the labouring people.
Part 3274
Þórr was the god of those who worked the fields and rowed the boats and needed to
Part 3275
eat enough to keep going.
Part 3276
So the poet of the Hymiskviða, telling us that Þórr ate two oxen at this meal, was
Part 3277
telling the old north something it already knew: that Þórr in a strange hall was
Part 3278
Þórr being most himself, eating everything in front of him with a clean conscience.
Part 3279
But Hymir, sitting at the head of his long table, watching this happen, was not
Part 3280
amused. Hymir was a hunter. He had been out all day. He had walked the long miles.
Part 3281
He had brought back the cold game. He had earned his evening meal.
Part 3282
And now, in his own hall, this red bearded son of Óðinn was eating two of his three
Part 3283
best oxen in a single sitting. When the meal was done, Hymir stood up.
Part 3284
He said, slowly, looking at Þórr: tomorrow, we will not eat what is in my pantry.
Part 3285
Tomorrow we will eat what the sea gives us.
Part 3286
If we are hungry, we will fish for our dinner.
Part 3287
If the sea gives us nothing, we will go to bed hungry. Is this understood.
Part 3288
Þórr said: yes. Hymir said: good.
Part 3289
And he turned and went to his bed at the back of the hall.
Part 3290
Týr and Þórr stayed at the table. Týr's mother began to gather the bones.
Part 3291
She did not look at her son. She did not look at Þórr.
Part 3292
She gathered the bones in silence, one by one, and dropped them into a great
Part 3293
basket, and carried them away to the back of the hall where the dogs of the giant
Part 3294
lived. The dogs ate the bones one by one.
Part 3295
Their teeth, the Hymiskviða notes, without explaining, were as long as a child's
Part 3296
arm.
Part 3297
The cracking of the bones in their jaws was, for a while, the only sound in the
Part 3298
hall. The fire crackled now and then. The wind, outside, moved against the shutters.
Part 3299
The dogs ate. The bones broke. The marrow came out. The dogs swallowed it.
Part 3300
The pile of bones, slowly, became a pile of nothing.
Part 3301
The grandmother of nine hundred heads, at the back of the hall, did not eat.
Part 3302
She did not move. She did not speak. Some of her heads slept. Some of them watched.
Part 3303
The Hymiskviða does not tell us, in any of its surviving versions, what the
Part 3304
grandmother ate, or whether she ate at all.
Part 3305
The poem leaves her there as a presence the listener accepts and does not question.
Part 3306
She was the oldest jǫtunn being in the hall.
Part 3307
She had been there before Hymir was a child.
Part 3308
She would, in some way the Eddas do not explain, still be there long after he was
Part 3309
gone. Some beings, the old north knew, did not require what other beings required.
Part 3310
The hall went quiet. The fire died down. Þórr leaned back from the table.
Part 3311
Týr looked at his friend. Týr said: my father said we are fishing tomorrow.
Part 3312
Þórr said: yes. Týr said: do you know what he will be hoping to catch.
Part 3313
Þórr looked at him. Þórr said: I have a guess. Týr said: and if he catches it.
Part 3314
Þórr said: he will not be the one to pull it in.
Part 3315
The two gods sat in the quiet of Hymir's hall.
Part 3316
Outside, the cold sea was breathing against the rocks below the hall.
Part 3317
Somewhere out in that sea, in water so deep that no light had ever touched its
Part 3318
bottom, the Serpent was sleeping.
Part 3319
The Serpent had been there since the first day of the world, when Óðinn had thrown
Part 3320
it into the encircling sea. The Serpent had grown with the world.
Part 3321
The Serpent had wrapped itself around all the lands of Midgard, biting its own tail
Part 3322
at the eastern horizon, holding the world together with its own body.
Part 3323
The Serpent was Þórr's old enemy.
Part 3324
The Serpent was the thing Þórr was fated, at the end of all things, to fight and
Part 3325
kill and be killed by. The Serpent did not know, that night, what was coming.
Part 3326
The Serpent slept. Þórr did not sleep.
Part 3327
Þórr sat at Hymir's table, in the dying firelight, and looked out the open door at
Part 3328
the dark sea. And he listened to the sound of the waves. And he waited for morning.
Part 3329
Chapter Six. The Bait. He went out at dawn.
Part 3330
The Hymiskviða gives us, here, one of the simple striking images of the poem.
Part 3331
Þórr, before Hymir had risen, before Týr had risen, before even Týr's mother had
Part 3332
begun her morning work, Þórr was already up and outside the hall, walking the long
Part 3333
ridge above the cold sea. He was thinking about bait.
Part 3334
For the great fish of the deep, Þórr knew, you do not bait your hook with a worm.
Part 3335
You do not bait it with a small fish.
Part 3336
You bait it with something that the great fish of the deep will want, something
Part 3337
big enough, something rich enough in blood and meat, that it will rise up out of
Part 3338
its deep place to take. Þórr looked around at the country.
Part 3339
He saw the cattle of Hymir grazing in the high pasture. The cattle were enormous.
Part 3340
Each one as big as a small house. Their hides were dark and shaggy.
Part 3341
Their breath rose in white clouds in the cold morning air.
Part 3342
They moved slowly across the snow, pulling at the brittle grass underneath.
Part 3343
Þórr's eye fell on one of them. The largest. The black ox at the head of the herd.
Part 3344
Its horns were nearly as tall as Þórr himself. Its eyes were dark and patient.
Part 3345
The Hymiskviða gives this ox a name, Himinhrjóðr, the heaven tearer, the
Part 3346
heaven render.
Part 3347
The name had come, the old north said, from some ancient story about the ox having
Part 3348
torn at the sky itself with its horns in some quarrel of the giants.
Part 3349
The name had stayed with this particular line of cattle since.
Part 3350
Þórr walked into the pasture. The other cattle moved away from him.
Part 3351
The black ox Himinhrjóðr, perhaps because of his name, perhaps because of his
Part 3352
nature, did not move.
Part 3353
He looked at the small red bearded figure walking toward him across the snow.
Part 3354
He lowered his head, slightly. He did not run. Þórr came to him.
Part 3355
He put one hand on the ox's neck.
Part 3356
And then, quietly, without ceremony, Þórr broke the ox's neck.
Part 3357
The Hymiskviða does not give us drama here.
Part 3358
The poem says only that Þórr took the ox down. The ox did not fight him.
Part 3359
The ox did not have time to. Þórr was Þórr. The ox was an ox. The thing was done.
Part 3360
Then Þórr, with both hands, tore the ox's head from its body.
Part 3361
He carried the head back toward the hall. A whole ox head.
Part 3362
Black furred, enormous, the horns curving up above Þórr's shoulders as he walked.
Part 3363
Blood ran down his arms.
Part 3364
His red beard, in the morning light, was the same colour as the blood.
Part 3365
He carried the head as easily as a man might carry a heavy basket. He did not hurry.
Part 3366
He walked steadily back across the long snow field toward Hymir's hall.
Part 3367
Hymir was just stepping out the door as Þórr arrived.
Part 3368
The giant stopped in his tracks. He looked at Þórr.
Part 3369
He looked at the head of his finest ox, dangling from Þórr's hand, the eyes still
Part 3370
slightly open, the tongue lolling. The giant said nothing.
Part 3371
The poem records no words from him.
Part 3372
The poem says only that Hymir's face, old, cold, accustomed to giant country anger
Part 3373
Hymir's face went very still.
Part 3374
The way a man's face goes still when he has seen, in a moment, more than he had
Part 3375
bargained for in the day ahead of him. Þórr lifted the head a little.
Part 3376
Þórr said: bait. Hymir looked at him. Hymir said, finally: get in the boat.
Part 3377
And the two of them walked down to the cold sea, where Hymir's small fishing boat
Part 3378
was pulled up on the black rocks. Týr came down behind them.
Part 3379
The poem does not tell us whether Týr came on the boat or stayed on the shore.
Part 3380
Most of the surviving versions imply he stayed. The boat, after all, was small.
Part 3381
Two passengers, a god and a giant, was already a great deal of weight.
Part 3382
Three would have been more than the small craft could bear.
Part 3383
Þórr put the ox head in the bottom of the boat. He picked up the oars.
Part 3384
Hymir sat in the back, where the fishing was done.
Part 3385
He had two long lines, two great iron hooks.
Part 3386
He had, somewhere out in the deep beyond the rocks, a place he liked to fish, a
Part 3387
shallow bank where the flat fish came up at certain tides. He pointed to it.
Part 3388
Þórr pulled at the oars. The boat shot away from the shore.
Part 3389
Týr stood on the black rocks and watched them go.
Part 3390
The cold wind blew his cloak straight out behind him.
Part 3391
The grey sea heaved under the small dark shape of the boat. Þórr rowed.
Part 3392
Hymir sat in the back. The boat got smaller. The wind got colder.
Part 3393
Týr stood there for a long time, watching them, until the boat was a black speck on
Part 3394
the water, and then until even the speck was gone, and then he stood for a while
Part 3395
longer just looking at the place where the speck had been.
Part 3396
He did not know, none of them knew, that morning, what they were going to find
Part 3397
out there.
Part 3398
None of them knew, as the boat pulled out of sight, that this was the moment the
Part 3399
world began its slow tilt toward Ragnarǫk.
Part 3400
They knew only that a god and a giant had gone out fishing, and that the cold sea
Part 3401
had taken them, and that the small boat was now somewhere out in water no one in
Part 3402
this country knew. Týr turned, eventually, and walked back up to Hymir's hall.
Part 3403
He sat at the long stone table, with his grandmother of nine hundred heads watching
Part 3404
him from the back of the room, and his mother working at the hearth, and the cold
Part 3405
wind rattling the door, and he waited for his friend to come back.
Part 3406
Chapter Seven. The Rowing Out. Þórr rowed.
Part 3407
The Hymiskviða gives this part of the story in the way the old north's poets did
Part 3408
their best work, quietly, with a small accumulation of detail, letting the
Part 3409
listener feel the weight of what was happening rather than telling them.
Part 3410
Hymir, in the back of the boat, was the giant who had fished these waters since the
Part 3411
world was young. He knew every bank. He knew every depth.
Part 3412
He knew where the flat fish came up at certain tides, where the cod gathered in the
Part 3413
cool channels, where the herring ran in their long silver schools.
Part 3414
He pointed past Þórr's shoulder, toward a place perhaps a half mile from the shore,
Part 3415
where the cliffs of the giant country formed a low ledge under the water.
Part 3416
He said: there. The flat fish come there. We will fish there.
Part 3417
Þórr did not stop rowing. Þórr passed the half mile mark. The cliffs slipped behind.
Part 3418
The water under the boat got darker.
Part 3419
The bottom, which a fisherman could often, in shallower water, see as a green
Part 3420
shimmer below the keel, disappeared. The bottom was now too far down to see.
Part 3421
Hymir said: we have gone far enough. Þórr kept rowing.
Part 3422
The shore behind them grew smaller.
Part 3423
The cliffs of Hymir's country became a thin grey line on the horizon.
Part 3424
The sea around the boat became a great empty grey blue plate of water, with no land
Part 3425
visible in any direction except behind them, and even behind them, the land was
Part 3426
thinning out. Hymir said: god of Asgard. We have gone too far. Þórr did not answer.
Part 3427
Þórr rowed. The strokes of his oars were not human strokes.
Part 3428
The poem does not pretend they were. Þórr was the strongest of the gods.
Part 3429
When he pulled at the oars, the small boat did not move the way a small boat
Part 3430
usually moves on a calm sea. The small boat shot forward.
Part 3431
The water rolled away from the bow in two long curls.
Part 3432
The wake stretched behind them in a straight white line as long as a king's hall.
Part 3433
With every stroke of Þórr's oars the boat leapt forward another length of itself,
Part 3434
and another, and another, and the shore behind them disappeared into the haze, and
Part 3435
the great grey plate of the sea opened around them.
Part 3436
The water under the boat changed.
Part 3437
Near the shore, when they had pushed off, the water had been green grey, with the
Part 3438
green of the kelp beds visible far below. Then it had darkened.
Part 3439
Then it had become the colour of slate.
Part 3440
Then, as they kept going, it had darkened again, to the colour of wet iron, to the
Part 3441
colour of old armour, to the colour of stone left out in winter rain.
Part 3442
And now, somewhere out under them, the water was a colour the old north did not
Part 3443
have a name for. A blue so dark it was almost black.
Part 3444
A blue that the eye could not look at for very long without feeling that something
Part 3445
was being held below it, very still, and very large.
Part 3446
The sea birds that had followed them out from the shore, the gulls, the
Part 3447
kittiwakes, the small white birds of the coast, had thinned out.
Part 3448
Then they had stopped.
Part 3449
The last gull turned back somewhere over the half mile mark and beat its way back
Part 3450
toward the safe shallows. There were no birds out here.
Part 3451
There were no birds, because there were no small fish here for the birds to eat.
Part 3452
There were no small fish here, because no small fish came this far out.
Part 3453
Only the great things of the deep came out this far.
Part 3454
And the great things of the deep did not need air.
Part 3455
They did not need to come to the surface.
Part 3456
They could stay down, far down, in the long blue dark, and that is where they
Part 3457
stayed. Þórr rowed. Hymir watched the water.
Part 3458
The Hymiskviða does not give us the giant's thoughts here, but the poem implies
Part 3459
them by the way his hands moved.
Part 3460
Hymir, sitting in the stern, had his hands clasped together in his lap.
Part 3461
He kept tightening his grip on one with the other.
Part 3462
The old joint of his right thumb cracked.
Part 3463
The cracking was the only sound in the boat besides the small clean noise of Þórr's
Part 3464
oars going in and out of the water and the long slow breathing of the sea.
Part 3465
Hymir said: stop. Þórr stopped. He let the oars rest on the gunwales.
Part 3466
The boat drifted in the long slow swell.
Part 3467
The two of them, the god in the bow, the giant in the stern, the small dark wooden
Part 3468
shape of the boat between them, sat in the middle of a sea no one in the worlds
Part 3469
had ever seen this far out. The water around them was the colour of old iron.
Part 3470
The sky above them was the colour of a wet stone. There was no horizon.
Part 3471
There was no land.
Part 3472
There was only the long grey breathing of the cold sea, and the small wooden boat,
Part 3473
and the two figures in it, and the silence.
Part 3474
Hymir said, very quietly: this is the Serpent's water. Þórr said: I know.
Part 3475
Hymir said: turn the boat. Now. Þórr did not turn the boat.
Part 3476
Þórr looked over the side, down into the dark. He could not see the bottom.
Part 3477
The bottom was a hundred fathoms below them, maybe a thousand, maybe more.
Part 3478
There was no measuring it. The light only went down so far.
Part 3479
After the light stopped, there was only the cold and the dark and whatever lived in
Part 3480
it. Þórr said: bait the hooks. Hymir, after a long moment, did.
Part 3481
Chapter Eight. The Whales. The giant fished first.
Part 3482
Hymir, in the stern, baited his two great hooks with whatever giants use for bait,
Part 3483
the poem does not tell us exactly, but the implication is something not unlike what
Part 3484
a giant would always carry on a fishing trip: long strips of dried fish, perhaps,
Part 3485
or whole small fish kept in a salt barrel for just this purpose.
Part 3486
He cast the lines over the side. The hooks sank away into the dark.
Part 3487
For a long time, there was nothing. The boat drifted. Hymir watched the lines.
Part 3488
The poem does not give us his thoughts.
Part 3489
The poem gives us only that he sat in the stern, his old white beard catching the
Part 3490
salt mist, his eyes fixed on the two lines as they hung down into the water, and
Part 3491
that he waited. Then a tug. Then another. Hymir's hands tightened on the lines.
Part 3492
He began to pull.
Part 3493
The poem tells us, and this is one of the small jewels of the Hymiskviða, one of
Part 3494
the moments the old north loved, that Hymir pulled up, in quick succession, two
Part 3495
whales. Two of them. From a single trip out to sea. From two casts of his line.
Part 3496
Whales.
Part 3497
Not the kind of whale the men of Midgard could ever have caught from a small boat,
Part 3498
these were not the great singing leviathans of the deep ocean, the kind the men of
Part 3499
Norway hunted in their long autumn hunts.
Part 3500
These were smaller whales, porpoises, perhaps, or pilot whales, the kind that
Part 3501
sometimes came close to a fishing boat on a calm sea. But two of them. Two.
Part 3502
From a single sitting.
Part 3503
Hymir hauled them, one after another, into the bottom of the boat.
Part 3504
The bottom of the boat became a sliding pile of grey blue flesh and dark eyes and
Part 3505
small fins. The whales' breath had stopped.
Part 3506
Their bodies were warm against the cold wooden boards.
Part 3507
Hymir looked at Þórr, finally, with something like satisfaction in his old eyes.
Part 3508
He said: this is fishing. We can go home now. Þórr looked at the two whales.
Part 3509
Þórr looked at the giant. Þórr said: no.
Part 3510
He picked up the ox head, Himinhrjóðr's great black head, with the horns still
Part 3511
curving up, the eyes now sunk and grey, and he threaded it onto his own great iron
Part 3512
hook. The hook was thicker around than a child's wrist.
Part 3513
The ox head, on the hook, looked very small.
Part 3514
He took up the line, a line as thick as a ship's rope, twisted from the hair of
Part 3515
many cows, and he stood up in the bow of the small boat, with the boat rocking
Part 3516
under him, and he swung the baited ox head once in the air, and twice in the air,
Part 3517
and then he let it go. The ox head sailed out into the grey distance.
Part 3518
It struck the water with a sound like a stone falling into a deep well.
Part 3519
The line ran out. It ran out for a long time.
Part 3520
The line was almost a quarter of a mile long.
Part 3521
The whole thing went out of the boat, over the gunwale, down into the dark.
Part 3522
It paid out at speed. The wooden cleats it ran past whistled with the friction.
Part 3523
The line went on running for so long that even Hymir, in the stern, sat up and
Part 3524
watched it with attention. Then it stopped. The hook had reached the deep.
Part 3525
The ox head was sitting on the dark sea bed somewhere far, far below them, at a
Part 3526
depth no human made line had ever reached. It was lying on whatever it was lying on.
Part 3527
The sand of the deep. The mud of the deep.
Part 3528
Or, perhaps, the back of the thing the deep belonged to.
Part 3529
Þórr held the line in his right hand. He sat down in the bow. He waited.
Part 3530
Chapter Nine. The Pull. Nothing happened. For a long time. The boat rocked.
Part 3531
The grey sea breathed. The cold wind pulled at Þórr's beard.
Part 3532
Hymir, in the stern, watched the god in the bow.
Part 3533
The god in the bow watched the line.
Part 3534
The line led down out of the boat, into the water, into the dark.
Part 3535
There was no movement on it. Þórr did not move.
Part 3536
The Hymiskviða is quiet about how long this took.
Part 3537
The poem gives us, here, a single pause. The poem says only: he waited.
Part 3538
The skaldic art knew that waiting was a thing you did not need to belabor.
Part 3539
The listener felt the wait without being told to.
Part 3540
But we, dear listener, can imagine it.
Part 3541
We can imagine Þórr sitting very still in the bow of the small boat, with the line
Part 3542
in his right hand and the oars resting on the gunwales.
Part 3543
We can imagine the long swell of the sea raising the boat and lowering the boat,
Part 3544
raising it and lowering it, slowly, in a rhythm older than the world.
Part 3545
We can imagine the small sound of the water against the planks, the soft slap,
Part 3546
slap, slap of the cold sea against the small wooden craft.
Part 3547
We can imagine the cold air, moving slowly past their faces, carrying the smell of
Part 3548
salt and of distance.
Part 3549
We can imagine Hymir, in the stern, breathing through his nose, his hands still
Part 3550
clasped, his old eyes watching the line where it disappeared into the dark.
Part 3551
And we can imagine that somewhere far below the boat, somewhere a long, long way
Part 3552
down, in water cold enough to slow even the blood of a thing as ancient as the
Part 3553
Serpent, there was, in that moment, a stirring.
Part 3554
A small movement of an old enormous body that had been still for a long time.
Part 3555
A turning of an ancient head.
Part 3556
A noticing of something on the dark floor of the deep that had not been there
Part 3557
before. A small dark shape. Round. Black. With a piece of iron through it.
Part 3558
The Serpent did not, the old north imagined, recognize the bait at first.
Part 3559
The Serpent did not know what an ox head was.
Part 3560
The Serpent did not understand the difference between an offering and a trick.
Part 3561
The Serpent knew only that something had appeared on the floor of its deep place,
Part 3562
something with the smell of meat and the warmth of blood and bone in it, and that
Part 3563
it was small, and that it could be tasted. The Serpent moved.
Part 3564
In the dark of the deep sea, the great body of Jǫrmungandr began, slowly, to gather
Part 3565
itself. The vast coils that wrapped the world began to shift.
Part 3566
The Serpent that bit its own tail at the eastern horizon let go of its tail, for
Part 3567
one moment, for the first time in many ages, and turned its head toward the small
Part 3568
dark shape that had appeared on the sand. The Serpent opened its mouth.
Part 3569
And then, without warning, without preamble, the line moved. Not a small tug.
Part 3570
Not the gentle pulse of a small fish nosing a hook.
Part 3571
The line moved as if it had been seized.
Part 3572
As if some thing far below them had taken the bait into its mouth and turned and
Part 3573
begun to swim. The line, in Þórr's right hand, jumped. Then it ran.
Part 3574
The remaining slack jumped out of the boat in a single instant, snapping taut over
Part 3575
the gunwale. The cleats whistled again.
Part 3576
The boat lurched forward, not a small lurch, the lurch of a small craft being
Part 3577
pulled by a thing larger than it. Hymir, in the stern, said: gods.
Part 3578
Þórr did not say anything.
Part 3579
Þórr braced his feet against the bottom of the small boat.
Part 3580
He set his hand on the line. He began to pull.
Part 3581
This is the moment the old north remembered.
Part 3582
This is the moment the picture stones at Altuna and at Ardre and on the Gosforth
Part 3583
Cross all preserved, in different ways, with the same image, the god of the gods,
Part 3584
in a small boat, his feet braced, hauling on a line, with the great head of the
Part 3585
Serpent rising in the dark water below him. Þórr pulled. The line came up.
Part 3586
The thing on the other end of the line resisted. It was not a small resistance.
Part 3587
It was the resistance of the entire weight of the sea.
Part 3588
Þórr's arms, which had lifted hammers, which had broken mountains, which had
Part 3589
thrown jǫtnar into the sky, Þórr's arms strained against the line.
Part 3590
The cords of his neck stood out. His face went dark with the effort.
Part 3591
He was not, the poem implies, struggling because he was weak.
Part 3592
He was struggling because the thing on the other end of the line was, for the
Part 3593
first time in his life, a thing that did not want to come up.
Part 3594
A thing that was pulling back.
Part 3595
A thing that, if it had wanted to, could have pulled Þórr straight out of the boat
Part 3596
and down into the sea. But Þórr was Þórr. He braced harder.
Part 3597
And as he braced, the Hymiskviða tells us, and the Húsdrápa tells us, in its
Part 3598
older, more dignified way, and Snorri in Gylfaginning ch. 48 tells us, in the same
Part 3599
language, Þórr's feet went through the bottom of the boat. Through the planks.
Part 3600
Through the wooden floor of the small craft.
Part 3601
The pressure of Þórr's bracing pushed his feet down so hard that the cedar planks
Part 3602
of the bottom of the boat split, and Þórr's feet went through, and his bare feet,
Part 3603
in their leather sandals, were now planted not on the boat's bottom but on the very
Part 3604
sea bed below the boat. The cold sea was rushing up around his ankles.
Part 3605
The small boat was, and the poem does not bother to say it, because the listener
Part 3606
of the old north would have understood, the small boat was now held above the
Part 3607
water only by Þórr's own braced legs and the careful balance of his weight.
Part 3608
He was, in effect, standing on the floor of the sea.
Part 3609
He was, in effect, pulling on a line.
Part 3610
Hymir, in the stern, watched this with eyes that the poet of the Hymiskviða
Part 3611
specifically described, using the old Norse word for the fear of a man who has
Part 3612
seen something he should never have seen. Þórr pulled the line. The line came up.
Part 3613
And then, in the great grey plate of the sea around the boat, the water began to
Part 3614
lift. Not in a wave. In a slow upward swell.
Part 3615
As if something enormous, far below, were rising toward the surface, pushing the
Part 3616
whole weight of the sea upward as it rose. The water lifted. And then it broke.
Part 3617
Chapter Ten. The Eye. This is the heart of the story.
Part 3618
This is the moment the old north loved most about Þórr, more than the killing of
Part 3619
any other jǫtunn, more than the recovery of Mjǫllnir from the giant Þrymr, more
Part 3620
than any of his other adventures.
Part 3621
This is the moment the Húsdrápa preserved as worthy of being carved into the wooden
Part 3622
panels of a wedding hall in Iceland in the late tenth century, long before any of
Part 3623
these tales were written down.
Part 3624
This is the moment Snorri Sturluson, two hundred years later, put at the centre of
Part 3625
his Prose Edda chapter on Þórr's labours.
Part 3626
This is the moment that exists, in its long silence, in the picture stones of
Part 3627
Sweden and Gotland and the Isle of Man.
Part 3628
This is the moment the old north could not let go of. The Serpent rose.
Part 3629
Out of the sea, in front of Þórr's small boat, the great head of Jǫrmungandr lifted
Part 3630
itself above the water. It was vast.
Part 3631
The old north was very careful, in its descriptions, about not giving us a number.
Part 3632
The Serpent's head was, bigger than the boat. Bigger than Hymir's hall.
Part 3633
Bigger, perhaps, than any single thing the gods had ever stood before.
Part 3634
Its scales were the colour of cold steel.
Part 3635
Its eyes were old, older than the world, older than the gods.
Part 3636
They had been open since Óðinn had thrown the Serpent into the sea on the first day
Part 3637
of creation, and they had been open every day since.
Part 3638
The mouth of the Serpent had closed on Þórr's hook.
Part 3639
The ox head of Himinhrjóðr was caught inside the corner of that mouth, the iron
Part 3640
hook hooked through the inside of the Serpent's lip. The Serpent was caught.
Part 3641
Þórr, standing in the boat with his feet through the bottom and his legs braced
Part 3642
against the sea floor and his hands holding the line, Þórr looked up at the great
Part 3643
head. The Serpent looked down at him.
Part 3644
We do not know, the old north said, what the Serpent saw in that first moment.
Part 3645
The Serpent had never, before this, looked at a god.
Part 3646
The Serpent had been at the bottom of the deep since Óðinn had thrown it there.
Part 3647
It had grown there, slowly, generation by generation.
Part 3648
It had wrapped itself around the lands of Midgard, biting its own tail.
Part 3649
It had felt the world above it, the stamping of horses, the building of halls, the
Part 3650
rising and falling of small wars. But it had not seen these things.
Part 3651
The Serpent had not, until this moment, opened its eye and looked at a god.
Part 3652
Now it did.
Part 3653
The eye was, the old north said, in many different ways across many different
Part 3654
sources, green. Cold green.
Part 3655
The green of ice that has been under the sea for a long time.
Part 3656
The green of the deep aurora that hangs above the northern country in winter.
Part 3657
The green of certain old stones that have been polished by the long working of
Part 3658
water. The pupil of the eye was vertical. Like a snake's pupil.
Part 3659
Long and dark and very still.
Part 3660
And in that pupil, for the small moment they were holding each other, Þórr saw,
Part 3661
perhaps, the long dark of every place the Serpent had ever been.
Part 3662
The cold lightless trench at the bottom of the encircling sea.
Part 3663
The great slow turnings of the Serpent's body around the lands of men.
Part 3664
The long old waiting of an enormous mind that had nothing to do but wait.
Part 3665
Þórr saw, perhaps, his own future.
Part 3666
The day at the end of the world when this eye would be the last thing he would ever
Part 3667
see. And the Serpent saw, perhaps, what Þórr was. A small red bearded god in a boat.
Part 3668
A hammer in his hand.
Part 3669
The thing that was, in the very far distance, going to kill it.
Part 3670
The moment, in the actual time of the world, did not last long. The eye opens.
Part 3671
The eye closes. The water rolls. The boat rocks.
Part 3672
The line trembles in the god's hand.
Part 3673
By any honest measurement of time, the looking lasted only as long as it takes a
Part 3674
person to draw one slow breath. Perhaps two. Perhaps three.
Part 3675
The Hymiskviða does not measure it. The Gylfaginning does not measure it.
Part 3676
The Húsdrápa does not measure it.
Part 3677
The picture stones at Altuna and Ardre and the Gosforth Cross do not measure it
Part 3678
either, they freeze it, the way a piece of carved stone is meant to freeze a thing.
Part 3679
But the moment, in the way the old north measured the things that mattered, was
Part 3680
longer than that.
Part 3681
The moment, in the way the old north measured these things, was long enough to
Part 3682
contain a kind of recognition that does not happen in human time.
Part 3683
The Serpent had been alive since the first morning.
Part 3684
The Serpent had been at the bottom of the encircling sea for as long as there had
Part 3685
been a sea.
Part 3686
And in all of that time, in the long deep dark of the bottom of the world, the
Part 3687
Serpent had never, until this moment, looked into the face of the being who was
Part 3688
going to kill it. Now it had.
Part 3689
And Þórr, who had killed many giants, who had broken many of the great old enemies
Part 3690
of the gods, who had taken Mjǫllnir in his hand more times than even he could
Part 3691
remember, Þórr had never, until this moment, looked into the face of the being who
Part 3692
was going to kill him. Now he had.
Part 3693
Each of them, for the small space of three breaths, knew the face of the other.
Part 3694
The Serpent learned what Þórr looked like at close range, the red beard, the
Part 3695
strong square jaw, the dark eyes set deep under the heavy brow.
Part 3696
The shape of the man who would, at the end of the world, swing the hammer that
Part 3697
would end the Serpent's life. The Serpent looked at this man as if to memorize him.
Part 3698
As if the Serpent, sinking back into its deep place after this was done, would
Part 3699
carry the image of Þórr down with it, and would keep it for the long thousand years
Part 3700
between this looking and the next looking, and would hold it ready for the day the
Part 3701
two of them would meet again. And Þórr looked at the Serpent the same way.
Part 3702
He looked at the great cold green eye.
Part 3703
He looked at the scales the colour of old armour.
Part 3704
He looked at the long terrible body that he could see, in pieces, where the
Part 3705
Serpent's coils broke the surface of the water in different places around the boat.
Part 3706
He looked at the thing that was, in the very far distance of the cosmos, at the
Part 3707
end of all of time, going to spit its venom across half the sky and kill him.
Part 3708
He looked at it without fear. The old north was very careful to insist on this.
Part 3709
The old north did not give us a Þórr who was afraid in this moment.
Part 3710
The Hymiskviða does not give us a Þórr who flinched.
Part 3711
The Gylfaginning does not give us a Þórr who hesitated.
Part 3712
The picture stones do not show a Þórr who looks worried.
Part 3713
The old north gave us a Þórr who looked at the Serpent the way a man looks at a
Part 3714
thing he has been waiting to meet for a long time. With curiosity. With patience.
Part 3715
With the small steadiness of a being who knew what was coming and was, in some
Part 3716
quiet way, glad to have seen it once before the end.
Part 3717
The old north was very careful, here, with what it said.
Part 3718
The poem does not tell us what the Serpent was thinking.
Part 3719
The poem does not tell us what Þórr was thinking.
Part 3720
The poem tells us only that the two of them looked at each other.
Part 3721
For one long moment, in the middle of the grey sea, at the edge of the world, the
Part 3722
great green eye of the Serpent and the small dark eyes of the god rested on each
Part 3723
other. They had been waiting for this meeting since the first day of the world.
Part 3724
They had known, both of them, that it was coming.
Part 3725
They had known it in the way the very old things know what is going to happen, not
Part 3726
as a thought, not as a plan, but as a certainty in the bones.
Part 3727
They were, the two of them, fated to fight each other at the end of all things.
Part 3728
They had been fated to it since they were both made. The Vǫluspá knew this.
Part 3729
The skalds knew this. The picture stones knew this.
Part 3730
But the end of all things was not yet.
Part 3731
The end of all things was, the old north believed, still many slow generations away.
Part 3732
Naglfar, the ship made of the fingernails of dead men, was still being built
Part 3733
quietly by the slow work of the unkempt dead. The world was still turning.
Part 3734
The cloth of fate, woven by the three sisters at the foot of Yggdrasil, was still
Part 3735
being woven. It was not yet time.
Part 3736
But it was, the Serpent and the god both understood, looking at each other across
Part 3737
the cold grey water, it was, in some way, time enough to know each other's faces.
Part 3738
To see, once, the shape of what was coming.
Part 3739
To learn the eye that, at the end of all things, would be the last eye each of them
Part 3740
would see. Þórr did not strike yet. The Serpent did not pull yet.
Part 3741
The two of them, the god and the worm, held each other in their gaze for the
Part 3742
small space of time that, in the old north's memory, was the only space of time in
Part 3743
all the long histories of the gods when these two old enemies actually saw each
Part 3744
other clearly.
Part 3745
Then Þórr, slowly, carefully, deliberately, reached for the hammer at his belt.
Part 3746
He drew Mjǫllnir. He raised it. He brought it back.
Part 3747
He was about to bring it down on the head of the Serpent and end, three thousand
Part 3748
years before it was supposed to end, the slow countdown of the world toward
Part 3749
Ragnarǫk.
Part 3750
And in the stern of the boat, the part of this story the old north loved most, the
Part 3751
part that gave Hymir his place in the long memory of the north, in the stern of
Part 3752
the boat, Hymir the giant, who had brought the god out here, who had watched all of
Part 3753
this happen, who had spent his whole long life on the cold sea and knew what the
Part 3754
Serpent was, Hymir reached for the small knife at his belt. And cut the line.
Part 3755
Chapter Eleven. The Cut. The line went slack. Þórr's hammer was already coming down.
Part 3756
The Hymiskviða gives us this part of the story in a strange, almost stuttering
Part 3757
rhythm, as if the poet himself, in the long act of telling, could not quite decide
Part 3758
what to put first. The hammer falling. The line going slack.
Part 3759
The Serpent falling away. The god's roar.
Part 3760
What the poem agrees on, in every surviving version, is this: The line was cut.
Part 3761
The Serpent, freed from the hook, began to fall away from the surface of the sea,
Part 3762
back into the deep. Slowly, at first. The great head sinking. The neck following.
Part 3763
The vast body, somewhere far down, beginning to gather itself for the descent.
Part 3764
Þórr's hammer reached the place where the Serpent's head had been.
Part 3765
In Hymiskviða stanza twenty three, the poet says: the hammer struck.
Part 3766
The hammer caught the Serpent on the side of the head as it sank.
Part 3767
The blow was so strong that the rocks of the eastern shore, far, far behind them,
Part 3768
miles back at the edge of Hymir's country, the rocks were said to have cracked.
Part 3769
In Gylfaginning chapter forty eight, Snorri Sturluson is more careful.
Part 3770
Snorri says: many men say Þórr struck the head off the Serpent there in the deep.
Part 3771
But it is more true to tell, Snorri says, that the Serpent lives still, and lies in
Part 3772
the encircling sea.
Part 3773
The two versions do not, in the long view, contradict each other.
Part 3774
The Hymiskviða tells us what Þórr's hammer did to a thing that the Serpent could
Part 3775
put on as a face and then take off, the way the old north imagined the great
Part 3776
immortal beings could do.
Part 3777
The Gylfaginning tells us what the Serpent really was, underneath. Þórr struck.
Part 3778
Þórr struck hard enough to crack the rocks of the coast.
Part 3779
But the Serpent, because the Serpent was the Serpent, fell back into its deep
Part 3780
place and went on living, the way the Serpent had lived since before the gods were
Part 3781
named. The hook was lost. The bait was lost. The line was lost.
Part 3782
The Serpent was gone.
Part 3783
Þórr stood in the boat with his feet through the bottom and his hammer in his hand
Part 3784
and the foam of the broken sea still spraying around him, and he turned, slowly,
Part 3785
and looked at Hymir.
Part 3786
Hymir was sitting in the stern of the boat with the small knife still in his hand.
Part 3787
The two of them looked at each other.
Part 3788
Þórr, the Hymiskviða tells us, very quietly, Þórr did not say anything.
Part 3789
Þórr reached across the small boat with his left hand, and he took Hymir by the
Part 3790
front of his frozen white beard, and he lifted Hymir off the bench, and he held the
Part 3791
giant in the air for one moment over the side of the boat, and then he opened his
Part 3792
hand. Hymir went into the cold sea. He came up sputtering. He swam.
Part 3793
He swam for the shore, the long miles of the shore, with his great white beard
Part 3794
streaming behind him in the cold water, with his old eyes squinting against the
Part 3795
salt, with his ancient giant's body labouring against the cold of the sea he had
Part 3796
fished all his life. Þórr, in the boat, sat down. He took the oars again.
Part 3797
He looked once more at the place where the Serpent had been.
Part 3798
The water there was still rolling, the great swell of the Serpent's descent was
Part 3799
still settling itself.
Part 3800
The two whales Hymir had caught, slid into the bottom of the boat, were rolling
Part 3801
among Þórr's feet.
Part 3802
The boat, despite the holes in its bottom, was somehow staying afloat.
Part 3803
The poem does not explain why. The old north did not always explain. Þórr rowed.
Part 3804
He rowed back to Hymir's country.
Part 3805
He overtook Hymir in the water, the giant swimming, the god in the boat, and he
Part 3806
passed him without looking down. He pulled the small boat up onto the black rocks.
Part 3807
He stepped out.
Part 3808
He picked up the two whales, each one as long as Þórr was tall, and he carried
Part 3809
them, one under each arm, up the long path toward Hymir's hall. Týr was at the door.
Part 3810
Týr looked at his friend. Týr said: what happened. Þórr said: I had him.
Part 3811
Your father cut the line. Týr said: oh. Týr said: did you kill him.
Part 3812
Þórr said: not all of him.
Part 3813
The two of them stood together at the door of the giant's hall, with the two dead
Part 3814
whales at Þórr's feet, and the cold wind blowing past them, and the small distant
Part 3815
shape of Hymir still swimming for shore far out on the grey sea behind them.
Part 3816
The cauldron, the poem reminds us, almost as an afterthought, almost embarrassed
Part 3817
at having to remember it, the cauldron was still inside.
Part 3818
The thing they had come for. The thing this whole journey had been about.
Part 3819
The mile deep brewing vat that Ægir needed to make ale for the gods.
Part 3820
Þórr and Týr went inside the hall.
Part 3821
The grandmother of nine hundred heads was still watching from the back.
Part 3822
Týr's mother was at the hearth. She looked up at her son. She looked at Þórr.
Part 3823
She looked at the white salt drying in Þórr's beard.
Part 3824
She had heard, the poem implies, what had happened on the water.
Part 3825
She had heard the crack of the eastern shore. She had felt the boat coming back.
Part 3826
She said, very quietly: he will be angry when he gets home.
Part 3827
Þórr said: we will be gone by then.
Part 3828
He walked to the great pillar at the back of the hall, where the largest cauldron
Part 3829
in the worlds had hung since before the giant himself was a child. He lifted it.
Part 3830
He set it on his head, upside down, the way men of the old north carried great
Part 3831
vessels, and the rim of it came down over his shoulders and rested there, and the
Part 3832
depth of it went up into the air above him like a great metal tower. He turned.
Part 3833
He walked to the door of the hall. Týr walked beside him.
Part 3834
Týr's mother watched them go.
Part 3835
The grandmother of nine hundred heads, in the back of the hall, watched them too.
Part 3836
None of her nine hundred faces moved.
Part 3837
The poem does not tell us whether she might, at the end, have wished her grandson
Part 3838
well. The poem does not tell us much about her at all.
Part 3839
It only tells us that she watched them go, and that they did not look back, and
Part 3840
that the great hall of Hymir was the last thing they saw of the eastern country
Part 3841
before the snow closed in behind them and they were on the long road home.
Part 3842
Hymir, the Hymiskviða tells us, came home to a hall with no cauldron and no Þórr
Part 3843
and no Týr.
Part 3844
He stood in his empty hall for a long moment, the cold sea water still dripping
Part 3845
from his white beard, his old eyes moving from the broken hook on the pillar to the
Part 3846
empty space where the largest cauldron in the worlds had hung since before he was a
Part 3847
child, to the still warm hearth where his wife had cooked the three oxen the night
Part 3848
before. He understood, slowly, what had happened.
Part 3849
He understood what the eating of the two oxen had been.
Part 3850
He understood what the rowing out had been.
Part 3851
He understood that the red bearded god of Asgard had not, in any of the moments of
Part 3852
this whole long visit, been there for fishing. Hymir went to the door of his hall.
Part 3853
He called.
Part 3854
The Hymiskviða tells us he raised a small army of his giant kin, the cousins and
Part 3855
brothers and grown sons of the eastern country, the jǫtnar who lived in the high
Part 3856
cold valleys around Hymir's hall, and he led them in pursuit.
Part 3857
They came down out of the mountains in a long ragged line.
Part 3858
Each one carried whatever weapon he had to hand. Some of them carried iron clubs.
Part 3859
Some of them carried axes.
Part 3860
Some of them carried only their own enormous hands, which for a giant of the
Part 3861
eastern country are weapon enough.
Part 3862
Þórr, on the long road west with the cauldron on his head and Týr at his side,
Part 3863
heard them coming. He set down the cauldron. He turned. He took up Mjǫllnir.
Part 3864
The Hymiskviða does this part of the story briefly, not, perhaps, because the
Part 3865
killings did not matter to the poet, but because the poet knew the listener had
Part 3866
already had the central scene. The hammer falling on the Serpent.
Part 3867
The eye looking up at the god. The line being cut. Those were the moments.
Part 3868
The rest was the long walk home with a borrowed cauldron and, after the walk had
Part 3869
been briefly interrupted, a hammer red with new blood. The pursuit was a coda.
Part 3870
The killings were a postscript.
Part 3871
They happened, Þórr killed every one of the giants who came against him on that
Part 3872
road, but they happened the way the closing of a feast happens, when the wine has
Part 3873
been poured and the great speeches have been given and what is left is simply the
Part 3874
small clearing of the table.
Part 3875
When it was over, Þórr lifted the cauldron back onto his head and Týr walked beside
Part 3876
him and the two of them went on west. They walked through the long grey afternoon.
Part 3877
They walked through the cold evening. They walked through the night.
Part 3878
They came at last to Ægir's hall in the dim before dawn, with the cauldron still on
Part 3879
Þórr's head, with the snow of the eastern country still in their cloaks, with the
Part 3880
salt of the cold sea still drying in Þórr's beard.
Part 3881
Þórr set the cauldron down at the door of the hall. Ægir came out to meet them.
Part 3882
The sea giant, calm, old, white haired, glad, looked at the great vessel his hall
Part 3883
would now be able to brew in, and he looked at the two gods who had brought it to
Part 3884
him, and he understood, without their having to tell him, that the journey had not
Part 3885
been only a journey for a cauldron. He looked at Þórr.
Part 3886
He looked at the small distance that was now in Þórr's eyes that had not been there
Part 3887
when Þórr had left.
Part 3888
He understood that Þórr had been somewhere a god does not often go.
Part 3889
That Þórr had seen something that not many beings in the worlds had seen.
Part 3890
Ægir said: come in. You will tell me what you saw. And Ægir brewed.
Part 3891
And the gods drank.
Part 3892
And the story of the fishing trip, the Hymiskviða tells us, became one of the
Part 3893
stories the gods of Asgard told each other in their cups for a very long time
Part 3894
afterward. The great head rising. The eye looking up at the god. The line being cut.
Part 3895
The small mercy of an old giant in the back of a boat, who at the last moment lost
Part 3896
his nerve and saved the world from ending three thousand years too early.
Part 3897
Chapter Twelve. Goodnight. And the Wolf at the Edge of Time.
Part 3898
The story we told you tonight is one of the simplest in the old north.
Part 3899
A god went fishing. A giant went with him. A serpent rose to the bait.
Part 3900
The line was cut. The serpent fell back into the sea. That is all.
Part 3901
There is no death in the central scene. There is no marriage. There is no betrayal.
Part 3902
There is no transformation.
Part 3903
There is only a boat, and a hook, and the great head of an old enemy rising in
Part 3904
front of the god who would, at the end of all things, be the one to kill him.
Part 3905
But the old north loved this story.
Part 3906
The old north loved it more than it loved most of the other Þórr stories.
Part 3907
It carved it into wedding halls. It painted it on picture stones.
Part 3908
It told it in long winter halls and short summer nights, in Iceland and Norway and
Part 3909
Sweden and the Isle of Man.
Part 3910
The poet of the Hymiskviða gave it thirty nine careful stanzas.
Part 3911
Snorri Sturluson gave it a full chapter.
Part 3912
The Húsdrápa, the older skaldic poem, lingered over it.
Part 3913
The old north loved this story because of what almost happened.
Part 3914
Because, for one moment, in the boat on the grey sea, the god of the gods had the
Part 3915
Serpent on the line. Had Mjǫllnir in his hand.
Part 3916
Had the bracing of his own feet against the sea floor. Could have struck.
Part 3917
Could have ended, three thousand years before it was supposed to end, the slow
Part 3918
countdown of the world toward Ragnarǫk. And was prevented. By a giant.
Part 3919
By an old giant, sitting in the back of a boat, who had brought the god out here in
Part 3920
the first place and watched the whole thing happen and at the very last moment lost
Part 3921
his nerve. Hymir was not, in the end, a great villain.
Part 3922
Hymir was a hunter at the edge of the world, who had spent his life respecting the
Part 3923
Serpent's water and not going into it, and who, when the red bearded god of Asgard
Part 3924
had finally pulled the Serpent up out of its deep place, had done what any creature
Part 3925
near the bottom of the food chain of the worlds will do when faced with a thing
Part 3926
that big, he had cut the line. The Serpent went back into its deep place.
Part 3927
The Serpent is still there.
Part 3928
The Vǫluspá tells us, in its long Ragnarǫk vision, what will happen the day the
Part 3929
Serpent comes out for the last time.
Part 3930
The Vǫluspá tells us that on the day Ragnarǫk begins, on the day Loki tears
Part 3931
himself free of the cave and the great ship Naglfar comes loose and the wolf
Part 3932
Fenrir's bonds break, on that day, the Serpent will rise out of the encircling sea.
Part 3933
The Serpent will come on shore.
Part 3934
The Serpent will go to meet Þórr at the field where the world will be decided.
Part 3935
The Serpent will spit its venom across half the sky. Þórr will kill it.
Part 3936
Þórr will take nine steps. And then Þórr will fall.
Part 3937
That is how the meeting between the two of them ends. Not in the boat tonight.
Part 3938
In a field, at the end of the world, three thousand years from where we are sitting.
Part 3939
Tonight is only the first meeting. Tonight is only the introduction.
Part 3940
The looking into each other's eyes. The learning of the face.
Part 3941
Tonight is the practice for the day that will be the last day.
Part 3942
This is, in some quiet way, what the old north was telling itself when it carved
Part 3943
this story into the picture stones at Altuna and Ardre and the Gosforth Cross.
Part 3944
The old north was saying: the great endings of the world do not arrive all at once.
Part 3945
They are practiced. They are rehearsed.
Part 3946
They are met halfway, in a small boat on a grey sea, by the same two beings who
Part 3947
will meet for real at the end. The world ends slowly.
Part 3948
The world has many small almost endings before the real one.
Part 3949
The Serpent has risen before. The hammer has been raised before.
Part 3950
The line has been cut before, by an old giant in the back of a boat who lost his
Part 3951
nerve at the last moment. The carvers of the picture stones knew this.
Part 3952
The picture stone at Altuna, in Sweden, shows Þórr in a small boat with his feet
Part 3953
through the bottom and his hammer raised, the great Serpent rising out of the water
Part 3954
below him. The carver placed Þórr and the Serpent at the centre of the stone.
Part 3955
Everything else on the stone, the small surrounding decorations, the runes, the
Part 3956
borders, radiates out from this central image.
Part 3957
The carver knew, in the eleventh century when he made the stone, that this was the
Part 3958
moment to put at the centre. Not the killing. Not the binding. Not the death.
Part 3959
The almost. The looking. The recognition.
Part 3960
The picture stones at Ardre, on the Swedish island of Gotland, do the same.
Part 3961
So does the Gosforth Cross, in northern England, carved by Norse settlers in the
Part 3962
tenth century.
Part 3963
So does a stone fragment at Hørdum, in Denmark, that shows Þórr's foot going
Part 3964
through the boat's planking with a kind of awkward energy that only an artist who
Part 3965
knew the story could have managed.
Part 3966
Across thousands of miles, across two centuries, the old Norse carvers and the old
Part 3967
Norse listeners kept returning to this single image. The boat. The line. The eye.
Part 3968
The hammer raised but not yet falling. It was the image of the moment before.
Part 3969
And we, the listeners of the old north, and we, dear listener, tonight, sit
Part 3970
between the almost endings and the real one.
Part 3971
We do not know how many more times the Serpent will rise before the last time.
Part 3972
We know only that, every time it has risen so far, something has happened to send
Part 3973
it back. A line cut. A giant's hand on a knife.
Part 3974
A small mercy in the middle of a great fated story. That is what tonight's story is.
Part 3975
A small mercy. A line cut. A few thousand more years of the world.
Part 3976
We will tell you, next time, of the great hammer Mjǫllnir, and of the day it was
Part 3977
stolen from Þórr by a king of the giants named Þrymr, and of the strange thing the
Part 3978
gods of Asgard had to do to get it back. Of a wedding. Of a veil.
Part 3979
Of a god who had to put on a bride's gown and ride east in a borrowed wagon to a
Part 3980
hall where his hammer was waiting on a pillow.
Part 3981
We will tell you that story on Wednesday. But for now.
Part 3982
For now, the boat is back on the black rocks. The cauldron is on its way to Ægir.
Part 3983
The Serpent is in its deep place, asleep again, with the old bait still in the
Part 3984
corner of its mouth and the cold water closing back over its head.
Part 3985
Hymir is wringing out his beard on the shore. Týr is at his father's door.
Part 3986
Þórr is walking the long road west with the cauldron on his head and a small
Part 3987
private smile under his red beard. The world has another few thousand years.
Part 3988
The wolf at the edge of time waits. The great ship Naglfar is still being built.
Part 3989
Ragnarǫk is still far away.
Part 3990
Tonight there is only the cold sea, and the small boat, and the moment two old
Part 3991
enemies looked at each other across the open water and recognized, for the first
Part 3992
time, the face of the one they were waiting for. Goodnight, dear listener.
Part 3993
Wherever you are tonight. Whatever bed you are in. Whatever quiet room.
Part 3994
Whatever soft pillow you have laid your head on.
Part 3995
Let the picture of the god and the serpent be the last picture you carry into sleep.
Part 3996
Not the violence of the hammer. Not the cutting of the line. The looking.
Part 3997
The seeing. The recognition.
Part 3998
The small space of stillness, in the middle of a grey sea at the edge of the world,
Part 3999
when two beings who had been waiting for each other since the first morning finally
Part 4000
met.
Part 4001
And both of them, perhaps, were a little glad to have seen each other once before
Part 4002
the end. Let the wolf at the edge of time wait.
Part 4003
Let the great ship Naglfar wait in the cold east. Let Ragnarǫk wait.
Part 4004
Tonight there is only the boat, and the line, and the sea, and the goodnight.
Part 4005
And tonight there is only your bed, and your breath, and the room around you
Part 4006
growing dark. Sleep.
Part 4007
The Sleeping Almanac will be here on Wednesday with another story from the old
Part 4008
north. New episodes every Wednesday and Sunday at eight o'clock in the evening.
Part 4009
If the story carried you down into sleep, if the picture of the god and the serpent
Part 4010
was the last thing you saw before the dark came, leave a quiet small note in the
Part 4011
comments. We read every one. We tell each other, in the morning, who slept.
Part 4012
Sleep deeply. Sleep without dreams. And wake into a quieter world.
Part 4013
Goodnight, dear listener. From the long old north. From the boat on the cold sea.
Part 4014
From the almanac that is keeping the slow count. Goodnight.
The Giant's Bride, and the Theft of Mjolnir
Welcome to The Sleeping Almanac.
The Giant's Bride, and the Theft of Mjolnir
Tonight, the strangest thing the gods of Asgard ever did.
Part 4017
The day they dressed Thor, the strongest god in the worlds, the storm god, the wielder of the great hammer Mjölnir
Part 4018
they dressed him as a bride.
Part 4019
They put a veil on his face, a gown on his shoulders, the bride's keys at his belt, and the great gold necklace of Freyja
Part 4020
the goddess of love, at his throat, and they rode him east in his own goat chariot to a giant's wedding feast in the cold country across the world where the hammer that had been stolen from him eight nights before was waiting on a pillow.
Part 4021
We will tell the story tonight from the Thrymskvida, the Lay of Thrymr, the last and strangest of the great Thor poems preserved in the Codex Regius.
Part 4022
There is a verse in the Havamal, the wisdom poem of the Old North, that says, "Praise the day at evening.
Part 4023
Praise the woman after she is buried.
Part 4024
Praise the weapon when it has been tried."
Part 4025
Tonight, by the time the story is done, Mjölnir will be tried.
Part 4026
Settle in.
Part 4027
Let your shoulders drop.
Part 4028
We begin on the morning the hammer disappeared.
Part 4029
Chapter one.
Part 4030
The empty pillow.
Part 4031
Thor woke at dawn.
Part 4032
The Thrymskvidha does not tell us exactly what dawn it was or what season of the year.
Part 4033
We can imagine from the small details the poem gives us that it was an early summer dawn
Part 4034
that the long gray light of the eastern sky was already pale, that the goats in the yard outside Thor's hall were already stirring
Part 4035
that the small birds of Asgard were beginning their first careful calls in the trees of Idavoll.
Part 4036
We can imagine that Thor's wife, Sif, the one with hair of gold, was still asleep beside him.
Part 4037
We can imagine the slow, steady rhythm of her breathing in the early light.
Part 4038
We can imagine that the hall around them was very still.
Part 4039
Thor opened his eyes.
Part 4040
He reached the way he always reached on waking to his right side, to the place on the floor beside his bed where he kept Mjolnir
Part 4041
the hammer that the dwarves Eitri and Brokkr had forged for him in the great forging contest of long ago
Part 4042
the hammer that had cracked the heads of giants, the hammer that had broken the rocks of the world rim
Part 4043
the hammer that had been at his side every night since the day it had been given to him.
Part 4044
His hand closed on nothing.
Part 4045
The floor was empty.
Part 4046
There was no haft.
Part 4047
There was no head.
Part 4048
There was no leather thong.
Part 4049
There was no oil cloth wrapped around the great iron weight.
Part 4050
There was only the dust of the floor and the cold morning air against his palm.
Part 4051
Thor sat up.
Part 4052
He sat up very slowly.
Part 4053
The Thrymskvidha gives us this moment with its rare gift for the quiet detail.
Part 4054
The poem tells us that Thor, who had killed more giants than any other being in the worlds
Part 4055
Thor the strongest of the gods, Thor who had pulled the world serpent up out of the deep
Part 4056
Thor in this moment did not roar, did not curse, did not strike out.
Part 4057
The poem says only that he sat up and that he looked at the floor and that his beard shook.
Part 4058
His beard shook.
Part 4059
That is the line the Thrymskvidha gives us.
Part 4060
In the old language, the line is, "Skegg nam að hrista, skör nam að dæja." His beard began to shake.
Part 4061
His hair began to tremble.
Part 4062
Not because he was afraid.
Part 4063
Thor did not get afraid.
Part 4064
The trembling the old North understood was the small physical sign of the anger that was beginning very slowly in the center of Thor's chest
Part 4065
like a small fire being lit somewhere deep that would burn slowly outward and that
Part 4066
if it was not contained, would burn the whole world.
Part 4067
Thor's beard shook.
Part 4068
He stood up.
Part 4069
He did not wake Sif.
Part 4070
He moved very quietly, the poem tells us, around the bed, looking on every side.
Part 4071
He looked under the bed.
Part 4072
He looked behind the wall hangings.
Part 4073
He looked in the corners of the room.
Part 4074
He looked in the small chests of his clothes.
Part 4075
He looked in the high rafters above the bed.
Part 4076
He looked everywhere a hammer might have been mislaid by a tired man at the end of a long day.
Part 4077
He did this very thoroughly, very slowly, very carefully, even though he knew, and the poem implies that he knew
Part 4078
that Mjollnir was not in the room.
Part 4079
Mjollnir, the poem implies, was not in the hall at all.
Part 4080
Mjollnir, the poem implies, was not in Asgard.
Part 4081
Mjollnir was somewhere else.
Part 4082
Thor finished his search.
Part 4083
He stood for a long moment in the center of his own bedroom in the dim gray early morning light with the chest still open behind him and the wall hanging still pulled aside
Part 4084
and he looked at the place beside the bed where his hammer had always been.
Part 4085
The dust on the floor was undisturbed.
Part 4086
That was the strange thing.
Part 4087
That was the thing the Thrymskvidha does not say but implies.
Part 4088
The dust on the floor was undisturbed.
Part 4089
There was no scuff mark of a thief's foot.
Part 4090
There was no print of a hand.
Part 4091
There was no track of a sliding object.
Part 4092
The hammer had not been pulled away.
Part 4093
The hammer had not been dragged.
Part 4094
The hammer had not been picked up by hands that had crossed the room from any door.
Part 4095
The hammer had simply, sometime in the night, ceased to be where it had been.
Part 4096
That was a kind of theft, Thor understood, that very few beings in the worlds could perform.
Part 4097
That was the theft of a being who could reach into a god's bedroom from somewhere else and take a hammer out of its place and leave the dust undisturbed.
Part 4098
Thor knew, in that moment, that he had a problem.
Part 4099
He went to find Loki.
Part 4100
He did not wake Sif.
Part 4101
He did not call for his servants.
Part 4102
He did not yet, the poem implies, tell anyone in his own hall what had happened.
Part 4103
He walked out the door of his bedroom, down the long hall of his house, across the small dawn courtyard outside his hall
Part 4104
where the goats were beginning to bleat for their morning feed, and across the long open road that led between the gods' halls in Asgard
Part 4105
and he went directly to the door of the only being in the worlds who would know what to do
Part 4106
Loki.
Part 4107
Loki, who had been there at the forging of the hammer.
Part 4108
Loki, who had been there at every clever thing the gods had ever done.
Part 4109
Loki, who, when a thing was lost, was the only being in Asgard who would think to ask the right questions about who might have taken it.
Part 4110
Loki, who in his own way, even though Loki was the one who would eventually be the cause of the ending of all things
Part 4111
Loki was also, in the long old North, the one being who could be relied on to find a thing that had gone missing.
Part 4112
Thor arrived at Loki's door.
Part 4113
He did not knock.
Part 4114
He pushed the door open and walked into Loki's hall.
Part 4115
Loki was already awake.
Part 4116
Loki, the poem implies with the small smile of a poet who knows his characters, Loki was already awake because Loki was always already awake.
Part 4117
Loki slept lightly.
Part 4118
Loki kept odd hours.
Part 4119
Loki, in the dawn, was usually already sitting somewhere with a cup of something warm in his hands
Part 4120
watching the morning come on.
Part 4121
He had eyes the color of cold water.
Part 4122
He had a thin face.
Part 4123
He had a small smile that did not quite reach his eyes.
Part 4124
Loki looked up when Thor came in.
Part 4125
He saw Thor's beard still shaking.
Part 4126
He set down his cup very carefully, and he stood up.
Part 4127
He said, "What has happened?" Thor said, "My hammer is gone." The Thrymskvidha gives us
Part 4128
in this moment, one of its small jewels.
Part 4129
Loki, who could be many things and who was many things and who would in the end be the betrayer of all things
Part 4130
Loki, in this single moment, was Thor's friend.
Part 4131
The poem records no laughter, no quick remark, no quip.
Part 4132
The poem records only that Loki, hearing what Thor had to say, understood immediately.
Part 4133
Loki said, "Come with me." And the two of them, the god of thunder with his beard still trembling and the trickster of Asgard with his cold eyes very calm and very focused
Part 4134
the two of them walked out of Loki's hall together and across the dawn road and toward the hall of Freyja.
Part 4135
Because Loki, the poem implies, had already begun to work the problem, and Loki, the poem implies
Part 4136
knew exactly what the first move had to be.
Part 4137
Chapter two, The Borrowed Wings.
Part 4138
Freyja was awake.
Part 4139
The poem does not tell us how she knew the two gods were coming.
Part 4140
We can imagine, in the way the old North imagined these things, that Freyja, who was the goddess of love and of fertility and of war and of magic
Part 4141
who was a Vanir goddess older than the Aesir, who saw a great many things that other gods did not see
Part 4142
that Freyja had simply, on some morning instinct, felt that two of her colleagues were on their way to her door.
Part 4143
She was at the threshold of her hall when they arrived.
Part 4144
The Thrymskvidha describes her in a single image, and the image is the small precious detail of this part of the poem.
Part 4145
She is, the poem says, wearing the great necklace, Brisingamen, the necklace of fire, a necklace whose origin the Thrymskvidha does not tell us
Part 4146
though later tellings in other later poems would give the necklace a long strange story of its own.
Part 4147
The Thrymskvidha tells us only that the necklace was Freyja's, that she wore it every day
Part 4148
that it was the most beautiful object in any of the worlds.
Part 4149
Around her throat, the four small dwarf stones of it catching the dawn light, her hair fell loose.
Part 4150
Her gown was the color of wheat grain just before harvest.
Part 4151
She looked at Thor.
Part 4152
She looked at Loki.
Part 4153
She said, What is wrong?
Part 4154
Loki spoke.
Part 4155
Thor, the poem implies, was not yet capable of words.
Part 4156
Thor was still in the small slow burning rage of a god who had lost his hammer.
Part 4157
Loki spoke for him.
Part 4158
Loki said, Freyja, lend us your feather cloak.
Part 4159
The poem moves quickly here, and we will move with it, but let us first explain the cloak
Part 4160
because the cloak is the thing this whole chapter turns on.
Part 4161
Freyja owned a great feather cloak.
Part 4162
The poem calls it a fjedurhamar, a feather skin, but the meaning is more specific than that.
Part 4163
The cloak was a falcon skin, a magical garment that, when a being wrapped it around themselves
Part 4164
allowed that being to take the form of a falcon and to fly.
Part 4165
Freyja used it for her own purposes.
Part 4166
She lent it occasionally to other gods.
Part 4167
It was one of the great treasures of Asgard.
Part 4168
It was not a thing she gave lightly.
Part 4169
Freyja looked at Loki.
Part 4170
She said, "Why?" Loki said, "Thor's hammer is gone." Freyja's face changed.
Part 4171
The poem does not describe the change in detail.
Part 4172
The poem says only in a single fine line that the old Norse poets loved.
Part 4173
Freyja, hearing what Loki had said, understood at once.
Part 4174
She understood what it meant for Mjollnir to be gone.
Part 4175
She understood that some giant somewhere had reached into Asgard in the night and pulled the hammer out of the place where it lived.
Part 4176
She understood that without Mjollnir, the gods were vulnerable.
Part 4177
She understood that without Mjollnir, the giants might come.
Part 4178
She said, "Take it." She turned.
Part 4179
She went into her hall.
Part 4180
She came back out a moment later with a cloak folded over her arms.
Part 4181
The cloak was the color of a wild falcon's back, brown and white and gray, with the long banded feathers of the wing folded carefully one over the other.
Part 4182
She held it out to Loki.
Part 4183
She said, "Bring my cloak back to me and bring Thor's hammer back to him." Loki took the cloak.
Part 4184
Loki bowed to Freyja, very quickly and very formally, in the way the Old North's tricksters bowed when they wanted to acknowledge that someone had done them a service.
Part 4185
Loki turned to Thor.
Part 4186
Loki said, "Wait here." The Thrymskvidha gives this moment one of its precious small touches.
Part 4187
Loki, the poem implies, did not waste any further words.
Part 4188
Loki, the poem implies, knew that every moment was a moment in which Mjolnir was somewhere it should not have been.
Part 4189
Loki turned and walked out of Freyja's hall and went to the open space of Idavollr
Part 4190
the great plain at the center of Asgard.
Part 4191
And he stood there in the morning light with the feather cloak in his hands, and he looked east.
Part 4192
He looked east because east was where the Jotnar lived.
Part 4193
He looked east because if Mjolnir had been taken, the being who had taken it would have hidden it in the country of the Jotnar.
Part 4194
He looked east because he was about to fly there.
Part 4195
Loki, the poem tells us, swung the feather cloak around his shoulders.
Part 4196
The cloak, the way the cloak worked, the way the Old North imagined these things, closed itself around him.
Part 4197
The feathers settled against his shoulders.
Part 4198
The hood came up and over his head.
Part 4199
And then, in a way the poem does not bother to describe because the listener would have known
Part 4200
Loki was no longer Loki.
Part 4201
Loki was a falcon, a small gray and brown falcon with cold eyes and a sharp beak, standing on the long grass of Idavollr in the early morning light
Part 4202
looking east.
Part 4203
The falcon opened its wings.
Part 4204
The falcon launched into the sky.
Part 4205
The Thrymskvidha describes this, and this is one of the small lovely lines of the poem.
Part 4206
In three quick brush strokes, whir of wings, wind through feathers, the shape of a falcon rising over the high walls of Asgard and turning east
Part 4207
the morning light catching on the back of the wings as he climbed, the small distant shape of him crossing the rainbow bridge of Bifrost and then crossing beyond it into the long country between Asgard and Jotunheimr.
Part 4208
Thor, on the ground in front of Freyja's hall, watched him go.
Part 4209
Thor said nothing.
Part 4210
Freyja stood beside him.
Part 4211
She said quietly, "He will find it." Thor said, "I hope so." And the two of them stood in the dawn in the long shadow of Freyja's hall with the great necklace of Brisingamen catching the morning light
Part 4212
and they waited for Loki to come back.
Part 4213
Chapter three: The Hall of Thrymmer.
Part 4214
Loki flew east.
Part 4215
The Thrymskvidda does not tell us how long the flight took.
Part 4216
We can imagine from the way the poem hints at distance that it took most of a morning.
Part 4217
The world between Asgard and Jotunheimr is a long world.
Part 4218
The lands roll under a falcon's wings for hour after hour.
Part 4219
The forests of the middle country pass below.
Part 4220
The rivers cross the falcon's path like long silver threads.
Part 4221
The small farms of Midgard, the country of men, pass below in their slow patchwork of green and brown.
Part 4222
The high mountains of the eastern border rise.
Part 4223
The falcon climbs over the mountains.
Part 4224
The falcon crosses the great cold passes of the high country.
Part 4225
And then somewhere on the far side, the falcon comes down out of the high air into the country of the Jotnar
Part 4226
Jotunheimr.
Part 4227
The country was, the poem implies in the way the old North always implied, vast, cold, stony
Part 4228
vast pine forest stretching in every direction, high cliffs of dark stone, cold rivers running between cold rocks
Part 4229
halls of the Jotnar standing alone in clearings with thin lines of smoke rising from the smoke holes of their roofs
Part 4230
cattle of the Jotnar grazing in the long meadows, herds larger than any herd in Midgard.
Part 4231
The country went on for as far as the falcon's eyes could see.
Part 4232
Loki, in falcon shape, began to look.
Part 4233
He looked for a hall that was bigger than the others.
Part 4234
He looked for a hall that had recently been visited by something important.
Part 4235
He looked for a hall where the wood smoke smelled different, where the cooking fire smelled of feasting
Part 4236
where the hangings outside were the bright hangings of a hall preparing for a celebration.
Part 4237
He looked in the way the old North's tricksters looked for the small signs of a being who had just done something that he was very proud of
Part 4238
and he found it.
Part 4239
The Thrymskvida does not give us a detailed description of Thrymmer's hall, but the poem implies
Part 4240
in a few small details, that the hall was large, that it was new, that it stood on a flat shelf of rock above a wide pasture in which a great many cattle grazed.
Part 4241
The roof was thatched with new straw.
Part 4242
The doors were thrown open.
Part 4243
The hall was already preparing for some event, some celebration, some announcement, something the giant who lived there was very pleased about.
Part 4244
Loki, in falcon shape, came down through the cold air of the eastern country and landed on the long stone wall in front of Thrymmer's hall.
Part 4245
He sat on the wall in falcon shape.
Part 4246
He turned his head, the way a falcon does, with the quick, small movement that takes in the whole landscape in three turns of the neck.
Part 4247
He looked at the hall.
Part 4248
He looked at the pasture.
Part 4249
He looked at the cattle.
Part 4250
And then, looking back at the hall, he saw the figure he had come to find.
Part 4251
Thrymmer was sitting on a high stone seat outside his hall.
Part 4252
The Thrymskvida gives us, here, one of the small precious images of the poem.
Part 4253
Thrymmer, the king of the Jotnar of the eastern country, the lord of the Thirsas, the one whom the poem calls Thirsa Draughten.
Part 4254
Thrymmer was sitting on his stone seat in the morning sun, calm, satisfied, the way a man sits when he has just done a thing that he believes is going to bring him a very great prize.
Part 4255
He was weaving collars for his hunting dogs.
Part 4256
The poem records this in a single quick line.
Part 4257
He was weaving gold collars for his dogs.
Part 4258
He was trimming the manes of his horses.
Part 4259
The horses, the poem says, were large and dark, with black coats that gleamed in the morning sun.
Part 4260
Thrymmer was sitting on his stone seat in the bright morning, with the collars across his lap
Part 4261
and the great hunting dogs of his hall lying at his feet, and the horses of his hall grazing in the pasture
Part 4262
and he was waiting.
Part 4263
He was waiting, the poem implies, with the patience of a being who knew what he was waiting for.
Part 4264
Loki, in falcon shape, watched him.
Part 4265
Thrymmer, after a moment, looked up.
Part 4266
He saw the small falcon on the wall.
Part 4267
He recognized it.
Part 4268
The Thrymskvida gives us, here, the small detail that Thrymmer, even though he was a giant of the eastern country
Part 4269
even though he had probably never met Loki face to face, Thrymmer immediately recognized the falcon as one of the messengers of Asgard.
Part 4270
He had heard of Freyja's cloak.
Part 4271
He had heard of the gods who borrowed it.
Part 4272
He understood, the way creatures of the old North understood these things, that the falcon on his wall was not a wild falcon.
Part 4273
Thrymmer said, in the open air, without standing up, "Well, Loki of the Aesir, what brings you to my hall?" The Thrymskvidha gives this line to Thrymmer exactly.
Part 4274
He addresses Loki by name.
Part 4275
He calls him Loki of the Aesir.
Part 4276
He speaks calmly, as if he has been expecting the visit for some time.
Part 4277
Loki, on the wall, took the feather cloak off.
Part 4278
He became Loki again, standing on the top of the long stone wall in the morning light of Jotunheimr
Part 4279
thin, pale, cold eyed, wearing his traveling cloak underneath the falcon skin, which he now folded over his arm.
Part 4280
Loki said, "Thrymmer, lord of the thursas, I have come for a thing that we believe is in your possession." Thrymmer did not
Part 4281
the poem records, look surprised.
Part 4282
Thrymmer did not pretend ignorance.
Part 4283
Thrymmer did not, in the long Norse way, even try to bluff.
Part 4284
Thrymmer simply, with the calm of a man who has been waiting for this question, raised his head a little.
Part 4285
Thrymmer said, "What thing?" Loki said, "Thor's hammer." A small silence.
Part 4286
Thrymmer smiled.
Part 4287
It was not a friendly smile.
Part 4288
It was the smile of a being who has been waiting for a long time to be asked exactly this question and who has been preparing his answer for as long as he has been waiting.
Part 4289
Thrymmer did not stand up.
Part 4290
Thrymmer did not call for any of his giants.
Part 4291
Thrymmer did not, the poem implies, even raise his voice.
Part 4292
Thrymmer said, "I have hidden Mjollnir eight leagues underground.
Part 4293
No being will ever find it.
Part 4294
No being will ever lift it.
Part 4295
No being will ever take it from where I have put it." Loki said, "What do you want for it?"
Part 4296
The Thrymskvidha records the exchange in three short stanzas, and the exchange is the heart of this chapter.
Part 4297
Loki, in the old way, did not argue.
Part 4298
Loki, in the old way, did not threaten.
Part 4299
Loki simply asked the only question a being like Thrymmer would understand.
Part 4300
What is your price?
Part 4301
Thrymmer leaned forward a little on his stone seat.
Part 4302
His smile grew wider.
Part 4303
He said, Bring me Freya as my bride in eight nights' time.
Part 4304
And on the morning of the wedding, when she comes to my hall, when she takes the marriage vows with me
Part 4305
when she is mine, on that morning, and not a moment before, I will give back Thor's hammer.
Part 4306
Chapter four, The Demand.
Part 4307
Loki did not, the poem records, respond immediately.
Part 4308
Loki, on the stone wall, with the feather cloak folded over his arm, looked at Thrymmer for a long moment without speaking.
Part 4309
The poem does not tell us what Loki was thinking in that long moment, but we can imagine.
Part 4310
We can imagine that Loki, the trickster who lived by the small, careful calculation of how impossible things could be made possible
Part 4311
Loki was already turning the demand over in his mind.
Part 4312
Freyja as bride in eight nights, the wedding to be performed in Thrymr's hall, the hammer to be returned only after the marriage was complete.
Part 4313
It was, Loki understood, an impossible demand.
Part 4314
Freyja would not, Loki knew with great certainty, agree to it, and even if Freyja agreed
Part 4315
even if somehow the gods of Asgard pressured her into the agreement, once the wedding was performed
Part 4316
once she was Thrymr's bride, the gods would have given the giants a much greater prize than just the hammer.
Part 4317
They would have given them Freyja herself.
Part 4318
Freyja, the goddess of love.
Part 4319
Freyja, the goddess of fertility.
Part 4320
Freyja, the older Vanir goddess whose magic was older than the Aesir.
Part 4321
The giants, having Freyja as their queen, would be able to bring such terrible weather
Part 4322
such terrible failures of crops, such terrible barrenness of beasts on the lands of the gods that Asgard might fall within a generation.
Part 4323
It was, Loki understood, a demand designed to be impossible.
Part 4324
Thrymr was not, Loki understood, asking for Freyja because he thought he could have her.
Part 4325
Thrymr was asking for Freyja because he knew the gods could not give her, and the gods could not get their hammer back
Part 4326
and Thrymr would have what he had always wanted, which was Mjollnir hidden eight leagues underground in his own land
Part 4327
and the gods of Asgard without their greatest weapon, and the long, slow tilting of the worlds toward a future in which the giants might at last be greater than the gods.
Part 4328
Loki understood all of this.
Part 4329
Loki, in his cold eyed way, did not show that he understood any of it.
Part 4330
Loki said, " I will bring your demand to the gods." Thrymr said, "Do." Loki bowed in the small way the old Norse tricksters bowed when they wanted to acknowledge a transaction that was not yet complete.
Part 4331
He put the falcon cloak back around his shoulders.
Part 4332
He became, again, the falcon.
Part 4333
He launched into the cold morning air of Jotunheimr, and he turned and he flew back west toward Asgard with the demand of Thrym
Part 4334
the lord of the Thirsas, the king of the eastern country, wrapped in his mind like a small dark stone.
Part 4335
He flew fast.
Part 4336
The flight back to Asgard was, the poem implies, faster than the flight out.
Part 4337
Loki had something to tell, and Loki, the poem implies, had already begun to think, even in the air
Part 4338
even with the wind in his feathers, about how the impossible demand of Thrym might be turned in some small impossible way into a possible demand A demand that might
Part 4339
with the right cleverness, be answered without giving Thrymmer the prize he was really asking for.
Part 4340
Loki, the poem implies, was already in flight, beginning to work the problem.
Part 4341
By the time he came down out of the western sky onto the long grass of Idavollr in the late afternoon light
Part 4342
Loki had, though the poem does not say so out loud, Loki had a plan.
Part 4343
It was a very strange plan.
Part 4344
It was a plan that required the cooperation of the strongest god in Asgard.
Part 4345
It was a plan that required Thor to do a thing that Thor would not, in his ordinary life, ever have considered doing.
Part 4346
Loki landed.
Part 4347
He pulled the falcon cloak off.
Part 4348
He became Loki again.
Part 4349
Thor was still standing in front of Freyja's hall, exactly where Loki had left him.
Part 4350
Freyja was beside him, with the great necklace, Brisingamen, still around her neck, with the dawn long since passed and the late afternoon light now slanting across the open space of Idavollr.
Part 4351
Thor turned.
Part 4352
Thor said, "What did you find?" Loki said, "I found Thrymmer, the king of the Thursas.
Part 4353
He has Mjollnir." Thor said, "Where?" Loki said, "Eight leagues underground, in his own land.
Part 4354
He will not give it back unless we pay him for it." Thor said, "What does he want?" Loki
Part 4355
the poem records, paused for a moment.
Part 4356
The poem does not tell us why he paused.
Part 4357
We can imagine that Loki, with his cold eyed practical mind, wanted to deliver the news in such a way that the news did not immediately cause Thor to take a sword and start swinging it.
Part 4358
We can imagine that Loki was choosing his words.
Part 4359
Loki said, "He wants Freyja as his bride." The poem records Freyja's reaction in one of its most famous lines.
Part 4360
The poem says simply that Freyja snorted.
Part 4361
Chapter five, The Refusal.
Part 4362
She snorted.
Part 4363
That is the line the Thrymskvidha gives us, and the line is one of the small great moments of the poem.
Part 4364
Freyja, hearing what Loki had just said, did not, the poem implies, speak first, did not curse
Part 4365
did not raise her voice, did not, in any human sense, react in the way that the old North would have expected a furious goddess to react.
Part 4366
Freya simply, in the moment of hearing the demand, drew in a long, deep breath and pushed it out through her nostrils: a snort.
Part 4367
It is the kind of sound a horse makes when a thing it cannot accept has just been put in front of it.
Part 4368
It is the kind of sound that does not contain any words because the words have not yet been arranged
Part 4369
because the anger is still in the body and has not yet reached the throat.
Part 4370
It is the small first physical sign of a goddess realizing what has just been said to her.
Part 4371
The Thrymskvidha gives this snort in the original Old Norse in a single word: fnasaði.
Part 4372
She fnasaði.
Part 4373
She snorted with anger.
Part 4374
And the snort, the poem records, was so violent, was so full of the deep, cold, ancient anger of an old Vanir goddess who had just been told what her colleagues at the door wanted to bargain her away for
Part 4375
that the great hall of Freya shook on its foundations.
Part 4376
The great walls of the hall trembled.
Part 4377
The Brísingamen, the great necklace of fire that lived around her throat, the necklace forged by four dwarves in a cave under a mountain in some ancient time before the gods were named
Part 4378
the Brísingamen broke.
Part 4379
Or rather, the poem says, "The Brísingamen burst from her neck, the clasp of it sprang open
Part 4380
the chain of it leapt up from her throat, the four small dwarf stones of it scattered for one quick moment into the air of her hall
Part 4381
" stukk af halsi men.
Part 4382
The necklace leapt from her neck.
Part 4383
The Brísingamen fell.
Part 4384
It fell onto the long wooden floor of Freyja's hall, where it lay in a small, bright pile of light
Part 4385
like a small fallen star.
Part 4386
Freyja did not pick it up.
Part 4387
Freyja, the poem records, was looking at Loki.
Part 4388
The Thrymskvida gives us this look in a single careful line.
Part 4389
Freyja looked at Loki, and Loki, Loki who had stared down jotnar, Loki who had walked across the long roads of the worlds with the most dangerous of beings as his companions
Part 4390
Loki who would in the end be the cause of the ending of all things, Loki, in this moment
Part 4391
took a small step back.
Part 4392
The poem does not record what Loki said in that moment.
Part 4393
The poem records only Freyja's response.
Part 4394
Freyja said, "Do you think I am a goddess so full of love for men that I would marry a jotun to get a hammer back?" The poem renders this in two short stanzas.
Part 4395
The first contains Freyja's question.
Part 4396
The second contains a single line that the old North loved, that the old North repeated
Part 4397
that the old North preserved for hundreds of years in this single poem.
Part 4398
Mik veist verða vergarnasta ef ek ek með þeri jotunheima?
Part 4399
You would have me be the most husband mad of all the women in the worlds if I went with you to Jotunheimr.
Part 4400
It is one of the great lines of the Old North.
Part 4401
The line is a refusal.
Part 4402
The line is also, in the small, dry old way of the Eddic poems, a joke.
Part 4403
Freyja was not, the poem implies, going to marry Thrymmer.
Part 4404
Freyja was not, the poem implies, going to even consider marrying Thrymmer.
Part 4405
The idea was so monstrous that Freyja had no other response except to point out, very dryly
Part 4406
that the gods would have to think very poorly of her to imagine that she would.
Part 4407
The gods, the poem implies, took the point.
Part 4408
Thor, in the doorway of Freyja's hall, did not speak.
Part 4409
Loki, who had taken a small step back, did not speak either.
Part 4410
The Brisingamen lay on the floor.
Part 4411
Freyja, after a long moment, knelt down very slowly and picked up the necklace.
Part 4412
She held it in her hands for a moment, looking at the small dwarf stones of it in the long fading afternoon light.
Part 4413
The clasp of the necklace had not broken.
Part 4414
The necklace had simply leapt off her throat in the moment of her anger.
Part 4415
She fastened it back around her own neck, very carefully, very deliberately, with the small
Part 4416
careful movements of a woman who is restoring order to a thing that has been disordered.
Part 4417
She stood up.
Part 4418
She looked at Thor.
Part 4419
She looked at Loki.
Part 4420
She said, Find another way.
Part 4421
And she turned, and she went back into her hall, and she closed the door behind her.
Part 4422
The Thrymskvida gives us this gesture, the closing of the door, without any further explanation.
Part 4423
The door closed.
Part 4424
Freyja was inside her hall.
Part 4425
The two gods were outside.
Part 4426
The question of how to recover Mjolnir was, now, entirely the gods' problem.
Part 4427
Freyja had refused.
Part 4428
The refusal was final.
Part 4429
The gods would have to find another way.
Part 4430
Thor, in the late afternoon light, looked at Loki.
Part 4431
Thor said, We should call a council.
Part 4432
Loki, the poem implies, agreed.
Part 4433
Loki nodded.
Part 4434
Loki, who already, the poem implies, had a plan, but who was not yet ready to share that plan with anyone
Part 4435
least of all with Thor.
Part 4436
Loki nodded, and the two of them turned, and they walked together across the long open space of Idavollr toward the great hall of council that stood at the center of Asgard
Part 4437
where the gods met when the gods had a problem they could not solve alone.
Part 4438
They called the council.
Part 4439
Chapter six: The Council of the Gods.
Part 4440
The gods came.
Part 4441
The Thrymskvidda does not give us a long list of who was at the council, but we can imagine from the way the poem implies the gathering that everyone came.
Part 4442
Odin, the Allfather.
Part 4443
Frigg, his wife, with her quiet eyes.
Part 4444
Tyr, the one handed god.
Part 4445
Heimdallr, the watcher of the rainbow bridge, with his great horn at his side.
Part 4446
Freyr, brother of Freyja, the lord of fertility.
Part 4447
Idun, keeper of the apples of youth, with her hair the color of wheat.
Part 4448
Sif, Thor's wife, with her golden hair.
Part 4449
Baldr.
Part 4450
Yes, the Thrymskvidda takes place before the death of Baldr, and so Baldr was at this council
Part 4451
the bright son of Odin, whose loss would one day begin the great tilting of the world toward Ragnarok.
Part 4452
Baldr was there, the poem implies, sitting at the long table with the others.
Part 4453
The gods sat in a circle.
Part 4454
Thor stood at the center.
Part 4455
He told them, in the small, careful way that even Thor knew how to use when the situation called for it
Part 4456
what had happened.
Part 4457
The hammer.
Part 4458
The empty floor by the bed.
Part 4459
The visit to Freyja.
Part 4460
The borrowing of the cloak.
Part 4461
Loki's flight east.
Part 4462
Thrymmer's demand.
Part 4463
Then he said, "Freyja will not go." The gods, the poem records, all turned to look at Freyja
Part 4464
who was at the council.
Part 4465
Freyja, with the Brísingamen back around her neck, looked at the gods.
Part 4466
Freyja, the poem implies, did not need to say anything.
Part 4467
The gods knew.
Part 4468
The gods understood.
Part 4469
The gods, the poem implies, would not have asked her to go, even if Thor had not already said she would not.
Part 4470
There was a long silence.
Part 4471
The gods of Asgard, the Thrymskvidda implies, did not have a ready answer.
Part 4472
The problem was, on its face, impossible.
Part 4473
The hammer was gone.
Part 4474
The giants would not return it without Freyja.
Part 4475
Freyja would not be given.
Part 4476
The hammer would not, by any path any of them could see, be coming back.
Part 4477
And then, in the small, clear voice of the watcher of the rainbow bridge, Heimdallr spoke.
Part 4478
The Thrymskvidha gives us Heimdallr's speech with all the dignity the old North could give to a difficult suggestion.
Part 4479
The Havamal, the old wisdom poem of the North, the long sequence of plain quiet sayings that Odin himself was said to have spoken
Part 4480
preserved in the Codex Regius alongside the Thrymskvidha itself, has a line for moments like this one.
Part 4481
It is better, the Havamal says, to give a friend a wise word than to give him bread.
Part 4482
The bread will be gone by morning.
Part 4483
The word may save his life.
Part 4484
Heimdallr was the kind of friend who gave the word.
Part 4485
Heimdallr, the white god, the foreseeing one, the one whose hearing was so sharp that he could hear the grass growing on the ground and the wool growing on a sheep's back
Part 4486
the one whose eyes could see a hundred leagues in any direction, the one whose horn would one day announce the beginning of Ragnarok Heimdallr stood up at the council.
Part 4487
He looked at the gods.
Part 4488
He looked, finally, at Thor.
Part 4489
Heimdallr said, "There is a way." The gods turned to him.
Part 4490
Heimdallr said, "We dress Thor as the bride." A small silence.
Part 4491
The poem records this silence with one of its few overt notes of comedy.
Part 4492
The gods did not, the poem implies, immediately respond.
Part 4493
The gods, the poem implies, were taking in what Heimdallr had said.
Part 4494
They were turning it over.
Part 4495
They were looking at Thor, at the great red bearded god, at the broad shoulders, at the strong arms
Part 4496
at the everything about him that was not, in any conceivable way, a bride.
Part 4497
They were trying to imagine what Heimdallr had just suggested.
Part 4498
Heimdallr, sensing the silence, continued.
Part 4499
He said, "We put the bride's gown on him.
Part 4500
We put the bride's veil on him.
Part 4501
We put the Brisingamen around his neck.
Part 4502
He travels east in the goat chariot to Thrymmer's hall.
Part 4503
He goes through the wedding feast.
Part 4504
At the moment when the hammer is brought out, at the moment when, by the customs of the jotnar
Part 4505
Mjollnir is laid on the bride's knees as the blessing of the marriage, at that moment
Part 4506
Thor seizes his hammer back and ends the wedding."
Part 4507
The gods, the poem implies, began, slowly, to understand.
Part 4508
It was a plan.
Part 4509
It was a strange plan.
Part 4510
It was a plan that turned on a single piece of the old Norse marriage customs that the gods all knew.
Part 4511
When a giant married, the great hammer of the giant, the symbol of his power and his protection
Part 4512
was brought out at the wedding feast and laid on the bride's knees.
Part 4513
It was the blessing of the marriage.
Part 4514
It was the moment that consecrated the union.
Part 4515
It was the moment that, by the old laws of the jotnar, made the wedding final.
Part 4516
If Mjollnir was brought out to bless this wedding, and the wedding was for Thor's hammer
Part 4517
and Thrymmer had no other hammer of his own that could match it, then Mjollnir would be brought out to bless the wedding
Part 4518
and Mjollnir, brought to be laid on the bride's knees, would be brought directly into reach of the bride who was not a bride.
Part 4519
The gods, the poem implies, began to nod.
Part 4520
Loki, sitting beside the council, smiled his small cold smile.
Part 4521
Loki said, "Yes." Thor, the poem records, did not smile.
Part 4522
The Thrymskvidha gives us Thor's response in one of its small great lines.
Part 4523
Thor said, "They will call me unmanly." The poem records this objection with all the seriousness the old North could give to a question of honor.
Part 4524
Thor, for whom honor was not an abstract concept, for whom honor was the small everyday thing of being a god who was known and feared and respected
Part 4525
Thor could not, the poem implies, imagine himself putting on a bride's gown.
Part 4526
The gown would not, in the old North, simply be a costume.
Part 4527
The gown would be a public act of becoming the thing the gown represented.
Part 4528
The gods of Asgard would see him in it.
Part 4529
The giants of Jotunheimr would see him in it.
Part 4530
The skalds of the long winters afterward would tell stories about him in it.
Part 4531
The men of Midgard, in their long cold halls, would, for many generations to come, laugh in their cups about the time the strongest god of Asgard had put on a bride's gown.
Part 4532
Thor could not, in that moment, accept it.
Part 4533
The poem records this objection in a single famous line.
Part 4534
Thor said, "Argr." Argr is one of the great words of the old North.
Part 4535
It means, and the meaning is not translatable in any single English word, it means unmanly
Part 4536
but it means more than that.
Part 4537
It means a man who has given up his manhood.
Part 4538
It means a man who has accepted the role of the woman.
Part 4539
It means, in the old Norse warrior honor culture, the single most insulting word that could be said of a man.
Part 4540
To be argur was to be unworthy of the company of men.
Part 4541
To be argur was to be exiled from the warrior's hall.
Part 4542
To be argur was, in some old laws, to be killable without consequence.
Part 4543
Thor was saying that he could not, by going through with this plan, do that to himself.
Part 4544
The gods, the poem records, looked at one another.
Part 4545
Loki, and this is one of the small moments where the poem lets us see Loki's intelligence at its sharpest.
Part 4546
Loki stood up.
Part 4547
Loki said, "Shut up, Thor." The Thrymskvida records this with exactly that bluntness.
Part 4548
"Thegi thu Thor," the poem says.
Part 4549
Shut up, Thor.
Part 4550
Loki was the only being in Asgard who could say a thing like that to Thor and survive.
Part 4551
He said it.
Part 4552
The gods, the poem implies, did not flinch.
Part 4553
They knew Loki was speaking for all of them.
Part 4554
Loki said, "Think." Loki said, "If you do not go to Thrymmer's hall, if you do not do this thing
Part 4555
the Jotnar will rule Asgard within the year.
Part 4556
They will come here.
Part 4557
They will sit on our seats.
Part 4558
They will take our halls.
Part 4559
They will be the masters of this place where you and I and all of these other gods have lived for as long as any of us can remember.
Part 4560
They will end us.
Part 4561
Mjolnir is the thing that has kept the Jotnar out of Asgard.
Part 4562
Without Mjolnir, the Jotnar come in.
Part 4563
You know this.
Part 4564
You have always known this.
Part 4565
The choice is not between wearing a bride's gown and not wearing a bride's gown.
Part 4566
The choice is between wearing a bride's gown for one day and watching everything we have ever cared about being ground under the feet of the Jotnar for the rest of time." Thor
Part 4567
the poem records, looked at Loki for a long moment.
Part 4568
Then he looked at Freya.
Part 4569
Then he looked at Sif, his wife, who was sitting at the council with her hair the color of gold falling down her back.
Part 4570
Sif, the poem implies, did not say anything.
Part 4571
She did not need to.
Part 4572
The two of them, Thor and Sif, had been married long enough to know each other in the small
Part 4573
quiet way that long married beings know each other.
Part 4574
Thor was asking her with one look across the council whether she could bear what was about to happen
Part 4575
whether she could sit in her hall in Asgard for the next eight nights knowing that her husband was on his way east in a bride's gown to be married to another being
Part 4576
whether she could bear the long, quiet humiliation of knowing that her husband had agreed to put on the veil of another woman
Part 4577
and not just any other woman, but the most beautiful goddess in Asgard, the goddess of love herself
Part 4578
whose necklace would for the long ride east be lying against her husband's collarbones.
Part 4579
Sif, the poem implies, considered all of this for one long quiet moment, and then she gave him the only answer that mattered.
Part 4580
She nodded once slowly. with the small, calm steadiness of a woman who had known, since the morning her husband had walked into her hall to tell her his hammer was gone
Part 4581
that some price would have to be paid, and who had decided, long before the council had even been called
Part 4582
that whatever the price was, she would, in her own way, help him pay it.
Part 4583
Sif, the old North remembered, had reason to be cautious about the cleverness of Loki.
Part 4584
It had been Loki, in some older story, who had once crept into her bedroom in the night and cut off her hair while she slept.
Part 4585
Sif knew what the cleverness of Loki could cost.
Part 4586
She knew that the plans of Loki, even when they worked, were not the kind of plans that came without consequence.
Part 4587
She knew that the gown she was now allowing her husband to wear was, in some small way, going to cost her too.
Part 4588
She nodded anyway.
Part 4589
That was, the poem implies, what marriage in the old North could be at its best.
Part 4590
Two beings who had been together long enough to know what the other was asking and who could
Part 4591
when the cost was high and the moment came, give each other the small, calm answer that made the next hard thing possible.
Part 4592
It was permission, the wife's permission, the permission of the gods of Asgard in the form of one calm look from his own wife to do the thing he was being asked to do.
Part 4593
Thor, the poem records, said one word.
Part 4594
He said, "Very well." And the gods, the poem implies with one of its rare moments of collective relief
Part 4595
the gods exhaled.
Part 4596
The plan had been accepted.
Part 4597
Thor would go.
Part 4598
The wedding would be performed.
Part 4599
The hammer would be brought out.
Part 4600
Mjolnir would, by the old laws of the Jotnar, be laid on the bride's knees for the blessing of the marriage.
Part 4601
And after that, after that, the poem implies, the old laws of the Jotnar would no longer matter.
Part 4602
After that, the old laws of any of the worlds would no longer matter.
Part 4603
After that, there would be only Thor and Mjolnir and a hall full of giants.
Part 4604
Chapter seven, The Bridal Veil.
Part 4605
The gods went to work.
Part 4606
The Thrymskvidha gives this chapter in a few quick stanzas, and the chapter is the small precious comedy of the poem.
Part 4607
The gods of Asgard, with their council ended, went together with Thor into the great hall of Freyja where the dresses of Asgard's women were kept
Part 4608
and they began to dress Thor as a bride.
Part 4609
It did not go quickly.
Part 4610
The gown was, the poem implies, the first problem.
Part 4611
The bride's gown of a goddess like Freyja was a fine close fitted thing, long falling to the floor with embroidered patterns at the hem and the sleeves.
Part 4612
It was not made for the shoulders of Thor.
Part 4613
The shoulders of Thor were the shoulders of the strongest god in Asgard.
Part 4614
The gown, when they tried to fasten it across his chest, would not close.
Part 4615
The scalds in the long winter halls would tell for centuries afterward the story of how the gods of Asgard had to let out the seams of Freyja's wedding gown to fit it around Thor's shoulders and how the women of Freyja's household stood around with needles and thread very calmly
Part 4616
very seriously doing the work that needed to be done.
Part 4617
The gown was finally fastened.
Part 4618
Then the necklace.
Part 4619
Freyja, the poem implies, took the Brisingamen off her own neck and placed it around Thor's.
Part 4620
The four small dwarf stones of the necklace in the late afternoon light of Freyja's hall lay against Thor's collarbones.
Part 4621
Freyja did this.
Part 4622
The poem implies without any expression the gods were gonna use her necklace to deceive a giant.
Part 4623
Her necklace would, by the end of the day, be in the hall of Thrymmer.
Part 4624
Her necklace would be the one piece of her that would, in some small way, be present at the wedding she was not attending.
Part 4625
She fastened the clasp.
Part 4626
She stepped back.
Part 4627
Then the keys.
Part 4628
The bride of a Norse household carried around her belt a set of keys.
Part 4629
The keys were the symbol of the bride's coming authority over the household, the keys to the food store
Part 4630
the keys to the chest, the keys to the great storehouse where the household kept the things that mattered.
Part 4631
Thor, as the bride, would need to wear these keys.
Part 4632
The gods, the poem implies, found a set of bride's keys somewhere in Freyja's hall, and they fastened them to Thor's belt.
Part 4633
The keys hung against his hip.
Part 4634
The keys clinked very softly every time he moved.
Part 4635
Then the rings.
Part 4636
The bride of a Norse household wore rings, gold rings on her fingers, a great brooch at her shoulder.
Part 4637
The gods of Asgard found these things and put them on Thor.
Part 4638
Then the veil.
Part 4639
The veil was the last and the most important of all the bride's garments.
Part 4640
The veil was the white linen cloth that covered the bride's head and face.
Part 4641
The veil hid the bride from the eyes of the wedding guest until the moment at the end of the wedding feast when the husband raised the veil and saw for the first time the face of the woman he had married.
Part 4642
The veil was the great symbol of the bride.
Part 4643
The veil was the thing that, by the customs of the Old North, made the wedding a wedding.
Part 4644
Freyja, the poem implies, brought out a veil of fine white linen.
Part 4645
She held it for a moment in her hands.
Part 4646
Thor, and we can imagine this even though the poem does not say it, Thor stood very still.
Part 4647
He had been standing very still for some time now.
Part 4648
He had been standing very still while the seamstresses had let out the seams of the gown.
Part 4649
He had been standing very still while the Brisingamen had been fastened around his throat.
Part 4650
He had been standing very still while the keys had been hung at his belt and the rings had been placed on his fingers.
Part 4651
He had not, in any of those small unmakings of himself, said anything.
Part 4652
He had simply stood.
Part 4653
He had let the gods of Asgard do to him what they needed to do.
Part 4654
He had, the poem implies, with all the dignity the Old North could find for him, he had held his breath somewhere deep in his chest
Part 4655
and he had let the bride be made out of him.
Part 4656
The veil was the last piece.
Part 4657
Once the veil came down, the unmaking would be complete.
Part 4658
Once the veil came down, the gods of Asgard would look at him and see not Thor, but Freyja.
Part 4659
Once the veil came down, the long ride east would begin, and the long humiliation and the long careful pretending in the giant's hall.
Part 4660
Freyja set the veil on Thor's head.
Part 4661
She pulled it down over his face.
Part 4662
Thor, behind the veil, did not move.
Part 4663
He could see, the poem implies, and this small detail is one the old North would have understood.
Part 4664
Thor could see the gods of Asgard through the veil.
Part 4665
The veil was a thin linen.
Part 4666
Light came through it.
Part 4667
The shapes of the gods who had dressed him were visible on the other side of the white cloth
Part 4668
but the gods of Asgard could no longer easily see his face.
Part 4669
The veil hid him.
Part 4670
The veil was, for the first time since he had taken Mjollnir off his belt the previous evening
Part 4671
a barrier between Thor and the world.
Part 4672
The poem records this moment in its small dignified way in a single line.
Part 4673
Thor was now dressed.
Part 4674
He was, by every outward sign, the bride.
Part 4675
Freyja's gown, Freyja's necklace, the bride's keys, the bride's rings, the bride's veil.
Part 4676
He was, in every visible way, ready to be married to the king of the Jotnar of the eastern country.
Part 4677
Loki watching smiled his small cold smile.
Part 4678
Loki said, 'She will need a handmaiden.' The Thrymskvida gives this moment to Loki in one of its small lovely lines.
Part 4679
Loki, who had been the architect of the whole impossible plan, Loki was not content to send Thor east alone.
Part 4680
Thor, in a bride's veil, would, at the very first awkward word, give the whole thing away.
Part 4681
Thor did not have the gift of words.
Part 4682
Thor did not have the gift of social grace.
Part 4683
Thor was the god of thunder, not the god of polite conversation at a wedding feast in a giant's hall.
Part 4684
Thor would need a bridesmaid, a handmaiden who could speak for him, who could explain his strangenesses
Part 4685
who could deflect questions, who could, when the giant's eyes lingered too long on the bride
Part 4686
give the kind of clever, quick answer that would turn the questioning aside.
Part 4687
Loki, the poem implies, knew exactly who that handmaiden should be.
Part 4688
Loki said, "I will be the handmaiden." The gods, the poem records, did not object.
Part 4689
The gods understood.
Part 4690
The plan would not work without Loki.
Part 4691
Loki, in a handmaiden's gown, with his cold eyes and his quick tongue and his small smile
Part 4692
was exactly the being who could keep Thor from being recognized at the wedding feast of Thrymmer.
Part 4693
The gods dressed Loki.
Part 4694
The poem records this in a single quick image.
Part 4695
They put a handmaiden's gown on him, a simple linen dress more modest than the bride's
Part 4696
a cap on his head, a small bundle of belongings, the way a handmaiden traveling with her bride would have carried
Part 4697
slung over his shoulder.
Part 4698
Loki, in handmaiden's clothes, looked, the poem implies, convincingly like a handmaiden.
Part 4699
Loki had always been able to take any shape he chose.
Part 4700
The handmaiden's gown was not, for Loki, a hard costume.
Part 4701
Thor, behind the veil, said one word.
Part 4702
He said, "Loki." Loki said yes.
Part 4703
Thor said, "Do not let me kill you on the road east." Loki, the poem implies, did not promise anything.
Part 4704
Loki only smiled his small, cold smile.
Part 4705
The gods, the poem records, walked the two of them, the bride and the bridesmaid, out into the open air of Idavollr
Part 4706
where Thor's chariot of goats was waiting and where the long road east lay open under the late afternoon sky.
Part 4707
Chapter eight, The Road East.
Part 4708
They climbed into the chariot.
Part 4709
Thor's chariot, the Thrymskvidha gives us in a single quick image, was drawn by two great goats.
Part 4710
The poem does not name them in this stanza, but the old North would have known their names.
Part 4711
They were Tanngrisnir, the gap toothed, and Tanngnjóstr, the tooth gnasher.
Part 4712
Two great goats with horns curving above their heads, with shaggy coats the color of late autumn grass
Part 4713
with hooves shod in brass.
Part 4714
They drew the chariot of Thor across the worlds when he traveled.
Part 4715
They drew it now.
Part 4716
Thor, in his bride's veil, sat down in the chariot.
Part 4717
Loki, in his handmaiden's gown, sat down beside him.
Part 4718
The gods of Asgard, standing on the long grass of Idavollr, watched them go.
Part 4719
Sif was there.
Part 4720
Freyja was there.
Part 4721
Odin was there.
Part 4722
Heimdallr, with his great horn, was there.
Part 4723
None of them, the poem implies, spoke.
Part 4724
There was nothing to say.
Part 4725
The bride and the bridesmaid were on their way.
Part 4726
The gods could only watch and hope and wait for the chariot to come back with a hammer in it.
Part 4727
Thor took up the reins of the goat chariot.
Part 4728
He shouted, the poem implies, in his great voice, the voice that was the same whether he wore a bride's veil or not.
Part 4729
he shouted at the goats.
Part 4730
The goats started forward.
Part 4731
The chariot lurched.
Part 4732
The wheels began to turn.
Part 4733
The chariot picked up speed.
Part 4734
And here the Thrymskvidha gives us one of its small great lines.
Part 4735
The poem says in two careful stanzas that the chariot went east at such speed and Thor drove the goats with such fury at having to make this journey at all that the road behind them caught fire.
Part 4736
The rock split.
Part 4737
The mountain shook.
Part 4738
The earth burned with flame.
Part 4739
Bjorg brustu, brann jord loga.
Part 4740
It is one of the famous lines of the Old Norse corpus.
Part 4741
The mountain shattered.
Part 4742
The earth burned with flame.
Part 4743
The poem is, in this single line, giving us a window into the cosmic temper of Thor in this moment.
Part 4744
Thor was not happy Thor was driving his chariot east at the speed of his own fury at the situation he had been placed in.
Part 4745
The road behind him, in the wake of the chariot's wheels, was a long line of cracked rock and burning grass.
Part 4746
The mountains on either side of his path were trembling.
Part 4747
Loki, in his handmaiden's gown, hung onto the side of the chariot.
Part 4748
The Thrymskvidha does not record what Loki said in that moment.
Part 4749
We can imagine that Loki, with his cold eyed pragmatism, was thinking that they needed to slow down
Part 4750
that arriving at Thrymmer's hall with the visible signs of cosmic disturbance trailing behind them would not
Part 4751
perhaps, help with the disguise.
Part 4752
We can imagine Loki turning his head and the wind catching at a small handmaiden's cap and Loki saying something quiet and sharp to Thor through the noise of the wheels.
Part 4753
We can imagine Thor behind his veil, breathing in, breathing out, pulling the reins a little, slowing the goats.
Part 4754
The fire behind them died down.
Part 4755
The chariot, by the time it crossed the long border into Jotunheimr, was no longer trailing cosmic disturbance behind it.
Part 4756
It was just a chariot, a bride and her handmaiden, two great goats pulling them across the cold country.
Part 4757
The journey was, by then, a quieter journey.
Part 4758
The country grew rougher.
Part 4759
The forest grew darker.
Part 4760
The cattle of the Jotnar grazed in the high pastures on either side of the road.
Part 4761
The smoke of the Jotnar's halls rose in long, thin lines from the small clearings between the trees.
Part 4762
They drove east.
Part 4763
They drove east through the late afternoon and into the long blue evening of Jotunheimr.
Part 4764
The Havamal opens with a verse for the kind of crossing the chariot was making.
Part 4765
At every doorway, the old poem says, "Before you go in, look around carefully.
Part 4766
You never know what enemy is already sitting on the bench within." The bench within Thrymmer's hall that evening was lined with enemies.
Part 4767
And as the evening grew, the great hall of Thrymmer came into sight on the horizon.
Part 4768
The new straw of its roof, the doors thrown open, the cooking fires already burning.
Part 4769
The hall, the poem implies, was already at full preparation for the wedding.
Part 4770
Thrymmer, the king of the Jotnar, was waiting.
Part 4771
The Thrymskvidha gives us the next moment in one of its small great touches.
Part 4772
Thrymmer When he saw the chariot coming up the long road from the west, Thrym stood up from his stone seat outside the hall.
Part 4773
Thrym called to his giants.
Part 4774
Thrym's voice carried across the pasture and through the open doors of the hall.
Part 4775
Thrym said, "Stand up, Jotnar.
Part 4776
She is coming.
Part 4777
Freyja, the daughter of the Vanir, is coming to my hall to be my bride, to bring me the great prize my hammer theft has won." The Thrymskvida records his speech with all the small awful pride of a giant who is about to be very badly fooled.
Part 4778
Thrym says in the next stanza that he has many gold horned cattle, many black oxen, many things in his hall
Part 4779
many treasures, many fine gems and rings, and that all of these things would mean nothing to him until tonight when at last he would have Freyja.
Part 4780
The poem records this with a small dry irony.
Part 4781
The poem knows that Thrym has just said the last thing he will ever say with any of his old confidence.
Part 4782
The chariot rolled to a stop in front of the hall.
Part 4783
The bride climbed down.
Part 4784
The handmaiden climbed down.
Part 4785
The goat stood breathing hard in the cold blue evening light.
Part 4786
The bride, with her veil down over her face, was led by Thrym's hand.
Part 4787
Thrym, the poem implies, took her hand at the door of the hall, and the bride's hand was even through the gown
Part 4788
even through the long sleeve, even through the embroidered cuff, a hand of strange and unusual size and weight.
Part 4789
Thrym led her in.
Part 4790
The wedding feast began.
Part 4791
Chapter nine.
Part 4792
The wedding feast.
Part 4793
The hall was full.
Part 4794
The Thrymskvida gives us the wedding feast in three stanzas, and the three stanzas are the comic heart of the poem.
Part 4795
The hall of Thrymr was filled with giants, cousins, brothers, sons, lords of the eastern country
Part 4796
lesser jotnar of the surrounding mountains.
Part 4797
The long tables of the hall were laid with food.
Part 4798
The great hearth at the center of the hall was burning.
Part 4799
The cooking fires in the side passages were sending up smoke through the open vents in the roof.
Part 4800
The hall was loud with the voices of the giants, with the slow, heavy laughter of giants pleased about a wedding that was a triumph
Part 4801
with the small, bright clinking of bronze cups being filled with mead.
Part 4802
The hall was warm.
Part 4803
It was the warmth of a great cold country hall on a winter evening, the warmth of stone walls that had soaked up the heat of the cooking fires for hours
Part 4804
the warmth of bodies and the bodies of jotnar.
Part 4805
The old North knew were large bodies, hot bodies, bodies that gave off heat the way smaller bodies could not.
Part 4806
The warmth of the rough wool clothes that the wedding guests were wearing, the long fur cloaks over the shoulders of the men
Part 4807
the heavy gowns of the women, the small steam that rose from the cups of hot spiced wine that were now being passed down the long tables.
Part 4808
The hall was warm in a way that the poem implies the bride was feeling under her veil.
Part 4809
The hall smelled, the poem implies, of many things at once.
Part 4810
It smelled of roasting beef.
Part 4811
It smelled of charred fat.
Part 4812
It smelled of the long, sweet smoke of pine wood burning in the great hearth, of the small
Part 4813
sharp smoke of resinous branches being tossed in for fragrance, of the warm, yeasty smell of bread baking in the side ovens.
Part 4814
It smelled of mead, which is to say it smelled of honey, of fermented honey, of the warm
Part 4815
spiced honey wine that the jotnar of the eastern country were famous for and that they were now bringing out in great oak barrels and pouring into the bronze cups of every guest in the hall.
Part 4816
The hall sounded like a feast, the slow, heavy laughter of giants, the clinking of cups
Part 4817
the scrape of long knives on the wooden cutting boards as the carving women cut the roasted meats into portions.
Part 4818
The small quick footsteps of the serving children, who were the half grown jotnar of Thrymmer's household
Part 4819
weaving in and out among the tables with platters held high.
Part 4820
The voices in the rafters of the great hall, rising and falling, gathering into the long low roar that any large feast in any large hall makes when the company has settled in and the mead has begun to do its work.
Part 4821
And underneath all of it, very quietly, very steadily, the slow careful breathing of the bride.
Part 4822
Thrymmer sat at the high seat at the head of the hall.
Part 4823
Thor, the bride, with the veil down over his face, with Freyja's necklace at his throat
Part 4824
with the keys clinking at his belt, sat at Thrymmer's right hand.
Part 4825
Loki, the handmaiden, sat at Thor's right hand, ready to speak for him.
Part 4826
The food came.
Part 4827
The Thrymskvida gives us the menu of the wedding feast in a single careful stanza.
Part 4828
Roasted ox, eight salmon, all the delicate small dishes that were customarily made for the women of the feast.
Part 4829
Small breads, small honey cakes, small soft fruits, small cheeses, the kind of fine careful foods that a bride was expected to eat slowly
Part 4830
in small portions, behind her veil.
Part 4831
The bride, the poem records, did not eat slowly.
Part 4832
The bride ate the whole ox.
Part 4833
The bride ate all eight of the salmon.
Part 4834
The bride ate every one of the small delicate dishes that had been prepared for the women.
Part 4835
And then, the poem records, the bride called for mead.
Part 4836
Three barrels of mead.
Part 4837
The bride drank.
Part 4838
The Thrymskvida says, three barrels of mead in a single sitting.
Part 4839
Thrymr, sitting in his high seat at the head of the hall, watched all of this.
Part 4840
Thrymr's face, the poem implies, slowly changed.
Part 4841
The poem gives us, in one of its famous lines, Thrymr's reaction.
Part 4842
Thrymr leaned over to where Loki was sitting at the bride's right hand.
Part 4843
Thrymr spoke very softly.
Part 4844
Thrymr said, I never saw a bride bite more sharply.
Part 4845
I never saw a maiden eat more food.
Part 4846
I never saw a young woman drink more mead.
Part 4847
It is one of the small comic gems of the Old North.
Part 4848
Thrymr, the king of the Jotnar, the lord of the Thirsas, the giant who has hidden Mjolnir eight leagues underground
Part 4849
Thrymr is now leaning across the high table and quietly asking the handmaiden whether his bride is
Part 4850
perhaps, unusual.
Part 4851
Loki, the poem records, was ready.
Part 4852
Loki had, the poem implies, been preparing for exactly this question on the long ride east.
Part 4853
Loki turned to Thrymr.
Part 4854
Loki, in his handmaiden's voice, which the poem implies was a soft, careful voice, the kind of voice a respectful handmaiden of an old high rank goddess would use to address the giant who was about to become her mistress's husband.
Part 4855
Loki gave Thrymr the answer.
Part 4856
Loki said, Freya has not eaten in eight nights.
Part 4857
So eager was she to come to your hall, lord of the Thirsas, so impatient was she to be your bride
Part 4858
that she has not slept and has not eaten for the eight nights since the demand was sent.
Part 4859
Now, finally, in your hall, she is eating and drinking, because at last she is here.
Part 4860
The poem gives us Thrymr's response in the smallest possible touch.
Part 4861
Thrymr smiled.
Part 4862
It was a smile of vanity.
Part 4863
It was a smile of a being who, on hearing the explanation, found that he was very willing to believe the explanation
Part 4864
because the explanation flattered him.
Part 4865
Freya had been so eager for him, so hungry for the wedding, that she had not slept or eaten for eight nights.
Part 4866
Of course.
Part 4867
Of course she had.
Part 4868
He, Thrymr, was the giant she had been waiting for.
Part 4869
He, Thrymr, was the king worthy of such hunger.
Part 4870
Thrymr was satisfied.
Part 4871
The feast continued.
Part 4872
The bride, behind her veil, kept eating.
Part 4873
Chapter ten.
Part 4874
The eye beneath the veil.
Part 4875
The feast went on for some time.
Part 4876
The Thrymskvidda does not give us the length, but the poem implies that the meal stretched on through the long evening of Jotunheimr
Part 4877
with the cooking fires burning down, with the small fine wedding foods being brought out by the women of Thrymmer's household
Part 4878
with the mead going around in the great bronze cups, with the slow heavy laughter of the giants growing slower and more affectionate as the wedding feast did the thing wedding feasts always do
Part 4879
which is bring the company into the warmth of a long shared meal.
Part 4880
And at some point in the evening, the poem implies, Thrymmer leaned over toward the bride.
Part 4881
Thrymmer wanted to kiss her.
Part 4882
The Thrymskvidda gives us the moment with all the small comic dread it can muster.
Part 4883
Thrymmer, the king of the Jotnar, the bridegroom, the man who had won the prize he had been waiting for
Part 4884
Thrymmer leaned across the high table toward the bride who sat beside him with her veil still down over her face.
Part 4885
He wanted, the poem implies, to lift the veil and see the face of his bride.
Part 4886
He reached out.
Part 4887
He lifted the veil just a little, just enough to see in the warm hall light the eyes of the woman he was about to be married to.
Part 4888
Thor, the poem implies, could not move.
Part 4889
The poem does not tell us this, but we can imagine it.
Part 4890
Thor, sitting at the high seat at the head of the hall with the great square iron head of Mjolnir still nowhere in his hands
Part 4891
with his hand still trapped under the embroidered sleeve of a bride's gown, with the giant's face four inches from his own face and the giant's mouth coming closer with the slow
Part 4892
heavy intention of a kiss.
Part 4893
Thor could not move, could not strike, could not stand up, could not in any of the small old ways the god of thunder had ever solved a problem
Part 4894
solve this problem.
Part 4895
Mjolnir was somewhere in the hall on a cloth in the hands of giants being brought out in slow procession.
Part 4896
Mjolnir was not yet in his lap.
Part 4897
Mjolnir was not yet in his hand.
Part 4898
Thor was, for one second of the long evening, the most vulnerable he had ever been in his life.
Part 4899
Thor was a bride.
Part 4900
Thor was unarmed.
Part 4901
Thor was being kissed at by a giant.
Part 4902
He held the eye contact.
Part 4903
He had to.
Part 4904
Looking away would have been the giveaway.
Part 4905
Closing his eyes would have been the giveaway.
Part 4906
Any flinch, any small involuntary turn of the head, any small reflexive setting of the jaw would have been the giveaway.
Part 4907
Thor held the eye contact with the man he had ridden east to kill, with the man whose face was now closer to his own face than any face had ever been outside his own bed
Part 4908
and he held it, and he held his breath, and he held the small, slow burning fury of a god who had been brought to this point by the strangest series of small impossible decisions any god had ever been brought to.
Part 4909
And the burning, the poem implies, was visible.
Part 4910
The fury came up through Thor's eyes the way it had come up through his beard on the morning he had found his hammer gone.
Part 4911
He could not contain it.
Part 4912
He had been containing it all day.
Part 4913
He had been containing it through the dressing.
Part 4914
He had been containing it through the ride east.
Part 4915
He had been containing it through the feast.
Part 4916
The fury had been gathering in his chest, in his shoulders, in the muscles of his arms under the long embroidered sleeves.
Part 4917
And now, in the small space between his face and Thrymmer's, with no way to release it
Part 4918
the fury did the only thing it could do.
Part 4919
It came out through his eyes.
Part 4920
His eyes burned.
Part 4921
His eyes burned the way coals at the bottom of a forge fire burn when the bellows have been working them for a long time.
Part 4922
His eyes burned the way the iron of Mjolnir had burned in the great forging contest of the dwarves Eitri and Brokkr long ago
Part 4923
when the small pale flame at the bottom of the forge had been worked, breath after breath
Part 4924
into the bright white fury that the hammer head had been pulled out of.
Part 4925
His eyes burned.
Part 4926
Thrymmer saw them.
Part 4927
He recoiled.
Part 4928
The Thrymskvida gives this recoil in one of its great lines.
Part 4929
Thrymmer leapt back.
Part 4930
Thrymmer almost overturned his own high seat.
Part 4931
Thrymmer, the king of the Thyrses, was, for the first time in this whole poem, afraid.
Part 4932
The poem records, in Thrymmer's own voice, what he had seen.
Part 4933
Thrymmer said, Why are Freya's eyes so terrible?
Part 4934
Why do they burn like fire?
Part 4935
Why are they not the eyes of a maiden?
Part 4936
The poem records this in one of its small, dignified stanzas.
Part 4937
Thrymmer's eyes had met in the small space under the lifted edge of the veil, the eyes of Thor.
Part 4938
And Thor's eyes behind the veil were not the eyes of Freya.
Part 4939
They were the eyes of the God who had spent the entire journey east burning with the fury of having to wear a bride's gown.
Part 4940
They were the eyes of a being who had just eaten an entire ox and drunk three barrels of mead and was
Part 4941
in the way only Thor could be, very awake.
Part 4942
They were the eyes that in the corners of the warm hall light glowed like the small coals at the bottom of a forge fire.
Part 4943
Thrymmer saw them, and Thrymmer, the giant who had been ready to laugh off any eccentricity of his bride.
Part 4944
Thrymmer, in this moment, almost saw through the disguise.
Part 4945
Loki, the poem records, was ready again.
Part 4946
The poem does not tell us what Loki was feeling in that second, but we can imagine.
Part 4947
We can imagine that Loki, who had been the architect of the whole plan, who had ridden east with Thor
Part 4948
knowing that this exact moment would come, who had been rehearsing his lines for the long ride out
Part 4949
Loki, in this second, was feeling for the first time the full cold weight of what the plan had been asking him to carry.
Part 4950
If the next sentence out of his mouth did not work, both of them would die in this hall.
Part 4951
There were a hundred giants in this room.
Part 4952
There were weapons on every wall.
Part 4953
Mjollnir was not in Thor's hand.
Part 4954
The plan, the careful, impossible plan, was in this small space between Thrymmer's leaning in face and the bride's burning eyes
Part 4955
and it lived or died on whether Loki could say one true sounding sentence in the voice of a soft
Part 4956
careful handmaiden.
Part 4957
Loki's heart, the poem implies, came up into his throat.
Part 4958
Loki's voice, the poem implies, stayed very even.
Part 4959
Loki, in his handmaiden's voice, and the poem implies that this is the moment when all of Loki's clever
Part 4960
cold thinking on the long road east was being repaid in a single critical exchange.
Part 4961
Loki leaned in toward Thrymmer.
Part 4962
Loki said, Lord of the Thursas, do not be afraid.
Part 4963
Freyja's eyes burn because for the same reason that she has eaten and drunk so much tonight
Part 4964
she has not slept for eight nights.
Part 4965
The eight nights between the demand and the wedding, she has lain awake in her hall, so eager was she for you.
Part 4966
Her eyes burn because they have not been closed.
Part 4967
They will be calm again, Lord of the Thursas, after she has rested in your bed.
Part 4968
The Thrymskvida records Thrymmer's reaction to the second explanation with the same small comic touch.
Part 4969
Thrymmer who had almost seen through the disguise.
Part 4970
Thrymmer, on hearing Loki's explanation, again chose to believe it.
Part 4971
He chose to believe it because the explanation, again, flattered him.
Part 4972
Freyja's eyes burned with the hunger of love.
Part 4973
Freyja's eyes had not slept because she could not stop thinking of him.
Part 4974
Thrymmer, in this moment, settled back onto his high seat.
Part 4975
He smiled again.
Part 4976
It was the small, dangerous smile of a giant who has chosen vanity over caution.
Part 4977
It was the smile of a giant who was, the poem implies, about to die, but Thrymmer did not yet know that.
Part 4978
Thrymmer, restored to his confidence by the explanation, Thrymmer now decided that it was time.
Part 4979
The feast had gone on long enough.
Part 4980
The mead had been drunk.
Part 4981
The food had been eaten.
Part 4982
The hour had come for the moment that, by the old laws of the Jotnar, would make the wedding final.
Part 4983
Thrymmer stood up at the high seat.
Part 4984
Thrymmer raised his voice across the hall.
Part 4985
The Thrymskvida gives us his speech in one of the great anticipated moments of the entire poem.
Part 4986
Thrymmer said, "Bring out the hammer." Chapter Eleven: The Hammer on the Knee.
Part 4987
A small silence fell across the hall.
Part 4988
The Thrymskvida gives us the silence in a single quick line.
Part 4989
The giants of Thrymmer's hall, hearing the king's command, stopped their conversations.
Part 4990
The clinking of cups stopped.
Part 4991
The laughter stopped.
Part 4992
The hall was, for one moment, completely still because the giants knew what was about to happen.
Part 4993
The bringing out of the hammer at a giant wedding was the great consecrating moment of the marriage.
Part 4994
The hammer of the bridegroom, the symbol of his power and of the protection he would now extend over his bride
Part 4995
was carried out by the bridegroom's men.
Part 4996
It was laid on the bride's knees.
Part 4997
The bride, by accepting the hammer on her knees, accepted the protection of her husband.
Part 4998
The husband, by laying the hammer on her knees, gave that protection.
Part 4999
It was the moment that, by the old laws of the Jotnar, the laws older than any of the laws of the gods
Part 5000
made the wedding final.
Part 5001
Thrymmer's giants brought out the hammer.
Part 5002
The Thrymskvidda does not give us the details of the procession, but the poem implies that the hammer was carried by several giants.
Part 5003
Mjollnir was a heavy weapon, and even in the hall of Thrymmer, the bringing out of it was a procession.
Part 5004
They carried it on a cloth.
Part 5005
They carried it slowly, with the great care that the moment required.
Part 5006
The hammer, the poem implies, was the great hammer, Mjollnir of Thor, with its short, heavy haft and its great square iron head
Part 5007
with the small marks on the head where the dwarves Eitri and Brokkr had finished it in the deep places of the worlds.
Part 5008
It was, after eight long nights, no longer eight leagues underground.
Part 5009
It was, after eight long nights, finally back in the same room as Thor.
Part 5010
The giants approached the high table.
Part 5011
They carried the hammer to where the bride was sitting beside Thrymmer.
Part 5012
They, by the old custom of the Jotnar, laid Mjollnir on the bride's knees.
Part 5013
The Thrymskvidda gives us, here, the line that the Old North preserved more carefully than almost any other line in the entire poem.
Part 5014
The line is, Hlo hlórida hugr í brjósti.
Part 5015
It means, the heart of Thor laughed in his breast.
Part 5016
Thor, who had been silent through the whole feast, who had eaten an ox and ate salmon and drunk three barrels of mead
Part 5017
who had stared out at Thrymmer through the veil with eyes that almost gave him away
Part 5018
who had been carried east in a bride's gown against every instinct of his honor.
Part 5019
Thor, in this single quiet moment, when the haft of his own hammer touched the cloth of the gown across his own knees
Part 5020
when his hand, hidden under the embroidered sleeve of the bride's gown, closed around the haft that he had not held in eight nights.
Part 5021
Thor's heart laughed in his breast.
Part 5022
It is one of the small great lines of the entire Old Norse corpus.
Part 5023
The heart of Thor laughed, not aloud, not so that any of the giants in the hall heard it.
Part 5024
The poem is careful about this.
Part 5025
The laughter was internal.
Part 5026
The laughter was the small recognition, deep in Thor's chest, that the long humiliating journey
Part 5027
the gown, the keys, the necklace, the veil, the eight salmon, the three barrels of mead, the careful explanations of Loki
Part 5028
all of it, all of it had brought him here to this moment with his hand around the haft of Mjollnir in the hall of Thrymmer with the giants of the eastern country gathered around him in their long wedding feast clothes
Part 5029
weapons at their sides, but not in their hands.
Part 5030
The slow, heavy laughter of a feast still echoing in the rafters of the hall.
Part 5031
The laughter was also, the poem implies, something else.
Part 5032
The laughter was the moment in which a being who had spent the whole day being someone he was not
Part 5033
being a bride, being a quiet woman, being a thing the gown had made him, felt himself in one small private second become himself again.
Part 5034
The hand under the embroidered sleeve was his own hand.
Part 5035
The hand was the hand that had held this hammer ten thousand times.
Part 5036
The hand knew the haft.
Part 5037
The haft knew the hand.
Part 5038
The wood of the haft had over the long years taken the shape of his grip.
Part 5039
The grip now slid back into the place the haft had been waiting for it to slide.
Part 5040
The hammer remembered him.
Part 5041
He remembered the hammer under the veil, behind the gown, with the Brisingamen at his throat and the bride's keys at his belt and the small bright rings of the bride still on his fingers.
Part 5042
Thor, for one small space of one held breath with his hand on his own hammer for the first time in eight nights
Part 5043
Thor was again Thor.
Part 5044
The bride was not the bride.
Part 5045
The bride was the god of thunder, and the god of thunder, the poem implies, was about to be the god of thunder again.
Part 5046
Thor was Thor again.
Part 5047
Mjollnir was Mjollnir again.
Part 5048
The plan, the careful impossible plan of Loki, had worked.
Part 5049
There is a verse in the Havamal that says, "Praise the day at evening.
Part 5050
Praise the woman after she is buried.
Part 5051
Praise the weapon when it has been tried." Mjolnir, that night, was about to be tried.
Part 5052
The Thrymskvidha gives us the next moment in three quick stanzas.
Part 5053
Thor seized the hammer from his own lap.
Part 5054
He stood up at the high table.
Part 5055
The veil fell back.
Part 5056
The bride's gown fell open.
Part 5057
The keys jangled at his belt.
Part 5058
The Brisingamen swung at his throat.
Part 5059
Freyja's gold and Thor's beard and the great square iron head of Mjolnir all caught the firelight at the same moment
Part 5060
and Thrymr, beside him at the high seat, finally, too late, saw who his bride was.
Part 5061
Thrymr stood up.
Part 5062
Thrymr opened his mouth to call to his giants.
Part 5063
Thor brought Mjolnir down.
Part 5064
The Thrymskvidha records the moment with the brief dignity of a poem that knows it does not need to elaborate.
Part 5065
The hammer fell.
Part 5066
Thrymr, the king of the thursas, fell.
Part 5067
The hall, for a single moment, was full of the small sound of the king of the jotnar of the eastern country striking the floor of his own hall.
Part 5068
Then the giants began to rise, and Thor, the great red bearded god, with the gown still half on
Part 5069
with the necklace still around his neck, with his hammer in his hand, Thor moved through the hall of Thrymmer the way Thor always moved through halls of giants.
Part 5070
The poem does not give us the details.
Part 5071
The poem says only that Thor, in this hall, killed every giant who stood up to come against him.
Part 5072
The hall, by the time it was over, was silent.
Part 5073
The wedding feast, by the time it was over, was no longer a wedding feast.
Part 5074
Thrymmer's hall was a hall of fallen giants and a god with a hammer.
Part 5075
The Thrymskvidha gives us one final small detail, and the detail is one of the strangest in the poem.
Part 5076
At the end of the slaughter, when the hall was silent, an old jotun woman came forward.
Part 5077
She had been Thrymmer's sister.
Part 5078
She had, the poem implies, been at the wedding for the giving of the bride gift, which in the old North was the gift of rings from the bridegroom's family to the bride.
Part 5079
She had been about to give Freyja, as she imagined Freyja, the rings that were her right by custom.
Part 5080
Now, with her brother dead and the hall full of fallen giants and the bride who was not a bride standing in the middle of it all with her hammer in her hand
Part 5081
she asked anyway.
Part 5082
She asked for the rings.
Part 5083
The Thrymskvidha records with a small dry note that Thor gave her instead what he had given her brother.
Part 5084
The hall went quiet.
Part 5085
Thor lowered the hammer.
Part 5086
He looked around the hall at the long fallen tables, at the small fire still burning in the wall sconces
Part 5087
at the great half eaten ox at the center of the high table, at the empty mead barrels on the floor
Part 5088
and he understood that the wedding was over.
Part 5089
The mission was done.
Part 5090
Mjolnir was in his hand.
Part 5091
Loki, in his handmaiden's gown, stood very still in the corner of the hall.
Part 5092
Loki, who had been the architect of the whole plan, who had been at Thor's side through the whole long impossible day
Part 5093
who had spoken for Thor at the feast and saved him from Thrymmer's eyes and explained away the burning eyes and the great appetite
Part 5094
Loki in this moment did the one thing he was always good at, which was knowing when not to draw attention to himself.
Part 5095
Loki said, "Are we going home?" Thor said, "Yes." And the two of them, the god of thunder with his hammer in his hand and his gown still half on
Part 5096
and the trickster of Asgard with his handmaiden's cap askew on his head and his small cold smile playing at the corner of his mouth
Part 5097
the two of them walked out of the hall of Thrymmer in the deep blue light of the Jotunheimer night
Part 5098
and they climbed back into the chariot of goats, and they turned the chariot west, and they went home.
Part 5099
The Thrymskvidha gives us one final stanza for the ride back.
Part 5100
The chariot, with Thor no longer in the cosmic rage of the outward journey, with Mjolnir back in his hand and the matter resolved
Part 5101
drove west across the long country between Jotunheimer and Asgard at the ordinary speed of a chariot.
Part 5102
The road behind them did not catch fire.
Part 5103
The mountains did not split.
Part 5104
The earth did not burn.
Part 5105
The two great goats pulled the chariot steadily across the cold country through the night and into the first gray light of the dawn over Asgard.
Part 5106
Thor came home.
Part 5107
Thor, still in the gown, the poem implies because the poem does not record any pause to change clothes.
Part 5108
Thor came home to the gods of Asgard with Mjolnir at his side in the first light of morning.
Part 5109
The gods of Asgard, who had waited the night, came out to meet him.
Part 5110
The Thrymskvidha ends the story here with one last small line.
Part 5111
The gods received Thor.
Part 5112
The hammer was back.
Part 5113
The matter was closed.
Part 5114
Freyja's necklace was returned to her.
Part 5115
Freyja's gown was returned to her household.
Part 5116
The bride's veil was folded carefully away.
Part 5117
Loki's handmaiden's gown was folded away too.
Part 5118
The chariot of goats was put back in its stable.
Part 5119
The poem ends, as Eddic poems often end, with a small, simple note that the story is now over.
Part 5120
Tonight, dear listener, the story will end in a slightly different way.
Part 5121
Tonight, we will sit for a moment in the closing of the story before we let you go to sleep.
Part 5122
Chapter Twelve: Goodnight and the Wolf at the Edge of Time.
Part 5123
The story we told you tonight is one of the strangest in the Old North.
Part 5124
A god lost a hammer.
Part 5125
The hammer was hidden eight leagues underground by a king of the giants.
Part 5126
The king of the giants demanded, as the price of the hammer's return, the goddess of love as his bride.
Part 5127
The goddess refused.
Part 5128
The gods of Asgard, having no other path, dressed the god of thunder in a bride's gown and a bride's veil and sent him east to the giant's hall.
Part 5129
The giant, in the small, awful pride of a being who has been waiting too long for his prize
Part 5130
failed to recognize that the bride was not the bride he had asked for.
Part 5131
The hammer was brought out.
Part 5132
The hammer was laid on the bride's knees.
Part 5133
The bride, in that small moment, became again the god whose hammer it was.
Part 5134
And the wedding ended in the way the wedding could only have ended.
Part 5135
That is all.
Part 5136
There is no great tragedy in this story.
Part 5137
There is no death of a son of the gods.
Part 5138
There is no binding of a great old enemy.
Part 5139
There is no first meeting of two beings fated to kill each other at the end of all things.
Part 5140
There is only the small precious comedy of a god in a bride's gown and the small precious moment in which his heart laughed inside his breast when his hand finally closed around the haft of his own hammer.
Part 5141
But the Old North loved this story.
Part 5142
The Old North loved this story the way the Old North loved any story in which the gods of Asgard
Part 5143
by some clever, impossible turn, recovered what they had lost.
Part 5144
The Thrymskvidha was one of the most beloved poems in the entire Eddic corpus.
Part 5145
It survived in the Codex Regius.
Part 5146
It was probably composed, the scholars believe, in the late tenth century or the early eleventh
Part 5147
when the old religion of Iceland was just beginning to give way to the new religion.
Part 5148
It was a poem from the late days of the Old North's understanding of itself.
Part 5149
And it was, in some quiet way, exactly the kind of poem the Old North's listeners needed.
Part 5150
The hammer had been lost.
Part 5151
The hammer had been recovered.
Part 5152
The world had, by a strange, impossible path, been put right again.
Part 5153
Thor was Thor again.
Part 5154
Mjolnir was Mjolnir again.
Part 5155
And the giants, the Old North believed, would not, for one more generation at least, be the masters of Asgard.
Part 5156
But the giants were still there.
Part 5157
The Thrymskvida does not say so in its closing stanza, but the Old North's listeners would have understood.
Part 5158
Thrymr was one giant.
Part 5159
Thrymr had hidden the hammer eight leagues underground.
Part 5160
Thrymr had been answered, but the giants of the eastern country were still there in their long
Part 5161
cold halls, waiting.
Part 5162
The giants would, in the next generation, try again.
Part 5163
The giants would try again and again and again through all the long stretching ages of the Old North's cosmos until at last
Part 5164
at the end of all things, they would try one final time, and that final time would be the time when the gods of Asgard would not
Part 5165
by any clever, impossible plan, be able to send them home.
Part 5166
That final time would be Ragnarok.
Part 5167
The giants would come across the long road from the east.
Part 5168
They would cross the rainbow bridge.
Part 5169
They would walk into Asgard.
Part 5170
The hammer would still be in Thor's hand.
Part 5171
The hammer would, on that day, no longer be enough to send them back.
Part 5172
The serpent we met two nights ago in the deep, cold sea would rise from the encircling water.
Part 5173
Loki, who tonight, in the small dignified comedy of the wedding feast, was Thor's clever
Part 5174
loyal companion.
Part 5175
Loki would by then have become the great betrayer.
Part 5176
Loki would lead the giants.
Part 5177
Loki would ride at the head of the army.
Part 5178
But Ragnarok is not yet.
Part 5179
Ragnarok is, the old North believed, still many generations away.
Part 5180
Tonight the giants are at home in the cold east.
Part 5181
The hammer is back at Thor's side.
Part 5182
Freyja is back in her hall with her necklace at her throat.
Part 5183
Loki is back in his small cold cunning, smiling his small smile with no sign yet that the smile would in some far future turn into something terrible.
Part 5184
Tonight is the small precious time before the ending.
Part 5185
This is, in some quiet way, what the Thrymskvidha was telling itself in the long winter halls of the late tenth century.
Part 5186
The hammer is gone.
Part 5187
The hammer is recovered.
Part 5188
The world goes on.
Part 5189
The giants are out there.
Part 5190
The giants will try again.
Part 5191
But for tonight, the giants are at home.
Part 5192
For tonight, the hammer is here.
Part 5193
For tonight, the gods of Asgard sit in Idavollr in the morning light, and Thor is taking off the bride's gown at last
Part 5194
and Loki is taking off the handmaiden's cap, and Freyja is fastening the Brisingamen back around her own throat
Part 5195
and the long quiet day after the strange impossible night is beginning.
Part 5196
That is what tonight's story is, a small, precious recovery, a hammer back in its place
Part 5197
a few thousand more years of the world.
Part 5198
We will tell you next time of a god who went into the country of the giants for a different reason
Part 5199
not to recover something stolen, but to seek something he wanted, of a hall of riddles
Part 5200
of a contest of strength, of a great horn that no being could drain, of a cat that no being could lift
Part 5201
of an old crone called Elli, whose name in the old language meant simply old age, and against whom even Thor could not stand.
Part 5202
We will tell you of the visit to Utgardaloki on Wednesday.
Part 5203
But for now, for now, the bride is no longer the bride.
Part 5204
The hammer is back in its place beside Thor's bed.
Part 5205
The chariot of goats is stabled.
Part 5206
The Brisingamen catches the morning light at Freyja's throat.
Part 5207
Loki is sitting again at his own table with his warm cup in his hands, watching the dawn come on
Part 5208
the small cold smile playing at the corner of his mouth.
Part 5209
Sif is in the kitchen of her hall with her gold hair shining in the morning light
Part 5210
making breakfast for her husband who has come home Thor is sitting on the edge of his bed
Part 5211
taking off the last of the bride's gown and reaching down to the place beside the bed where Mjolnir now is again.
Part 5212
The world has another few thousand years.
Part 5213
The wolf at the edge of time waits.
Part 5214
The great ship Naglfar is still being built.
Part 5215
Ragnarok is still far away.
Part 5216
Tonight there is only the cold morning of Asgard and a hammer back in its place and a god in his own bed and a small smile somewhere across town that has not yet turned into the smile that ends everything.
Part 5217
Good night, dear listener.
Part 5218
Wherever you are tonight, whatever bed you are in, whatever quiet room, whatever soft pillow you have laid your head on
Part 5219
let the picture of the god and the hammer be the last picture you carry into sleep.
Part 5220
Not the slaughter at the end of the wedding feast.
Part 5221
Not the falling of Thrimur.
Part 5222
The hand.
Part 5223
The hand of the god, hidden under the embroidered sleeve of the bride's gown, closing around the haft of his own hammer for the first time in eight long nights.
Part 5224
The small private laughter of his heart inside his breast.
Part 5225
The recognition.
Part 5226
The recovery.
Part 5227
Let the wolf at the edge of time wait.
Part 5228
Let Ragnarok wait.
Part 5229
Tonight there is only the morning and the hammer and the good night.
Part 5230
And tonight there is only your bed and your breath and the room around you growing dark.
Part 5231
Sleep.
Part 5232
The Sleeping Almanac will be here on Wednesday with another story from the Old North.
Part 5233
New episodes every Wednesday and Sunday at eight o'clock in the evening.
Part 5234
If the story carried you down into sleep, if the picture of the god and the hammer was the last thing you saw before the dark came
Part 5235
leave a quiet small note in the comments.
Part 5236
We read every one.
Part 5237
We tell each other in the morning who slept.
Part 5238
Sleep deeply.
Part 5239
Sleep without dreams.
Part 5240
And wake into a quieter world.
Part 5241
Good night, dear listener.
Part 5242
From the long Old North.
Part 5243
From the bride who was not a bride.
Part 5244
From the hammer back in its place.
Part 5245
From the almanac that is keeping the slow count.
Part 5246
Good night.
The Mead of Poetry
Welcome to The Sleeping Almanac.
The Mead of Poetry
Tonight: the night Óðinn, the all father, the king of Asgard, the wisdom seeker,
Part 5249
became a snake and slid through a crack in a mountain to steal the poetry of the worlds.
Part 5250
A drill in the stone.
Part 5251
A snake on its belly.
Part 5252
A giant's daughter on a golden throne.
Part 5253
Three sips of a precious mead.
Part 5254
And a god flying home, in the shape of a great eagle, with all of poetry held inside his throat.
Part 5255
We will tell the story tonight from the Hávamál, the wisdom poem of the old north,
Part 5256
and from Snorri Sturluson's Skáldskaparmál, the second part of the Prose Edda.
Part 5257
The Hávamál preserves the heist in Óðinn's own voice.
Part 5258
Six brief stanzas.
Part 5259
The only moment in the entire Norse corpus where the All Father speaks first person about something he stole.
Part 5260
The Hávamál says: I sought the old giant.
Part 5261
Now I am back.
Part 5262
Talking got me very little there.
Part 5263
With many words I won my wishes in the hall of Suttungr.
Part 5264
Rati's mouth made me an opening, gnawed through the stone.
Part 5265
The paths of the giants ran over and under.
Part 5266
I risked my head on it.
Part 5267
Gunnlǫð gave me, from her golden throne, a drink of the precious mead.
Part 5268
Tonight, by the time the story is done, we will be in the hall of Suttungr.
Part 5269
Settle in.
Part 5270
Let your shoulders drop.
Part 5271
We begin on the day a god of wisdom was born from a jar of spit.
Part 5272
Chapter One.
Part 5273
The Spit in the Jar.
Part 5274
There was, in the old north, a war.
Part 5275
The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us when, exactly.
Part 5276
The Vǫluspá tells us only that it was the first war in the worlds,
Part 5277
the war that came before the world we know.
Part 5278
We can imagine, from the small details the poem gives us, that it was very long ago,
Part 5279
in the days when the gods were still figuring out what kind of beings they were going to be.
Part 5280
There were, the old north remembered, two tribes of gods.
Part 5281
The Æsir, the gods of the sky and the storm and the spear and the gallows, lived in Asgard.
Part 5282
Their father was Óðinn.
Part 5283
Their lord of thunder was Þórr.
Part 5284
Their watcher at the rainbow bridge was Heimdallr.
Part 5285
The Æsir were the gods we have been telling stories about all season.
Part 5286
The Vanir, the gods of the field and the sea and the long slow growing of things, lived in Vanaheimr.
Part 5287
Their father was Njǫrðr.
Part 5288
Their lord of harvest was Freyr.
Part 5289
Their lady of love was Freyja.
Part 5290
The Vanir were the older gods, the quieter gods, the gods who remembered the world before the world.
Part 5291
The two tribes, in the long old days, did not get along.
Part 5292
The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us, in detail, why the war began.
Part 5293
The poem implies, and the Vǫluspá implies, that it had something to do with a woman.
Part 5294
A Vanir witch named Gullveig.
Part 5295
The Æsir tried to burn her.
Part 5296
She would not burn.
Part 5297
They burned her three times, the poem says, and three times she rose from the fire whole.
Part 5298
After the third burning, the Æsir gave up on burning her, and the Vanir came to her defence,
Part 5299
and the war began.
Part 5300
It was, the old north remembered, a long war.
Part 5301
It went on for years.
Part 5302
Maybe for ages.
Part 5303
The Æsir threw their spears across the field.
Part 5304
The Vanir threw down the walls of Asgard.
Part 5305
Both sides used every weapon they had.
Part 5306
Both sides tried every trick.
Part 5307
And by the end of it, neither side could win.
Part 5308
So the war ended the way the old north's worst wars always ended.
Part 5309
It ended with talk.
Part 5310
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the two tribes came together in the centre of the worlds,
Part 5311
in a place where they could meet without either side having the advantage, and they sat down across from each other,
Part 5312
and they made peace.
Part 5313
But the peace, the old north understood, had to be sealed.
Part 5314
In the old laws of the north, when two parties made peace after a long war,
Part 5315
they had to mark the moment in some way that could not be taken back.
Part 5316
They had to do a thing that no one in either tribe could later undo.
Part 5317
They had to bind themselves to the truce.
Part 5318
And the way they did it, in this case, the Skáldskaparmál tells us with the small dry tone of a man writing down something very strange, was this.
Part 5319
They spat.
Part 5320
All of the gods, the Skáldskaparmál says, came forward, one by one, Óðinn first,
Part 5321
then Freyr, then Njǫrðr, then Freyja, then Heimdallr, then every one of the Æsir and every one of the Vanir,
Part 5322
all the gods who had been at the war and were now at the peace,
Part 5323
and each of them, in turn, leaned forward over a great jar that had been set on a stone in the centre of the council,
Part 5324
and each of them spat into it.
Part 5325
The Skáldskaparmál tells us this with the smallest possible explanation.
Part 5326
Snorri Sturluson, writing in Iceland two hundred years after the old poems were first preserved,
Part 5327
does not pause to tell us why.
Part 5328
He simply says: they spat into a jar, and that is how the peace was sealed.
Part 5329
We can imagine, from what the old north understood about marks of binding, that the spit of every god in the worlds,
Part 5330
mixed together in one vessel, was a thing that no one in either tribe could ever later separate.
Part 5331
The peace, by the time the last god had spat into the jar, was inside the jar.
Part 5332
The peace, in some old north sense, had become a physical thing.
Part 5333
A thing that the gods, between them, had made together.
Part 5334
The jar was full.
Part 5335
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the gods looked at the jar after the spitting was done,
Part 5336
and they understood that what was inside it was too important to be poured out.
Part 5337
The spit of all the gods in the worlds, mixed together, the marker of the first peace,
Part 5338
was a substance, the gods understood, that had to be kept.
Part 5339
But they did not, the poem implies, quite know what to do with it.
Part 5340
And then, the Skáldskaparmál says, with the small tone of a poet preparing us for a wonder,
Part 5341
one of the gods had an idea.
Part 5342
We do not know which one.
Part 5343
The poem does not name the god.
Part 5344
We can imagine, the way the old north often imagined Óðinn at the moment of any clever idea,
Part 5345
that it was Óðinn.
Part 5346
We can imagine the All Father looking at the jar of mixed spit, and tilting his one good eye,
Part 5347
and saying, with the slow careful voice of a god who has just thought of something he has never thought of before: we could make it into a being.
Part 5348
A being made of the wisdom of all the gods.
Part 5349
A being who could carry, inside his body, the peace itself.
Part 5350
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that this is what the gods did.
Part 5351
They took the spit from the jar.
Part 5352
They shaped it, the way a potter shapes clay.
Part 5353
They breathed life into it.
Part 5354
And the being who stood up, when the spit had become flesh and the flesh had taken its first breath, was a man.
Part 5355
His name was Kvasir.
Part 5356
The Skáldskaparmál tells us his name with a small reverence.
Part 5357
Kvasir, the wisest being in the worlds.
Part 5358
Kvasir, born of the spit of every god in every tribe.
Part 5359
Kvasir, the living embodiment of the peace between the Æsir and the Vanir.
Part 5360
Kvasir, the poem implies, was so wise that no question, asked of him by any being in any of the worlds,
Part 5361
could ever stump him.
Part 5362
He stood up.
Part 5363
He looked at the gods around him.
Part 5364
He understood, the poem implies, in the first moment of his existence, what he was,
Part 5365
and why he had been made, and what he was for.
Part 5366
And he opened his mouth, and he spoke for the first time, and the first thing he ever said,
Part 5367
the poem implies, was a thing of such wisdom that the gods themselves,
Part 5368
even Óðinn, even the All Father, were quiet for a long moment afterward.
Part 5369
Kvasir, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, then asked permission to leave.
Part 5370
He did not, the poem implies, want to live in Asgard.
Part 5371
He did not want to live in Vanaheimr.
Part 5372
He wanted, instead, to walk through the worlds, through the lands of men and the lands of dwarves and the lands of giants and the lands of small beings the old north did not have names for, and to teach.
Part 5373
To answer questions.
Part 5374
To bring the wisdom of the gods to the beings who had never had a god to ask.
Part 5375
The gods, the poem implies, agreed.
Part 5376
And Kvasir walked out of the council of the gods, and he walked away from Asgard,
Part 5377
and he walked into the world.
Part 5378
Chapter Two.
Part 5379
The Wisest Being in the Worlds.
Part 5380
Kvasir walked.
Part 5381
The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us how long.
Part 5382
The poem moves quickly through this part of the story, the way poems do when they are setting up something terrible by establishing first something good.
Part 5383
Kvasir walked through the worlds.
Part 5384
He stopped wherever beings stopped him.
Part 5385
He answered any question that any being asked.
Part 5386
He never, the poem tells us, did not have an answer.
Part 5387
We can imagine, and the old north, telling this story around their winter fires,
Part 5388
would have imagined, what it was like to meet Kvasir on the road.
Part 5389
You would have been, perhaps, a farmer.
Part 5390
Or a fisherman.
Part 5391
Or a small craftsman in a village in the long northern country.
Part 5392
You would have been going about your work in the way you always did,
Part 5393
and you would have looked up from your field or your nets or your bench,
Part 5394
and you would have seen a quiet stranger walking down the road.
Part 5395
He would not have looked, the old north imagined, like anything special.
Part 5396
Kvasir, the poem implies, did not glow.
Part 5397
He did not radiate.
Part 5398
He did not announce himself.
Part 5399
He was simply a quiet man in a traveller's cloak, walking with the slow steady pace of a being who had nowhere in particular to be by any particular time,
Part 5400
and who was happy, while he walked, to stop and talk.
Part 5401
You might have called out to him.
Part 5402
You might have asked him, the way the old north's farmers asked travelling strangers,
Part 5403
whether the weather to the east was good.
Part 5404
Or whether there were giants on the road north.
Part 5405
Or whether he had seen any news of the king's army.
Part 5406
And Kvasir, the Skáldskaparmál implies, would have answered.
Part 5407
And his answer would have been, you would have understood, with a small slow chill of recognition,
Part 5408
the truest answer to that question that anyone had ever given you.
Part 5409
Not just true.
Part 5410
True in a way you had not known was possible.
Part 5411
As if the question itself had been, before he spoke, much smaller than you had realised,
Part 5412
and his answer had revealed how large it really was.
Part 5413
You might, then, have asked him a second question.
Part 5414
You might have asked him, the old north imagined, the kind of question you had been carrying around in the back of your chest for years.
Part 5415
The question about whether your wife still loved you.
Part 5416
Or whether your son was lost.
Part 5417
Or whether the small dark feeling you had been having, in the mornings, was a sickness or an omen.
Part 5418
And Kvasir, the poem implies, would have answered that question too.
Part 5419
And his answer to that one would have changed your life.
Part 5420
Because that, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was what Kvasir did.
Part 5421
He walked through the worlds, and he stopped wherever beings stopped him, and he answered.
Part 5422
He answered the small questions and he answered the large questions and he answered the questions no one had quite known how to ask.
Part 5423
And when he had answered, he walked on.
Part 5424
He did not stay.
Part 5425
He did not collect a following.
Part 5426
He did not build a hall and gather students around him.
Part 5427
He simply walked, and answered, and walked on.
Part 5428
He was, the old north remembered, the wisest being who had ever lived.
Part 5429
And the wisest being who had ever lived, the old north also remembered, with the small dry note of a tradition that knew exactly how the world worked,
Part 5430
did not survive very long.
Part 5431
Because, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small heaviness of a poet who knows what is coming,
Part 5432
Kvasir's walking eventually took him to a particular hall, on a particular evening, in a particular country at the edge of the worlds.
Part 5433
And the beings who opened the door of that hall, when Kvasir knocked, were not beings who were going to ask him questions.
Part 5434
They were beings who were going to kill him.
Part 5435
Chapter Three.
Part 5436
The Dwarves at the Door.
Part 5437
Their names were Fjalar and Galar.
Part 5438
The Skáldskaparmál tells us their names without ceremony.
Part 5439
Two dwarves.
Part 5440
Brothers.
Part 5441
The kind of dwarves the old north remembered with the small uneasy tone of a tradition that knew dwarves were not,
Part 5442
despite their small size, safe.
Part 5443
Dwarves, in the old north, were craftsmen.
Part 5444
They forged the great hammer of Þórr.
Part 5445
They forged the spear of Óðinn.
Part 5446
They forged the ring of Andvari that would bring down kingdoms.
Part 5447
But dwarves, the old north also remembered, kept their own counsel.
Part 5448
Dwarves had reasons no one else understood.
Part 5449
Dwarves, when they wanted something, would do things to get it that no other being in the worlds would have done.
Part 5450
Fjalar and Galar, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, lived in a small dark hall in a dark country far from the gods.
Part 5451
They had heard, the poem implies, of the wisest being in the worlds.
Part 5452
They had heard, perhaps, the stories of farmers and fishermen and small craftsmen who had been changed by a meeting with the quiet stranger on the road.
Part 5453
They had heard, perhaps, that the stranger never refused a guest.
Part 5454
They had heard, perhaps, that the stranger would come to any hall to which he was invited,
Part 5455
and that he would stay for one evening, and that he would answer any question put to him,
Part 5456
and that he would then walk on.
Part 5457
And they decided, the Skáldskaparmál implies with the small dry tone of a poet who knows exactly what kind of beings these were, to invite him.
Part 5458
They sent a message.
Part 5459
We can imagine, from how such things were done in the old north, that they sent a small runner,
Part 5460
or a passing trader, or a bird trained for such errands.
Part 5461
The message went out into the world.
Part 5462
It said: Fjalar and Galar, the dwarf brothers of the deep country, invite the wise Kvasir to their hall.
Part 5463
They have heard of his answers.
Part 5464
They would like, very much, to hear one for themselves.
Part 5465
Will he come?
Part 5466
Kvasir, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, came.
Part 5467
He did not, the poem implies, suspect anything.
Part 5468
Kvasir had been invited to many halls.
Part 5469
Kings had invited him.
Part 5470
Witches had invited him.
Part 5471
Hermits in mountain caves had invited him.
Part 5472
Kvasir had gone to all of them, and he had answered their questions, and he had walked on.
Part 5473
He had no reason, when the message from Fjalar and Galar reached him, to think this invitation was different.
Part 5474
He walked, the poem implies, for many days.
Part 5475
The country where Fjalar and Galar lived was a long way from the road where the message had reached him.
Part 5476
The journey took Kvasir through forests that grew thicker as he walked east.
Part 5477
The trees, the old north imagined, grew older.
Part 5478
The light, between the trees, grew dimmer.
Part 5479
The roads, the old north imagined, grew less travelled.
Part 5480
And by the time Kvasir arrived at the hall of Fjalar and Galar, he had been walking,
Part 5481
alone, through deep country for a very long time, and he was, for the first time in his existence as a wise being in the world, tired.
Part 5482
He knocked on the door.
Part 5483
The door, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, was opened by Fjalar.
Part 5484
We can imagine, from how the old north imagined dwarves, what Fjalar looked like.
Part 5485
Short.
Part 5486
Bearded.
Part 5487
Eyes the colour of cold metal.
Part 5488
A small smile that did not, quite, reach the rest of his face.
Part 5489
He stood in the doorway, and he looked up at the tall wise stranger,
Part 5490
and he said the words the old north remembered the dwarves saying: welcome, friend.
Part 5491
Come in.
Part 5492
We have been waiting.
Part 5493
Kvasir came in.
Part 5494
The hall, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was warm.
Part 5495
There was a fire in the hearth.
Part 5496
There was food on the table.
Part 5497
There was, near the fire, a second dwarf, Galar, the brother, already seated at one of the benches,
Part 5498
with a cup in his hand.
Part 5499
Galar looked up when Kvasir came in.
Part 5500
Galar smiled the same small smile his brother had smiled at the door.
Part 5501
Galar gestured, with the cup, to a seat at the table.
Part 5502
Kvasir sat.
Part 5503
And the Skáldskaparmál tells us what happened then with the smallest possible number of words.
Part 5504
The two dwarves, the poem says, killed him.
Part 5505
That is the line the poem gives us.
Part 5506
They killed him.
Part 5507
The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us how.
Part 5508
The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us what was said.
Part 5509
The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us what Kvasir, in his last moments, understood about what was happening to him.
Part 5510
The poem moves through this moment with the dry brevity of a tradition that knew there was no way to make the killing of the wisest being in the worlds bearable to tell at any length,
Part 5511
and so chose to tell it as quickly as possible.
Part 5512
They killed him.
Part 5513
And then, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, they did something stranger.
Part 5514
They drained his blood.
Part 5515
They took, the poem implies, two great vessels, vessels they had prepared, in advance, for exactly this purpose.
Part 5516
They drained Kvasir's blood into the vessels.
Part 5517
They drained, the poem implies, every drop.
Part 5518
The wisdom of all the gods, in the form of the blood of the being the gods had made of their spit,
Part 5519
ran out of Kvasir and into the dwarves' vessels, and Fjalar and Galar collected it carefully,
Part 5520
and they set the vessels aside.
Part 5521
Then, the Skáldskaparmál says, they brought out a third vessel.
Part 5522
A vessel of honey.
Part 5523
They mixed Kvasir's blood with the honey.
Part 5524
They stirred the mixture, the way a brewer stirs the first stages of mead.
Part 5525
They poured the mixture, when it had settled, into three smaller vessels, one large vessel called Óðrœrir,
Part 5526
and two smaller vessels called Boðn and Són.
Part 5527
And what they had made, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, was the most precious substance that had ever existed in any of the worlds.
Part 5528
It was a mead.
Part 5529
A mead, the poem says, of such a kind that any being who drank even a single sip of it would,
Part 5530
from that moment forward, be a poet and a scholar.
Part 5531
The wisdom of Kvasir, the wisdom of every god in every tribe, distilled through Kvasir's body,
Part 5532
mixed now with honey and stored in three small vessels in a dwarf's hall in the deep country, could be drunk.
Part 5533
It could be carried in a cup.
Part 5534
It could be tasted on a tongue.
Part 5535
And anyone who tasted it would never, after that, be the same.
Part 5536
The dwarves, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, drank none of it themselves.
Part 5537
They were dwarves.
Part 5538
The mead, the old north understood, was not made for dwarves.
Part 5539
The mead, the dwarves understood, was a thing to be kept.
Part 5540
A thing to be hidden.
Part 5541
A thing, perhaps, to be sold, one day, at the highest possible price to the highest possible buyer.
Part 5542
They set the three vessels on a high shelf in the back of their hall.
Part 5543
And the Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small dry note of a poet who knows exactly what kind of beings these dwarves were,
Part 5544
that they began, almost immediately, to look for the next being they could kill.
Part 5545
Chapter Four.
Part 5546
The Drowning of Gilling.
Part 5547
Some time later, the Skáldskaparmál does not tell us how long, a giant came to the dwarves' hall.
Part 5548
His name was Gilling.
Part 5549
The Skáldskaparmál tells us his name without much ceremony.
Part 5550
Gilling, a giant of the eastern country, a being of the jǫtnar tribe,
Part 5551
the kind of being who, in the long old north, lived in the cold mountains and the deep forests where the gods rarely went.
Part 5552
Gilling had a wife.
Part 5553
The Skáldskaparmál does not give us her name.
Part 5554
Gilling and his wife, the poem implies, had come to the dwarves' country on some business of their own.
Part 5555
Perhaps trade.
Part 5556
Perhaps a journey.
Part 5557
The poem does not tell us.
Part 5558
The poem tells us only that they came to the dwarves' hall, and that they accepted the dwarves' hospitality,
Part 5559
and that they sat down at the dwarves' table to eat.
Part 5560
Fjalar and Galar, the Skáldskaparmál implies, did not like having giants in their hall.
Part 5561
We can imagine, from how the old north remembered dwarves, that they were uneasy.
Part 5562
Giants were larger than dwarves.
Part 5563
Giants were stronger than dwarves.
Part 5564
A giant in a small dwarf hall was, in the long view, a being who could break the hall if he wanted to.
Part 5565
The dwarves, the poem implies, watched their guest carefully.
Part 5566
They smiled the small smiles they were good at.
Part 5567
They served the food.
Part 5568
They poured the drink.
Part 5569
And they thought, the poem implies, about what they were going to do about Gilling before he could do anything about them.
Part 5570
After the meal, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, Fjalar invited Gilling to go out in a small boat.
Part 5571
The country around the dwarves' hall, the poem implies, was a country of lakes.
Part 5572
There were small boats at the shore.
Part 5573
Fjalar suggested, with the small careful courtesy of a host showing his guest the local sights,
Part 5574
that they could row out on the lake and see the country from the water.
Part 5575
Gilling, who did not know what kind of host he had, agreed.
Part 5576
They took a small boat out onto the lake.
Part 5577
Gilling, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, was at the prow.
Part 5578
Fjalar was at the oars.
Part 5579
They rowed out, the poem implies, into the deeper water in the middle of the lake.
Part 5580
And then Fjalar, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, with no particular ceremony, drove the boat against a hidden rock.
Part 5581
The boat, the poem tells us, capsized.
Part 5582
Gilling, who was a giant of the mountains and not of the sea, could not swim.
Part 5583
He drowned.
Part 5584
The Skáldskaparmál tells us this with the dry brevity it has used for everything else in this story.
Part 5585
Gilling drowned.
Part 5586
Fjalar swam to shore.
Part 5587
Fjalar walked back to the hall, where his brother Galar was waiting, and where Gilling's wife,
Part 5588
who did not yet know what had happened, was also waiting.
Part 5589
When Gilling's wife saw Fjalar come back alone, she understood, the Skáldskaparmál implies, immediately what had happened.
Part 5590
She began to wail.
Part 5591
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that she wailed, in the door of the dwarves' hall,
Part 5592
in a voice so loud and so full of grief that the dwarves could not bear to hear it.
Part 5593
The dwarves, the poem tells us, conferred.
Part 5594
The dwarves, the poem tells us, agreed that something would have to be done about the wailing.
Part 5595
Galar went to the door.
Part 5596
He called Gilling's wife outside.
Part 5597
He said, the poem implies, with the small false soothing voice of a being lying to ease another being's grief,
Part 5598
that he could take her to see the place on the lake where Gilling had drowned.
Part 5599
He would help her, he said, find her husband's body.
Part 5600
She came outside.
Part 5601
Galar, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, was waiting for her with a heavy millstone in his hands.
Part 5602
As she stepped through the door, Galar dropped the millstone from above.
Part 5603
It struck her on the head.
Part 5604
The Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the brevity it has used for every killing in this story,
Part 5605
that she fell to the ground, and that she was dead.
Part 5606
And the two dwarves, the poem implies, dragged her body away from their hall,
Part 5607
and they went back inside, and they returned to the slow careful work of guarding the three vessels of mead.
Part 5608
They had killed, by this point, three beings.
Part 5609
Kvasir.
Part 5610
Gilling.
Part 5611
Gilling's wife.
Part 5612
And they thought, the Skáldskaparmál implies, that the killings were over.
Part 5613
They were wrong.
Part 5614
Because Gilling, it turned out, had a son.
Part 5615
His name was Suttungr.
Part 5616
Chapter Five.
Part 5617
The Brother's Revenge.
Part 5618
Some time later, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, Suttungr came looking for his parents.
Part 5619
We can imagine, from how the old north's giants kept track of each other across the great cold country,
Part 5620
that he did not find them quickly.
Part 5621
Giants travelled slowly.
Part 5622
Giants kept long counsel.
Part 5623
Suttungr would have waited, perhaps for a long time, for word of his father and mother to come back from their journey.
Part 5624
He would have waited at his own hall, the Skáldskaparmál implies, in the deep eastern mountains,
Part 5625
and he would have grown, with each passing month, more and more uneasy.
Part 5626
When the word finally came, the old north imagined, it came from a passing trader.
Part 5627
The trader, perhaps, had stopped at the dwarves' hall on his way through the lake country.
Part 5628
The dwarves had been hospitable.
Part 5629
The dwarves had fed him.
Part 5630
The dwarves, in the small careless way of beings who had committed a murder and were now quite confident they had got away with it,
Part 5631
had said something, a wrong word, perhaps, or a small slip, about the strange visitors they had recently entertained.
Part 5632
The trader, the old north imagined, had been clever enough to notice.
Part 5633
The trader had said nothing in the hall.
Part 5634
The trader had ridden on.
Part 5635
And when the trader, in his next country, met one of Suttungr's kin, he told them what he had heard.
Part 5636
Suttungr came at once.
Part 5637
The Skáldskaparmál tells us his arrival at the dwarves' hall with the small heavy economy it has used for everything in this story.
Part 5638
Suttungr came.
Part 5639
He stood in the door of the dwarves' hall.
Part 5640
He was, the poem implies, a giant of great size, taller than the door of the hall,
Part 5641
taller perhaps than the hall itself, and the dwarves, the moment they saw him in their doorway,
Part 5642
understood that everything they had thought they had got away with was, in this single moment,
Part 5643
no longer something they had got away with.
Part 5644
Suttungr asked them where his father was.
Part 5645
The Skáldskaparmál does not give us the dwarves' answer in detail.
Part 5646
The poem implies that they tried, at first, to lie.
Part 5647
They tried, perhaps, to say that Gilling had come, and that Gilling had left,
Part 5648
and that they did not know where Gilling had gone.
Part 5649
We can imagine, from how dwarves lied in the old north, that they were good at it.
Part 5650
They had small smiles.
Part 5651
They had careful voices.
Part 5652
They had practised, in their long lives of dealings with beings stronger than they were,
Part 5653
the art of saying nothing while seeming to say everything.
Part 5654
Suttungr, the Skáldskaparmál implies, did not believe them.
Part 5655
The Skáldskaparmál tells us, then, what Suttungr did.
Part 5656
He took both dwarves by the shoulders.
Part 5657
He carried them, one in each great hand, out of their hall and away from their country,
Part 5658
and he carried them, the poem implies, for some distance, across forests and across rivers and out to the western edge of the cold country where the cold sea met the cold rocks.
Part 5659
And he set them down, the poem says, on a single small rock that stood out from the shore.
Part 5660
A rock that was, when the tide was low, dry.
Part 5661
A rock that was, when the tide came in, completely underwater.
Part 5662
He set them on the rock.
Part 5663
He stepped back, the Skáldskaparmál implies, to the dry shore.
Part 5664
And the dwarves, standing on their small rock with the tide coming in around their ankles,
Part 5665
understood, very quickly, what the giant intended to do to them.
Part 5666
Suttungr was going to wait.
Part 5667
Suttungr was going to stand on the shore, and watch, while the tide came in around the rock,
Part 5668
and the rock disappeared under the water, and the dwarves drowned the way Gilling had drowned,
Part 5669
on a small piece of stone in cold water, with no one to help them.
Part 5670
The dwarves, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, began to bargain.
Part 5671
We can imagine, from how dwarves bargained in the old north when their lives were on the line,
Part 5672
what it was like.
Part 5673
They were quick.
Part 5674
They were inventive.
Part 5675
They were, even with the cold sea water rising around their feet, calm in the small careful way of beings who had spent their whole lives weighing offers and counter offers.
Part 5676
They called out to Suttungr.
Part 5677
They told him they had something.
Part 5678
They told him they had something the giant would want.
Part 5679
They told him, the poem implies, with the quick desperate brightness of beings who had only one card to play, about the mead.
Part 5680
The mead, they said, was theirs to give.
Part 5681
The mead, they said, was the most precious substance that had ever existed in any of the worlds.
Part 5682
The mead had been made, they did not, perhaps, explain how, from the blood of the wisest being that had ever lived.
Part 5683
The mead, they said, could turn any drinker, in a single sip, into a poet and a scholar.
Part 5684
The mead, they said, was on a high shelf in their hall.
Part 5685
The mead was in three vessels.
Part 5686
The mead, they said, would be Suttungr's, in compensation for his father's death, if he would let them off the rock.
Part 5687
Suttungr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, considered.
Part 5688
He was a giant.
Part 5689
He was, the old north remembered, calculating in the slow heavy way of giants.
Part 5690
He looked down at the two small beings on the small rock with the cold water rising.
Part 5691
He listened to their offer.
Part 5692
He understood that they had killed his father.
Part 5693
He understood that they would deserve, by every old north measure of justice, to drown.
Part 5694
And he understood, with the slow practical sense of a being who had thought a great deal about what was and was not worth doing,
Part 5695
that the mead they were describing might, in fact, be a thing more valuable than the small revenge of watching two murderers drown.
Part 5696
He agreed.
Part 5697
The Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small dry note of a poet who has watched many such bargains,
Part 5698
that Suttungr waded out to the rock, and he picked up both dwarves, and he carried them back to the dry shore.
Part 5699
He set them down.
Part 5700
He looked at them.
Part 5701
He said, the poem implies, that if they did not now produce the mead they had promised,
Part 5702
he would carry them back to the rock and stand on the shore and watch until they were dead.
Part 5703
The dwarves, the poem implies, understood.
Part 5704
The dwarves agreed.
Part 5705
The dwarves led Suttungr back across the forests and across the rivers and back to their hall.
Part 5706
The mead, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, was on the high shelf where they had left it.
Part 5707
Suttungr took down the three vessels.
Part 5708
He took them, the poem implies, very carefully.
Part 5709
The vessels were not large.
Part 5710
He could carry all three of them, one cradled in the crook of his arm and the others held between his fingers.
Part 5711
He looked at the dwarves.
Part 5712
He told them, the Skáldskaparmál implies, that if he ever saw either of them again,
Part 5713
he would remember what they owed him.
Part 5714
And then he turned, the poem says, and he carried the three vessels out of the dwarves' hall,
Part 5715
and he walked east, with the mead.
Part 5716
Chapter Six.
Part 5717
The Mead in the Mountain.
Part 5718
Suttungr's hall, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, was in a mountain.
Part 5719
The mountain was called Hnitbjǫrg.
Part 5720
The name, in the old language, meant the clashing rocks, or the heavy rocks, depending on which scholar you ask.
Part 5721
Hnitbjǫrg was a great peak in the deep eastern country of the jǫtnar,
Part 5722
a mountain so large that whole communities of giants lived inside it, in halls cut into the rock,
Part 5723
in chambers carved out of the deep stone, in corridors that ran for miles inside the mountain's body.
Part 5724
Suttungr's hall, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was the largest of these chambers.
Part 5725
It was at the heart of the mountain.
Part 5726
It was the place Suttungr, when he was not travelling, considered his home.
Part 5727
He brought the mead there.
Part 5728
The journey home, the Skáldskaparmál implies, took some time.
Part 5729
Suttungr walked east.
Part 5730
He walked through the long countries between the lake country of the dwarves and the deep mountains of his own people.
Part 5731
He walked carefully, the poem implies, with the slow steady pace of a being who was carrying something he did not want to drop.
Part 5732
The three small vessels, in his great hands, were the most precious substance in any of the worlds.
Part 5733
He did not, the poem implies, set them down.
Part 5734
He did not even, when he stopped to sleep on his journey, let them out of his sight.
Part 5735
When he reached Hnitbjǫrg, he carried the mead deep inside.
Part 5736
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that he chose, for the hiding place, a chamber far from the main hall.
Part 5737
We can imagine, from how the old north imagined the inside of mountains, what the chamber was like.
Part 5738
Cold.
Part 5739
Dark.
Part 5740
A small space cut from the rock, far enough from the surface that the warmth of the giants' cooking fires did not reach it.
Part 5741
A space with one entrance, and the entrance closed by a heavy stone door.
Part 5742
A space, the old north imagined, that no being in the worlds could find unless they had been told exactly where to look.
Part 5743
Suttungr set the three vessels on a stone shelf in the chamber.
Part 5744
He stepped back.
Part 5745
He looked at them.
Part 5746
He understood, the Skáldskaparmál implies, what he now had.
Part 5747
He had the wisdom of all the gods, distilled through Kvasir's body, brewed by the dwarves into a drinkable form,
Part 5748
and stored in three small vessels on a shelf in a chamber in the deep heart of his mountain.
Part 5749
He had, the old north would have said, the most valuable thing any being in the worlds had ever owned.
Part 5750
And he understood, the Skáldskaparmál implies, that he could not, by himself, guard it forever.
Part 5751
He had to sleep.
Part 5752
He had to leave, sometimes, on the business of giants.
Part 5753
He had to be, at certain hours, somewhere other than the chamber where the mead was.
Part 5754
And in those hours, the poem implies, the mead would be unguarded.
Part 5755
He needed a guardian.
Part 5756
The Skáldskaparmál tells us, then, the small detail of this story that makes the whole story possible.
Part 5757
Suttungr, the poem says, had a daughter.
Part 5758
Her name was Gunnlǫð.
Part 5759
She was, the poem does not give us many details, and we will be careful not to invent too many,
Part 5760
a young giantess, the only child of Suttungr, and she lived with her father inside Hnitbjǫrg.
Part 5761
Suttungr called her.
Part 5762
We can imagine the moment.
Part 5763
Suttungr standing in the small dark chamber with the three vessels of mead on the shelf behind him.
Part 5764
Gunnlǫð arriving at the door, the poem implies, with the small quiet care of a young being summoned by her large dangerous father.
Part 5765
She would have looked at him.
Part 5766
She would have waited to be told what he wanted.
Part 5767
Suttungr told her.
Part 5768
He told her, the Skáldskaparmál implies, what was in the chamber.
Part 5769
He told her, perhaps in some detail, perhaps not, what the mead was,
Part 5770
and how it had come to him, and what it could do for any being who drank it.
Part 5771
He told her, the poem implies, what he wanted her to do.
Part 5772
He wanted her, he said, to sit in the chamber.
Part 5773
To live in the chamber.
Part 5774
To keep watch in the chamber, day and night, for as long as the mead was there.
Part 5775
To let no being into the chamber except him, and to let no drop of the mead leave the chamber until he,
Part 5776
Suttungr, came back and asked for it.
Part 5777
She was, the Skáldskaparmál implies, his only daughter, and he was, the poem implies,
Part 5778
her only living parent, and she had nowhere else, in the long old north, to be.
Part 5779
She agreed.
Part 5780
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Suttungr installed her in the chamber.
Part 5781
He brought, the poem implies, the few things she would need, a bed,
Part 5782
a chest of clothes, a small lamp, perhaps a few books or a small loom for the long quiet hours of the watch.
Part 5783
He sat her on a low stone seat near the shelf where the vessels stood,
Part 5784
and the seat, the poem tells us, was covered in gold cloth, so that she would have,
Part 5785
in the long cold hours of guarding the mead, at least one small piece of brightness near her.
Part 5786
The seat, the Skáldskaparmál implies, became her throne.
Part 5787
And Gunnlǫð, the daughter of Suttungr, took up her watch.
Part 5788
She would sit on the gold covered seat in the small dark chamber in the deep heart of Hnitbjǫrg,
Part 5789
the Skáldskaparmál implies, for what was, by the time the story arrives at her,
Part 5790
a very long time.
Part 5791
She would watch the three vessels on the shelf.
Part 5792
She would tend the small lamp.
Part 5793
She would, perhaps, sing to herself, or weave at a small loom, or read by the lamp's light.
Part 5794
She would wait.
Part 5795
She would not, the poem implies, see any being other than her father for what we can imagine was months at a stretch, perhaps years.
Part 5796
She would be, by the time another being finally came through the chamber's door,
Part 5797
the loneliest young being in any of the worlds.
Part 5798
That, the Skáldskaparmál implies, is what was waiting in the deep heart of Hnitbjǫrg.
Part 5799
A young giantess on a gold covered seat.
Part 5800
A small lamp.
Part 5801
Three vessels of the most precious mead in any of the worlds.
Part 5802
And, somewhere far away, in Asgard, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, a god who had heard,
Part 5803
by now, what Suttungr had done.
Part 5804
A god who was, by the time we leave Hnitbjǫrg and turn west, already preparing to come for it.
Part 5805
Chapter Seven.
Part 5806
Bǫlverkr at the Farm.
Part 5807
Óðinn, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, decided to steal the mead.
Part 5808
The poem does not tell us, in detail, why.
Part 5809
We can imagine the reasons.
Part 5810
The mead was the wisdom of the gods, distilled through Kvasir.
Part 5811
The mead, the poem implies, was a thing that belonged, in some old north sense, to the gods themselves.
Part 5812
Óðinn was the god of wisdom.
Part 5813
Óðinn had, years before this story, given his right eye to drink from the well of Mímir.
Part 5814
Óðinn had, years before, hung himself on the world tree for nine nights to win the runes.
Part 5815
Óðinn, of every being in the worlds, was the being who understood, most clearly,
Part 5816
what the mead was, and what it could do, and what it would mean if it stayed forever in a giant's mountain in the eastern country,
Part 5817
where no being who could properly use it would ever drink it.
Part 5818
He decided to go and get it.
Part 5819
He did not, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, go as Óðinn.
Part 5820
We have told this story before, in earlier episodes of The Sleeping Almanac.
Part 5821
Óðinn, when he travelled in the worlds outside Asgard, did not travel as the king of the gods.
Part 5822
He travelled, the Hávamál tells us, in disguise.
Part 5823
He wore the long grey cloak of a wanderer.
Part 5824
He pulled the wide brimmed hat down low over his face.
Part 5825
He hid the eye patch that would have given him away.
Part 5826
He gave himself a different name, often, in the lands he passed through.
Part 5827
He became, for the journey, somebody else.
Part 5828
For this journey, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, he became Bǫlverkr.
Part 5829
The name, in the old language, meant the evil doer.
Part 5830
Or, more precisely: the doer of bad work.
Part 5831
We can imagine, from how the old north chose its names, what Óðinn was telling himself with this choice.
Part 5832
He was going to a giant's farm.
Part 5833
He was going to play a part.
Part 5834
He was going to do, in the playing of that part, things that no good being would do.
Part 5835
He gave himself, before he went, the name that owned the thing he was about to be.
Part 5836
He walked east.
Part 5837
The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us how long.
Part 5838
The poem moves quickly.
Part 5839
Bǫlverkr walked east, away from Asgard, into the long cold country between the gods' country and the giants'.
Part 5840
He walked for what we can imagine was many days.
Part 5841
And eventually, the poem implies, he came to a farm on the edge of the giants' country,
Part 5842
in a long valley with fields of summer hay.
Part 5843
The farm, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, belonged to a giant called Baugi.
Part 5844
And Baugi, the poem tells us, was the brother of Suttungr.
Part 5845
Bǫlverkr arrived at the edge of the hayfield.
Part 5846
It was, the Skáldskaparmál implies, late in the summer.
Part 5847
The hay was tall.
Part 5848
The hay needed cutting.
Part 5849
In Baugi's hayfield, the poem tells us, nine slaves were at work.
Part 5850
They moved across the field in a long slow line, the poem implies, each with a scythe in his hands,
Part 5851
swinging in the slow steady rhythm of beings who had been at the same work all summer and would be at it for several more days.
Part 5852
The scythes flashed in the sunlight.
Part 5853
The hay fell in long rows behind them.
Part 5854
The slaves, the poem implies, did not look up when Bǫlverkr came to the edge of the field.
Part 5855
Bǫlverkr watched them for a moment.
Part 5856
He saw, the Skáldskaparmál implies, with the quick wise eye of the All Father in disguise, what he was looking at.
Part 5857
He saw that the slaves were tired.
Part 5858
He saw that the scythes were dull.
Part 5859
He saw that the work, in the long heat of the late summer, was going slowly,
Part 5860
and that the slaves had become careless, and that the field would not be finished before the weather turned.
Part 5861
He saw, the poem implies, what he could do with this.
Part 5862
He walked into the field.
Part 5863
He greeted the slaves, the Skáldskaparmál implies, in the calm courteous way of a stranger introducing himself to working men.
Part 5864
He told them he was a traveller.
Part 5865
He told them he had been watching their work.
Part 5866
He told them, the poem implies, that he was sorry to interrupt, but that he had noticed something he could perhaps help with.
Part 5867
He showed them his whetstone.
Part 5868
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Bǫlverkr carried, in a small pouch at his belt, a whetstone of unusual quality.
Part 5869
We can imagine, the poem does not specify, but we can imagine, from how the old north thought about such objects,
Part 5870
that the whetstone was something Óðinn had made, or won, or been given long ago,
Part 5871
and that it was a whetstone that could put an edge on any blade more sharply than any whetstone ever made.
Part 5872
Bǫlverkr offered, in the calm courteous voice of a stranger doing a kindness, to sharpen the slaves' scythes.
Part 5873
The slaves agreed.
Part 5874
They came forward, one at a time, the Skáldskaparmál implies, with their dulled scythes in their hands.
Part 5875
Bǫlverkr took each scythe.
Part 5876
He drew the whetstone, with slow careful strokes, along the curved iron blade.
Part 5877
And the blade, when he was done with it, was, the poem implies, sharper than it had ever been in its life.
Part 5878
The slaves, when they took their scythes back, looked at the new edges with the small slow wonder of working men suddenly given a tool they had not known was possible.
Part 5879
They went back to the work.
Part 5880
And the work, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, suddenly went very quickly.
Part 5881
The new edges cut the hay in clean fast strokes.
Part 5882
The slaves moved through the field with a new lightness, the poem implies, the way working men move when their tools are finally right.
Part 5883
The long rows of hay fell behind them.
Part 5884
The field, which had been many days from finished, became, in a single afternoon's work, almost done.
Part 5885
The slaves stopped, at the end of the afternoon, to rest.
Part 5886
They sat in the shade at the edge of the field.
Part 5887
They looked at the whetstone in Bǫlverkr's hand.
Part 5888
They began, the Skáldskaparmál implies, to talk.
Part 5889
They asked Bǫlverkr, perhaps politely at first, where he had got the whetstone.
Part 5890
They asked, perhaps less politely as the afternoon went on, whether the whetstone was for sale.
Part 5891
They asked, the poem implies, whether the whetstone could be borrowed.
Part 5892
They asked, the poem implies, whether each of them, in turn, might have the use of the whetstone,
Part 5893
just for a few moments, just for the small private purpose of sharpening his own tools at home in the evenings.
Part 5894
Bǫlverkr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, smiled.
Part 5895
He said, in the calm courteous voice he had been using all afternoon, that the whetstone was not for sale.
Part 5896
He said that the whetstone was not for loan.
Part 5897
He said, the poem implies, with the small slow note of a god who was setting a trap,
Part 5898
that he would tell them what he was willing to do.
Part 5899
He would, he said, throw the whetstone up in the air.
Part 5900
Whichever of the nine of them caught it, the poem implies he said, could have it.
Part 5901
As a gift.
Part 5902
The slaves, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, jumped up.
Part 5903
We can imagine the moment with the dry quiet exactness of the old north.
Part 5904
Nine men in a hayfield at the end of a long afternoon.
Part 5905
Tired.
Part 5906
Hopeful.
Part 5907
Each one wanting, very much, the whetstone that would make his work easy for the rest of his life.
Part 5908
Each one looking at the other eight and understanding, in the same small slow second,
Part 5909
that only one of them was going to catch it.
Part 5910
Bǫlverkr threw the whetstone up in the air.
Part 5911
The Skáldskaparmál tells us what happened then with the dry brevity it has used for everything in this story.
Part 5912
The slaves, the poem says, reached up.
Part 5913
They reached at the same moment.
Part 5914
They reached with their scythes still in their hands.
Part 5915
And in the small space of a single moment, with nine men reaching up at the same moment with nine very sharp blades in their hands,
Part 5916
all nine of them, the poem says, cut each other's throats.
Part 5917
They fell, the Skáldskaparmál implies, where they stood.
Part 5918
The whetstone, the poem does not bother to tell us, was caught by nobody.
Part 5919
It fell to the ground somewhere among them.
Part 5920
Bǫlverkr, the poem implies, did not even bother to pick it up.
Part 5921
He stood, in the shade at the edge of the field, and he looked at the nine bodies of the slaves of Baugi the giant,
Part 5922
and he did not say anything.
Part 5923
Then he went, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, to the door of Baugi's hall.
Part 5924
Chapter Eight.
Part 5925
The Summer of Nine Men's Work.
Part 5926
Baugi was at home.
Part 5927
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that he opened the door himself, in the small quiet way of a giant who had not been expecting visitors.
Part 5928
He looked down at the stranger on his step.
Part 5929
He asked the stranger, perhaps with some impatience, what he wanted.
Part 5930
Bǫlverkr told him, the poem implies, that he had bad news.
Part 5931
He told Baugi, in the calm careful voice of a stranger being honest, that he had been passing the giant's hayfield earlier in the afternoon.
Part 5932
He told Baugi that he had seen, with great regret, an accident.
Part 5933
He told Baugi, the poem implies, that the nine slaves who had been mowing Baugi's hay had got into a small disagreement over a tool,
Part 5934
and that they had, in the heat of the disagreement, cut each other's throats with their own scythes,
Part 5935
and that all nine of them were now lying in the field, dead.
Part 5936
Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was furious.
Part 5937
He was a giant.
Part 5938
He had, the poem implies, owned those nine slaves for many years.
Part 5939
They had been, in his calculation, valuable.
Part 5940
And they were now, the poem implies, lying in his hayfield with their work half finished,
Part 5941
and the harvest was coming, and he had no other slaves, and the whole of his summer's labour was,
Part 5942
by the end of this single afternoon, on the edge of being lost.
Part 5943
He told Bǫlverkr, the poem implies, exactly what he thought.
Part 5944
Bǫlverkr listened, the Skáldskaparmál implies, with the small patient courtesy of a stranger who had nowhere in particular to be.
Part 5945
He let the giant finish.
Part 5946
And then, when the giant had run out of words, Bǫlverkr told him, in the calm voice he had been using all day,
Part 5947
that he had a proposal.
Part 5948
He told Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál implies, that he was a strong worker.
Part 5949
He told Baugi that he was, in fact, as strong as nine ordinary men.
Part 5950
He told Baugi that he was willing, if Baugi wanted him to, to do the work of all nine slaves for the rest of the summer.
Part 5951
He would mow the hay.
Part 5952
He would bring in the harvest.
Part 5953
He would, by the end of the season, leave Baugi's farm in better shape than it had been in before the accident.
Part 5954
And in exchange, Bǫlverkr said, with the small slow voice of a being naming his price,
Part 5955
he wanted only one thing.
Part 5956
He wanted, he said, a single sip of his brother Suttungr's mead.
Part 5957
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Baugi was startled.
Part 5958
He had not, the poem implies, expected this stranger to know about the mead.
Part 5959
Few beings in the worlds, by this point in the story, knew about the mead.
Part 5960
Suttungr had been careful.
Part 5961
The mead was deep in Hnitbjǫrg.
Part 5962
The mead was guarded by Gunnlǫð.
Part 5963
The mead, in the long view of the giants, was supposed to be a thing that nobody outside Suttungr's hall even knew existed.
Part 5964
Baugi looked at the stranger.
Part 5965
He saw, the Skáldskaparmál implies, what we have been told all along he saw.
Part 5966
He saw a tall man in a long grey traveller's cloak.
Part 5967
He saw a wide brimmed hat pulled low.
Part 5968
He saw the small careful smile of a being who had said exactly what he meant to say.
Part 5969
He did not, the poem implies, see Óðinn.
Part 5970
He saw only Bǫlverkr.
Part 5971
Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, agreed.
Part 5972
He agreed with a reservation.
Part 5973
He said, in the slow careful voice of a giant being honest about what he could and could not promise,
Part 5974
that he could not, by himself, give Bǫlverkr a sip of the mead.
Part 5975
The mead, he said, belonged to his brother.
Part 5976
The mead was in his brother's mountain.
Part 5977
The mead was guarded by his brother's daughter.
Part 5978
He, Baugi, had no control over the mead.
Part 5979
But if Bǫlverkr did the work, Baugi said, Baugi would go with him to Suttungr at the end of the summer,
Part 5980
and Baugi would speak on Bǫlverkr's behalf, and Baugi would do everything he could to persuade his brother to grant Bǫlverkr the sip.
Part 5981
Bǫlverkr, the poem implies, agreed.
Part 5982
He moved, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, into Baugi's farm.
Part 5983
He worked, the poem tells us, all summer.
Part 5984
We can imagine the work, the way the old north imagined the long hot work of a Norse summer.
Part 5985
The hay.
Part 5986
The cutting.
Part 5987
The hauling.
Part 5988
The stacking.
Part 5989
The repair of fences.
Part 5990
The cleaning of tools.
Part 5991
The feeding of cattle.
Part 5992
The herding of sheep.
Part 5993
The thousand small tasks that a giant's farm required, on every day of every week of the long northern summer,
Part 5994
and that had been done, until this summer, by nine men.
Part 5995
Now they were done by one.
Part 5996
Bǫlverkr, the Skáldskaparmál implies, did the work of nine men.
Part 5997
He did it well.
Part 5998
He did it quickly.
Part 5999
He did it, the poem implies, with the small steady patience of a god who knew he was paying a very long down payment on a single sip of a mead worth more than every hayfield in the worlds.
Part 6000
Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál implies, watched him.
Part 6001
Baugi began, as the summer went on, to understand that he had got a very strange bargain.
Part 6002
The stranger he had taken on for the cost of one sip of his brother's mead was,
Part 6003
by the end of the season, going to leave Baugi's farm richer than Baugi could remember it ever being.
Part 6004
Baugi, the poem implies, began to feel, with the small uneasy sense of a being who had paid less than the true price for a thing,
Part 6005
that he owed Bǫlverkr something more than he had bargained for.
Part 6006
By the end of the summer, the work was done.
Part 6007
The harvest was in.
Part 6008
The fields were cleared.
Part 6009
The fences were repaired.
Part 6010
The tools were stored.
Part 6011
The animals were settled.
Part 6012
Baugi's farm, the Skáldskaparmál implies, had not been in this kind of shape in many years.
Part 6013
Bǫlverkr came to Baugi at the end of the season.
Part 6014
He reminded him, the Skáldskaparmál implies, of their bargain.
Part 6015
He said, in the calm voice he had been using all summer, that the time had come to go and ask Suttungr for the sip of mead.
Part 6016
Baugi, the poem tells us, agreed.
Part 6017
The two of them, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, walked east.
Part 6018
They walked, the poem implies, for several days.
Part 6019
They came to the foot of Hnitbjǫrg.
Part 6020
They climbed the long slow road that ran up the side of the mountain.
Part 6021
They came to the entrance of Suttungr's hall.
Part 6022
They were greeted, the poem implies, by Suttungr's servants, and they were brought into the hall,
Part 6023
and they were given seats at the long table, and they were given food and drink and the small careful hospitality that even a giant's hall offered to a guest who had been brought in by the master's brother.
Part 6024
Suttungr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, came to meet them.
Part 6025
He sat down at the head of the table.
Part 6026
He listened, the poem implies, while his brother Baugi explained why they had come.
Part 6027
Baugi told the story, the poem implies, carefully.
Part 6028
He told Suttungr about the accident in the hayfield.
Part 6029
He told Suttungr about the stranger who had arrived just after.
Part 6030
He told Suttungr about the bargain.
Part 6031
He told Suttungr about the summer's work.
Part 6032
He told Suttungr that the stranger had earned, by every measure of the old north's justice of work and pay,
Part 6033
a single sip of the mead.
Part 6034
Suttungr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, refused.
Part 6035
He refused, the poem implies, immediately.
Part 6036
He refused without much explanation.
Part 6037
He said that the mead was his.
Part 6038
He said that the mead had been bought at the price of his father's life.
Part 6039
He said that he had no intention, no matter what bargain his brother had made on a farm at the edge of the country,
Part 6040
of giving any drop of it to any being who was not himself.
Part 6041
He said, the poem implies, that the conversation was over.
Part 6042
Bǫlverkr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, looked at Baugi.
Part 6043
Baugi, the poem implies, looked away.
Part 6044
And the two of them, the poem says, left Suttungr's hall, and they walked back down the long slow road that ran down the side of Hnitbjǫrg,
Part 6045
and they came to the foot of the mountain in the long blue evening of the late summer, and they stopped.
Part 6046
Bǫlverkr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, turned to Baugi.
Part 6047
He said, in the calm voice he had been using all season, that there was another way.
Part 6048
Chapter Nine.
Part 6049
The Drill in the Stone.
Part 6050
The Skáldskaparmál tells us, then, the strangest small moment in this story.
Part 6051
Bǫlverkr proposed, in the long blue evening at the foot of Hnitbjǫrg, that they drill into the mountain.
Part 6052
He proposed it, the poem implies, with the calm matter of fact voice of a being suggesting a small technical solution to a small technical problem.
Part 6053
He said that he knew of a drill, a drill called Rati,
Part 6054
that could bore through any rock, however hard, however thick.
Part 6055
He said, the poem implies, that he had brought the drill with him, in case it was needed.
Part 6056
He said that the way into Suttungr's chamber, if the front door was closed to them,
Part 6057
was through the rock itself.
Part 6058
Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was reluctant.
Part 6059
We can imagine, from how the poem moves through this moment, that he understood what he was being asked.
Part 6060
He was being asked to help a stranger break into his brother's mountain.
Part 6061
He was being asked to take part, however small the part, in a theft of his brother's most precious property.
Part 6062
Baugi was a giant.
Part 6063
Giants did not, in the long old north, betray each other lightly.
Part 6064
But Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál implies, had made a bargain.
Part 6065
He had taken from Bǫlverkr a summer's work.
Part 6066
He had eaten the bread his brother had refused to share.
Part 6067
He felt, the poem implies, that he owed something.
Part 6068
And the something he owed, he understood, was at least the small help of holding the drill while Bǫlverkr did the work.
Part 6069
He agreed.
Part 6070
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Bǫlverkr produced the drill.
Part 6071
He drew it, the poem implies, from somewhere inside his long grey cloak.
Part 6072
The drill was called Rati.
Part 6073
The name, in the old language, meant the borer, or the gnawer.
Part 6074
The drill was small, and it was sharp, and it was, the poem implies,
Part 6075
of a kind no being in the worlds had seen before or has seen since.
Part 6076
It was a drill that could go through stone the way a tooth goes through soft wood.
Part 6077
Baugi took the drill.
Part 6078
The two of them, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, climbed the lower slope of Hnitbjǫrg to a place where the rock face was clean and steady.
Part 6079
Bǫlverkr placed his hand against the rock.
Part 6080
He listened.
Part 6081
He felt, the poem implies, for the direction of the hollow chamber inside.
Part 6082
And he showed Baugi, with a small careful gesture, where to start.
Part 6083
Baugi began to drill.
Part 6084
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the drill went into the stone the way a knife goes into hard cheese.
Part 6085
Slowly, but steadily.
Part 6086
The rock dust fell from the hole in a small fine stream.
Part 6087
The hole, the poem implies, grew deeper.
Part 6088
Baugi worked, the poem tells us, for some time.
Part 6089
The evening grew dark around them.
Part 6090
The lower slope of Hnitbjǫrg cooled.
Part 6091
The hole grew deeper still.
Part 6092
After some time, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, Baugi stopped.
Part 6093
He turned to Bǫlverkr.
Part 6094
He said, in the small careful voice of a being making a report, that the drill had gone through.
Part 6095
He said that the rock, at the bottom of the hole, was now open into the chamber on the other side.
Part 6096
He said that the way was clear.
Part 6097
Bǫlverkr looked at him.
Part 6098
He took, the Skáldskaparmál implies, the small slow measure of the giant in the dark beside him.
Part 6099
And then he did, the poem says, what the Hávamál preserves in stanza one hundred and six.
Part 6100
He put his mouth to the hole.
Part 6101
He blew, the poem says, into it.
Part 6102
A small stream of rock chips, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, blew back out of the hole into Bǫlverkr's face.
Part 6103
The drill, Bǫlverkr understood, had not gone through.
Part 6104
The drill had gone almost through.
Part 6105
The drill had stopped, perhaps an inch or two before the breakthrough, in the small careful way of a tool held by a being who did not,
Part 6106
in his heart, quite want to finish the job.
Part 6107
The rock chips, when Bǫlverkr blew into the hole, were chips that should have fallen into the chamber on the other side and been gone forever.
Part 6108
They had come back out the way they came in.
Part 6109
Bǫlverkr, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, said nothing about this.
Part 6110
He simply, the poem implies, told Baugi to keep drilling.
Part 6111
Baugi, the Skáldskaparmál implies, understood that he had been caught.
Part 6112
He took the drill back up.
Part 6113
He set it to the hole.
Part 6114
He turned, the poem says, for some more time.
Part 6115
And eventually, when the breakthrough finally came, Bǫlverkr blew into the hole a second time,
Part 6116
and this time, the poem says, no chips came back.
Part 6117
The hole, this time, was clear.
Part 6118
The chamber on the other side, Bǫlverkr knew, was now open to him.
Part 6119
Chapter Ten.
Part 6120
The Snake in the Mountain.
Part 6121
What happened next, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, took a single quick moment.
Part 6122
Bǫlverkr stepped back from the hole.
Part 6123
He said nothing, the poem implies, to Baugi.
Part 6124
He simply, the Skáldskaparmál says, transformed.
Part 6125
We have been telling this story all season, and we have, by now, heard about the transformations of Loki,
Part 6126
the falcon cloak, the salmon, the horse who became the mother of Sleipnir.
Part 6127
Óðinn, the Hávamál implies, could do the same.
Part 6128
Óðinn, the wisdom seeker, the rune winner, the wanderer of the worlds, Óðinn, in this single moment,
Part 6129
on the dark slope of Hnitbjǫrg at the end of the summer, with a small hole in the rock at his side and a giant standing uneasily beside him in the dark, became a snake.
Part 6130
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the transformation was quick.
Part 6131
Bǫlverkr's tall form, the poem implies, shrank.
Part 6132
His long grey cloak fell to the ground.
Part 6133
His wide brimmed hat fell with it.
Part 6134
And on the rock at Baugi's feet, the poem says, there was now a long thin grey snake.
Part 6135
The snake, the Skáldskaparmál implies, slid forward.
Part 6136
Baugi, the poem says, understood, in the same small slow second, what was happening.
Part 6137
Baugi understood that Bǫlverkr, in the form of the snake, was about to slide into the hole and disappear into the chamber on the other side and steal his brother's mead.
Part 6138
Baugi understood, the poem implies, that this was the moment when, if he wanted to be loyal to his brother,
Part 6139
he could end the theft before it began.
Part 6140
Baugi raised the drill.
Part 6141
The Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small quick economy it has used for everything in this story, what happened then.
Part 6142
Baugi drove the drill down at the snake, the poem says, with the intent of pinning it to the rock.
Part 6143
The drill came down.
Part 6144
The snake, by the time the drill struck the rock, was already in the hole.
Part 6145
The drill came down on empty stone.
Part 6146
The snake's tail, the poem implies, was just disappearing into the hole at the moment the drill struck.
Part 6147
Baugi missed by a hand's breadth.
Part 6148
The snake was gone.
Part 6149
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Baugi stood, for a long moment, on the dark slope of Hnitbjǫrg,
Part 6150
with the drill in his hand and an empty hole in front of him and nothing more he could do.
Part 6151
The poem does not tell us what Baugi did next.
Part 6152
The poem implies that he turned, in the dark, and walked away.
Part 6153
Inside the mountain, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, the snake came out the other end of the hole.
Part 6154
It came out, the poem implies, in a small dark passage.
Part 6155
The passage led, in the deep heart of Hnitbjǫrg, toward the chamber where Suttungr had hidden the mead.
Part 6156
The snake, the poem implies, slid along the passage with the slow careful certainty of a being who knew exactly where it was going.
Part 6157
It moved, the poem implies, for some distance.
Part 6158
And eventually, when it came to the heavy stone door at the end of the passage,
Part 6159
it slid underneath the door and into the chamber.
Part 6160
In the chamber, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, the snake stopped.
Part 6161
It looked, the poem implies, at the small dark space.
Part 6162
It saw the three vessels on the shelf.
Part 6163
It saw the low stone seat covered in gold cloth.
Part 6164
It saw, on the seat, the young giantess who had been watching the mead for what we can imagine was,
Part 6165
by this point, a very long time.
Part 6166
It saw Gunnlǫð.
Part 6167
And the snake, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, transformed.
Part 6168
Bǫlverkr stood up, in the small dark chamber, in the same long grey traveller's cloak he had been wearing all summer at Baugi's farm.
Part 6169
He looked, the poem implies, at the young giantess on the gold covered seat.
Part 6170
He took off his wide brimmed hat.
Part 6171
And he greeted her, the poem implies, in the calm careful voice he had been using all season,
Part 6172
the voice of a stranger who had come a long way and had no particular hurry,
Part 6173
and who was, very much, looking forward to having a conversation.
Part 6174
Chapter Eleven.
Part 6175
The Three Nights.
Part 6176
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Bǫlverkr stayed with Gunnlǫð for three nights.
Part 6177
The poem does not give us, in detail, what was said in those three nights.
Part 6178
The poem implies, and the Hávamál, in the small first person stanzas Óðinn preserved of this story,
Part 6179
also implies, that he spoke to her.
Part 6180
He spoke, the poem implies, in the careful voice of a being who had come a long way for one purpose,
Part 6181
and who knew exactly what he had to do to accomplish it, and who was doing it with the slow steady patience of a god who had practised,
Part 6182
in his long life of wandering and disguise, the art of being whatever a being in front of him needed him to be.
Part 6183
He told her, the Hávamál implies, that he was in love with her.
Part 6184
He told her, perhaps, that he had heard of her in the world outside the mountain.
Part 6185
He told her, perhaps, that he had come to find her.
Part 6186
He told her that he understood, with the small slow tone of a being who saw what no one else had seen,
Part 6187
what it had been like for her, in the deep dark chamber, alone, for what we can imagine was years on end,
Part 6188
with no being for company but her dangerous father, and no work to do but to watch three vessels on a shelf.
Part 6189
He told her, perhaps, that he wanted to take her away from the mountain.
Part 6190
That he wanted, perhaps, to make her his wife.
Part 6191
That he wanted, the Hávamál's first person admission preserves, things he was not, in his heart, ever going to give her.
Part 6192
She believed him.
Part 6193
The Skáldskaparmál implies, and the Hávamál, in stanza one hundred and ten, comes back to admit,
Part 6194
that Gunnlǫð gave Bǫlverkr what he asked for with her whole heart.
Part 6195
The Hávamál's own line, in the wisdom poem the All Father himself was said to have spoken, calls her wholehearted.
Part 6196
The Hávamál says: she gave me, on her golden throne, a drink of the precious mead.
Part 6197
A poor reward I gave her back, for her true heart, for her wholehearted love.
Part 6198
That is the line the Hávamál preserves.
Part 6199
That is the small honest moment, in the entire Norse corpus, where Óðinn admits what he did.
Part 6200
On the third night, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, Gunnlǫð got up from her gold covered seat.
Part 6201
She went to the shelf where the three vessels stood.
Part 6202
She brought them down, one at a time.
Part 6203
She set them on a small table beside the seat.
Part 6204
And she told Bǫlverkr, the poem implies, that he could have one drink from each.
Part 6205
Bǫlverkr drank from the first vessel.
Part 6206
The Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small dry economy it has used for everything in this story,
Part 6207
that the first sip emptied the vessel.
Part 6208
The whole vessel, the poem says, went down in one swallow.
Part 6209
Bǫlverkr set the vessel down.
Part 6210
He took up the second.
Part 6211
He drank from it.
Part 6212
The second vessel, the poem says, also went down in one swallow.
Part 6213
He took up the third.
Part 6214
He drank from it.
Part 6215
The third vessel, the poem says, was likewise drained, in a single sip, to the bottom.
Part 6216
Three sips.
Part 6217
Three vessels.
Part 6218
All of the mead.
Part 6219
Gunnlǫð, the Skáldskaparmál implies, did not, at first, understand what had happened.
Part 6220
She had agreed to give him a drink from each vessel.
Part 6221
She had not understood that a drink, to a god of his thirst, meant the whole thing.
Part 6222
Bǫlverkr stood up.
Part 6223
He looked at her, the Skáldskaparmál implies, for one long moment.
Part 6224
The poem does not tell us what he said.
Part 6225
The Hávamál's later admission implies that he said, perhaps, less than he should have.
Part 6226
He said goodbye, perhaps.
Part 6227
He said, perhaps, nothing at all.
Part 6228
He simply stood up, with the three vessels' worth of the mead of poetry held now in his mouth and his throat and his chest,
Part 6229
and he walked, the poem implies, toward the door of the chamber.
Part 6230
And then, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, he transformed.
Part 6231
The grey cloak fell.
Part 6232
The wide brimmed hat fell.
Part 6233
The tall form of the traveller, the poem implies, contracted and shifted and changed shape.
Part 6234
And what stood in the chamber, in the small dark space where Bǫlverkr had been standing a moment before,
Part 6235
was not a man.
Part 6236
It was a great eagle.
Part 6237
The eagle, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was large.
Part 6238
Its wings, the poem implies, almost touched the walls of the chamber.
Part 6239
Its eyes were the colour of the cold winter sky.
Part 6240
Its beak was open, and inside the open beak, the poem implies, the mead of poetry was held,
Part 6241
all of it, in three swallows, in the throat of the eagle.
Part 6242
The eagle, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, beat its wings once.
Part 6243
It went, the poem says, up.
Part 6244
It rose through the small passage that the snake had come down.
Part 6245
It came out of the hole at the side of Hnitbjǫrg in the long dark hour just before dawn.
Part 6246
It rose into the cold sky over the eastern country.
Part 6247
It turned west.
Part 6248
And it flew, the poem says, for Asgard.
Part 6249
In the chamber, Gunnlǫð, the Skáldskaparmál implies, sat alone on her gold covered seat with three empty vessels on the table beside her and the long slow understanding,
Part 6250
the poem implies, of what had just happened beginning to come over her.
Part 6251
And in another part of the mountain, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, Suttungr heard.
Part 6252
He heard, the poem implies, his daughter's voice.
Part 6253
He came to the chamber.
Part 6254
He saw the three empty vessels.
Part 6255
He saw his daughter's face.
Part 6256
He understood, the poem implies, in the same single second that Gunnlǫð did, what had been done to her,
Part 6257
and to him, and to the mead.
Part 6258
Suttungr ran.
Part 6259
He ran, the Skáldskaparmál implies, out of the mountain.
Part 6260
He came to the open air.
Part 6261
And he, like Bǫlverkr a moment before him, transformed.
Part 6262
Suttungr, the giant who had killed two dwarves on a sea rock for his father's revenge,
Part 6263
the giant who had carried the mead deep into the mountain, the giant who had set his daughter to guard it,
Part 6264
Suttungr, the poem says, became an eagle.
Part 6265
A second eagle, of a different colour, of perhaps a greater size, of a fury the first eagle did not have.
Part 6266
He went, the poem says, up.
Part 6267
He turned west.
Part 6268
And the chase, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, began.
Part 6269
The two eagles, the poem implies, were not far apart.
Part 6270
Bǫlverkr had a small head start.
Part 6271
But Suttungr was, the poem implies, faster.
Part 6272
Suttungr was on his own ground.
Part 6273
Suttungr knew the wind.
Part 6274
Suttungr was furious.
Part 6275
The distance between them, as they flew west, began, the poem implies, to close.
Part 6276
In Asgard, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, the gods saw them coming.
Part 6277
They had been waiting, the poem implies, for this.
Part 6278
Óðinn had told them, before he left, what he was going to try to do,
Part 6279
and what they should watch for, and what they should do when he came back.
Part 6280
The gods saw the first eagle.
Part 6281
They saw the second.
Part 6282
They understood, the poem implies, immediately what was happening.
Part 6283
They set out, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, the great vessels in the centre of Iðavǫllr.
Part 6284
They set out three great vats, the poem implies, large enough to hold all the mead Óðinn had drunk into himself.
Part 6285
They stood, the gods, in a long careful line around the vats.
Part 6286
They waited.
Part 6287
The first eagle, the Skáldskaparmál says, came over the walls of Asgard.
Part 6288
It came, the poem implies, just ahead of the second.
Part 6289
It came at full speed.
Part 6290
It came, the poem implies, with the mead still in its throat and the breath of the second eagle,
Part 6291
by this point, close on its tail feathers.
Part 6292
It crossed the wall.
Part 6293
It crossed the long open ground of Iðavǫllr.
Part 6294
And as it came down toward the vats, the Skáldskaparmál says, it opened its beak.
Part 6295
The mead, the poem says, came out.
Part 6296
It came out in three long careful streams.
Part 6297
The first stream went into the first vat.
Part 6298
The second stream went into the second vat.
Part 6299
The third stream went into the third vat.
Part 6300
The vats, the poem implies, filled.
Part 6301
The mead, all the mead, all of Kvasir's blood, all of the wisdom of every god in every tribe,
Part 6302
the substance the dwarves had brewed and Suttungr had hidden, was, in that single moment,
Part 6303
back in the hands of the gods.
Part 6304
But, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small dry tone of the poet who knows the world is not perfect,
Part 6305
not all of the mead went into the vats.
Part 6306
A small portion, a small careless flick of the mead, fell, the poem implies,
Part 6307
behind the eagle as it landed.
Part 6308
The Skáldskaparmál tells this part briefly, in a single sentence with the small dry note of comedy the old north loved.
Part 6309
Some of the mead, the poem says, fell where it was not supposed to fall.
Part 6310
Some of the mead fell behind the god.
Part 6311
That small portion, the Skáldskaparmál says, became the share of the bad poets.
Part 6312
The old north had a name for it.
Part 6313
The skáldfífla hlutr.
Part 6314
The bad poets' portion.
Part 6315
It was the explanation, the old north told itself, with the small dry humour the old north was good at,
Part 6316
for why most of the poetry made by most of the poets in most of the worlds was,
Part 6317
well, not very good.
Part 6318
Some poets, the old north said, drank from the vats.
Part 6319
Most poets, the old north said with a small wink, drank only from the small careless puddle the god had let fall behind himself.
Part 6320
The second eagle, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, came over the wall of Asgard a moment too late.
Part 6321
Suttungr, the poem implies, was met by the gods.
Part 6322
The Skáldskaparmál does not give us the killing in detail.
Part 6323
The poem says only that when the second eagle came down at the wall of Asgard,
Part 6324
the gods met him there, and that Suttungr did not, when the morning came, fly back east.
Part 6325
Suttungr was dead.
Part 6326
The mead was in Asgard.
Part 6327
And Óðinn, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small slow note of a poet ending a story he has been telling for a long time,
Part 6328
took the mead, and he gave it to the gods.
Part 6329
He gave it to those who needed it most.
Part 6330
He gave it, the old north said, to skalds.
Part 6331
He gave it to poets.
Part 6332
He gave it, in small careful portions over the long years of the worlds,
Part 6333
to any being who asked for it the right way.
Part 6334
And the mead, the poem implies, became the wisdom of poetry itself, the small inexplicable thing that allowed certain beings,
Part 6335
when they put words together, to put them together in a way that made other beings stop and listen,
Part 6336
and remember, and understand things they had not understood before.
Part 6337
That, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, is the story of where poetry comes from.
Part 6338
But the Hávamál, the wisdom poem of the old north, preserves one more line that the Skáldskaparmál does not.
Part 6339
The Hávamál preserves a line about Gunnlǫð.
Part 6340
The Hávamál, in stanza one hundred and ten, says, in Óðinn's own voice,
Part 6341
that the oath ring that Óðinn had taken at the door of Suttungr's hall,
Part 6342
the oath ring he had sworn upon when he had told Gunnlǫð he loved her, was broken.
Part 6343
The Hávamál says: how can his truth be trusted?
Part 6344
He left Suttungr cheated of his draught, and he left Gunnlǫð weeping.
Part 6345
That is the line, the small honest line, the wisdom poem itself preserves.
Part 6346
The mead of poetry, the old north understood, was not won cleanly.
Part 6347
It was won by a god who took a name that meant the evil doer,
Part 6348
who killed nine men with a thrown whetstone, who lied to a young giantess in a dark chamber,
Part 6349
who broke his oath, and who left, behind him in the mountain, a being whose true heart he had used and discarded.
Part 6350
The wisdom of the worlds, the Hávamál implies, comes to us through a story we do not,
Part 6351
when we look at it carefully, very much like.
Part 6352
The poetry we are using, even now, in this story we are telling, is poetry that has Gunnlǫð weeping somewhere behind it.
Part 6353
That, the old north remembered, was the price.
Part 6354
That, the old north remembered, was what wisdom cost, even for the All Father.
Part 6355
Chapter Twelve.
Part 6356
Goodnight.
Part 6357
And the Wolf at the Edge of Time.
Part 6358
The story we told you tonight, dear listener, is one of the strangest in the old north.
Part 6359
It is a heist story.
Part 6360
It is a love story, of a particular dark kind.
Part 6361
It is a creation story for the thing called poetry, which is the thing we have been using,
Part 6362
all season, to tell you these stories at all.
Part 6363
And it is, the old north understood, a story with a small heavy moral weight at its centre.
Part 6364
The wisdom of the gods, the story tells us, did not come to the worlds by clean means.
Part 6365
It came by theft.
Part 6366
It came by lies.
Part 6367
It came by the broken oath of the wisest god, made to a young giantess who had spent her life alone in a mountain,
Part 6368
and who had, on the third night, finally let someone in.
Part 6369
The Hávamál, the wisdom poem the All Father himself was said to have spoken, does not, in its later stanzas, pretend otherwise.
Part 6370
The Hávamál admits, in the small honest voice the old north loved, that the All Father had done a thing that even the All Father,
Part 6371
looking back, was not proud of.
Part 6372
The Hávamál preserves Gunnlǫð weeping.
Part 6373
The Hávamál preserves the broken oath ring.
Part 6374
The Hávamál preserves the small line about a poor reward for a true heart,
Part 6375
and it does not, in any of the long stanzas around that line, try to make the line into something better than it is.
Part 6376
That is, perhaps, what makes the Hávamál the wisdom poem.
Part 6377
A wisdom poem, the old north understood, is not a poem that tells you the world is good.
Part 6378
A wisdom poem is a poem that tells you the world is what it is,
Part 6379
and that the beings who have wisdom in it are the beings who have looked clearly at what it is,
Part 6380
and who have not, even when they could have, looked away.
Part 6381
Óðinn, the old north understood, was the god who had looked clearly.
Part 6382
He had looked at the well of Mímir, and he had given his eye to drink from it.
Part 6383
He had looked at the world tree, and he had hung himself on it for nine nights to win the runes.
Part 6384
He had looked at the mountain of Suttungr, and he had become a snake and a lover and a thief and an eagle to bring the mead back to the gods.
Part 6385
And he had looked, in the long quiet years afterward, at what he had done to a young giantess in a dark chamber,
Part 6386
and he had not, when he composed the Hávamál, looked away from that either.
Part 6387
That is, perhaps, why poetry exists.
Part 6388
The old north understood, in the small careful way it understood things, that poetry is the thing that makes it possible to say the hard truths about what a being has done,
Part 6389
and what a being has been, and what the cost of any good thing in any world has always been.
Part 6390
Poetry is the form, the old north understood, that the wisdom of looking clearly takes when it has to be spoken aloud.
Part 6391
Poetry is what allows even a god, even the All Father, even the king of the gods,
Part 6392
to say the line about Gunnlǫð weeping and to keep it in the wisdom poem for the next thousand years.
Part 6393
That is the story we have been telling you tonight.
Part 6394
The mead of poetry is in Asgard.
Part 6395
The vats are full.
Part 6396
The skalds, in the long years of the old north, came one by one to Óðinn,
Part 6397
and they asked for the mead the right way, and they were given it,
Part 6398
and they went out into the worlds and made the small inexplicable thing that allowed other beings to stop and listen.
Part 6399
The bad poets' portion, the small careless flick of mead that fell behind the eagle in Iðavǫllr,
Part 6400
is still, the old north said with a small dry smile, available to anyone who wants it.
Part 6401
The old north pointed out, in the long evenings around the winter fires, that most of the poetry in most of the worlds tasted a little bit of the puddle.
Part 6402
That is, the old north said, why most of the poetry is not very good.
Part 6403
But the mead in the vats, the old north said, was something else.
Part 6404
The mead in the vats, the old north said, was what made it possible for any of us to tell a story about what was done to Gunnlǫð in a dark chamber,
Part 6405
and to say it clearly, and to mean it.
Part 6406
Goodnight, dear listener, wherever you are tonight.
Part 6407
Whatever bed you are in.
Part 6408
Whatever quiet room.
Part 6409
Whatever soft pillow you have laid your head against to hear this story.
Part 6410
Let the snake slide back into its hole.
Part 6411
Let the eagle land in the vats.
Part 6412
Let Suttungr fall by the wall of Asgard.
Part 6413
Let Gunnlǫð, in the chamber of Hnitbjǫrg, finally lay down her head on the gold covered seat and sleep the long sleep that the gods,
Part 6414
in the end, did not deny her either.
Part 6415
Let the wolf at the edge of time wait.
Part 6416
Let the great ship Naglfar wait in the cold east.
Part 6417
Let Ragnarǫk wait.
Part 6418
Tonight there is only the long calm of the worlds at peace, and the mead of poetry in the vats of Asgard,
Part 6419
and the small quiet truth that even the wisest god in any of the worlds had to do a thing he was not proud of,
Part 6420
in order to bring the wisdom home.
Part 6421
Goodnight.
Part 6422
And the Wolf at the Edge of Time.
Part 6423
The Sleeping Almanac will be here on Sunday with another story from the old north.
Part 6424
New episodes every Wednesday and Sunday at eight in the evening, Eastern time.
Part 6425
If the story tonight carried you down into sleep, dear listener, a like is a small kindness to a small channel.
Part 6426
I read every comment in the morning.
Part 6427
Goodnight.
Skadi, the Cold Mountain Bride
Welcome to The Sleeping Almanac.
Skadi, the Cold Mountain Bride
Tonight: the story of a marriage that was paid for in blood and laughter, and ended in eighteen nights of trying to sleep in the wrong house.
Part 6430
A young giantess in winter snow. A row of feet behind a curtain. A pair of clean white feet that she thought belonged to one god and that turned out to belong to another. And then, after the wedding, the slow careful months of trying to make a life with a husband whose country was the salt sea and whose ears could not, in any version of the nights they tried, hear the cold mountain wolves the way that hers could.
Part 6431
We will tell the story tonight from Snorri Sturluson's Skáldskaparmál, the second part of the Prose Edda, and from the Poetic Edda's Lokasenna, the flyting at Ægir's hall where Skaði comes back, years later, to speak of her father's death and to do, in the deep cave under the earth, the small careful steady thing the gods needed her to do.
Part 6432
The Hávamál, the wisdom poem of the old north, has a verse for this kind of story. It says: it is better to have a home, even if it is small. In your own house you can be your own master. It hurts the heart to have to ask for every meal at others' tables.
Part 6433
Tonight, by the time the story is done, Skaði will be back in her own house.
Part 6434
Settle in. Let your shoulders drop. We begin in the cold hall of a dead father, in the high mountain country, on the morning a daughter learned that her father was not coming home.
Part 6435
Chapter One. The Hall of Þjazi.
Part 6436
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Þjazi had a daughter.
Part 6437
We have told the story of Þjazi himself in an earlier episode of The Sleeping Almanac. He was the giant who, with Loki's help, stole the goddess Iðunn and her apples of youth out of Asgard. The gods came to take her back. Þjazi flew after them in the shape of a great eagle. The gods of Asgard built a wall of fire on the inner side of their gate, and Þjazi flew into the fire, and his wings caught, and he fell. That is, for the long story tonight, the only thing about him that matters.
Part 6438
He had, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, a daughter.
Part 6439
Her name was Skaði. She lived with her father in his great hall at a place called Þrymheimr, the Thunderhome, in the deep eastern country of the jǫtnar. Þrymheimr, the old north remembered, was built into the side of a great peak, with the wind always coming down off the high slopes above and the small cold cries of mountain birds always echoing in its rafters. It was one of the coldest halls in any of the worlds. And Skaði loved it.
Part 6440
She was, the Skáldskaparmál implies, a hunter. Her father had raised her with a bow in her hands. She knew, by the time she was a young woman, every track and every trail of the high cold country. She knew the small careful ways of the mountain hare and the slow steady walks of the high reindeer. She had learned to ski, the old north imagined, before she had learned to walk.
Part 6441
She would, in later days, be called by many names. The bow goddess. The ski goer. The lady of Þrymheimr. But on the morning this story begins, she was a young woman in a cold mountain hall, waiting for her father to come home, and she had not yet learned that he was not going to.
Part 6442
The news came by a small careful messenger.
Part 6443
A small dark figure on a small dark horse, the old north imagined, coming up the long winding road that led to Þrymheimr. A knock at the door of the cold hall. A servant going to the door. A few quick low words exchanged. The servant turning with a face that already had the news written on it, and coming through the cold corridors of Þrymheimr to find his lady.
Part 6444
Skaði was at her bow.
Part 6445
She was, perhaps, in the small armoury at the back of her father's hall. She was tending to a string. She was checking the flights on her arrows. She was doing the small careful work that a hunter does in the early hours of any winter day.
Part 6446
The servant came to her.
Part 6447
The Skáldskaparmál does not tell us what was said. The poem moves through this moment with the dry brevity it uses for the worst moments in any of these stories. We can imagine the servant standing in the doorway, with his head bowed, and the small careful words coming out of him in the broken pieces of a being who did not, in any version of his life, want to be the one to say what he was about to say. Your father, my lady. The gods of Asgard.
The eagle. The wall of fire.
Part 6448
Skaði did not, at first, say anything.
Part 6449
She stood in the small armoury, with the bow she had been working on still in her hands, and she looked at the servant in the doorway, and she said nothing. She did not cry. She did not sit down. She listened. She listened to the small details, the names of the gods who had been there, the description of the wall of fire, the place on the inner side of Asgard's wall where her father's body had finally come to rest.
She listened with the small careful attention of a being who had already, in the first moment of hearing the news, begun to think about what she was going to do about it.
Part 6450
When the servant was finished, she put the bow down on the bench.
Part 6451
She walked out of the armoury. She walked through the cold corridors of Þrymheimr. She walked to her own room. She sat down on the edge of her own bed. And she sat there, the poem implies, for what we can imagine was a long quiet hour, with the small careful clarity of a being who had just lost the only living being she loved, and who was now slowly, in the cold of her father's hall, beginning to understand what she was going to have to do next.
Part 6452
She would go to Asgard.
Part 6453
She would go armed.
Part 6454
She would go, in the old north's careful language of justice, to demand the compensation that the killing of a father required, by the long laws of the cold country, the killers to pay.
Part 6455
She got up from the bed.
Part 6456
She walked back to the armoury, and she began to prepare.
Part 6457
Chapter Two. The Winter March.
Part 6458
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Skaði took up her arms.
Part 6459
She took up her great bow, the long curved bow of horn and yew that her father had given her on her tenth winter, and that she had drawn ten thousand times in the long quiet hours of her hunting on the high slopes. She took up her quiver, filled with the long careful arrows she had fletched herself in the small dark evenings of the late autumn. She took up the long spear of ash wood that hung on the wall of her father's hall. She took up the sword at her father's belt, which now, with her father gone, was hers.
Part 6460
She put on her winter armour.
Part 6461
Long leggings of grey wool over felt boots. A long tunic of heavy wool dyed the colour of cold winter sky. A heavy cloak of dark fur over her shoulders, the fur of a great northern bear. A small belt of carved bone around her waist with the small everyday tools of a winter hunter. A wide felt cap pulled down over her dark hair.
Mittens of soft sealskin on her hands.
Part 6462
She took her skis.
Part 6463
The skis were long. They were of pine. They had been oiled and waxed and cared for through the long years of her hunting on the high slopes, and they were, in the practical careful way of the cold country, the most important thing she would carry. The skis were how, in the long winter march that lay ahead of her, she was going to cross the cold country at the speed of a goddess of winter rather than at the slow ordinary pace of a being who had to walk.
Part 6464
She left at first light the next morning.
Part 6465
She did not, the Skáldskaparmál implies, say goodbye to anyone in particular. The servants of Þrymheimr were her father's servants. They had been good to her all her life. She nodded to them as she went. She did not stop.
She did not look back at the hall. The hall had been her father's. Without her father, it was a quiet stone building full of his absence, and she did not, on the morning of her march, want to look at it.
Part 6466
She skied west.
Part 6467
We can imagine the long days of her travel. The high cold mountain passes. The deep blue valleys. The small careful fires she built in the deep snow at evening, the small careful meals of dried meat and dried apple she ate beside them. The long quiet nights wrapped in her bear fur cloak in shelters of pine boughs she made herself.
The cold breath on her own face in the dark. The two stars that, weeks later, would belong to her father, but that on the night of her march had not yet been lifted up into the sky.
Part 6468
She crossed the long brown lands of Mithgarthr in seven days.
Part 6469
She came to the gates of Asgard on the eighth.
Part 6470
The watchman saw her coming.
Part 6471
Chapter Three. The Goddess at the Gate.
Part 6472
The watchman, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was Heimdallr.
Part 6473
He stood, as he always stood, on the high wall of the gate of Asgard, and he watched the long road that came up from the south. He had keen sight. He could see, the old stories said, the small grass growing on the long fields of the south country. He could see the small dust kicked up by the small foot of a small bird walking on a far hill. And on the morning Skaði came up the road, he saw her from a long way off, a small dark figure on long pine skis, moving steadily across the snowfields, alone, armed, dressed for the long winter and the long march.
Part 6474
He sent word ahead.
Part 6475
The gods of Asgard, the Skáldskaparmál implies, came out to the gate to meet her. They came in some number, Óðinn, in his long grey cloak, his one good eye watching the road. Frigg, in her long blue dress, standing slightly behind him. Bragi, the god of speech, who would do most of the careful talking. And, at the back, the others, Týr, Heimdallr, Freyr, Njǫrðr.
They stood in the bright morning sun on the inner side of the gate, and they watched the tall woman in the bear fur cloak come up the road.
Part 6476
Skaði stopped at a respectful distance.
Part 6477
She did not bow. She did not speak first. She slid her skis off. She set them, carefully, in the snow at her feet. She set her bow down.
She set her quiver down. She set the spear of ash wood down. She did not take off the sword at her belt. She stood, with her hands open, in the small steady stillness of a being who had come a long way and had no intention of leaving without what she had come for.
Part 6478
Óðinn spoke first.
Part 6479
He said: Welcome, daughter of Þjazi. We have heard of you. We are sorry for your father's death. Speak. What do you wish.
Part 6480
Skaði said: Vengeance. Or weregild. I will not leave without one of the two. If you do not give me one, I will come back at the head of an army of the high mountains. I will tell every frost giant and stone giant and mountain troll in the north of the world that the Æsir have killed my father, and I will lead them down upon your gates.
Part 6481
The gods, the Skáldskaparmál implies, did not laugh at her. They took her seriously. She was a giantess. She was the daughter of a great giant. The threat of an army of frost giants and mountain trolls was the kind of threat that the Æsir, in their long history, had learned not to dismiss.
Part 6482
They considered.
Part 6483
Óðinn, the Skáldskaparmál implies, asked her to speak her terms.
Part 6484
Chapter Four. The Three Demands.
Part 6485
Skaði, the Skáldskaparmál tells us, had thought about it on the long road south.
Part 6486
She had eight nights in the high mountain passes to think. She had eight nights of small careful fires and small careful meals and the long quiet wrapped in her bear fur cloak. She had thought, in those eight nights, about what she actually wanted from the gods who had killed her father.
Part 6487
Vengeance, she knew, the Æsir would not grant. They would not put one of their own to death over the death of a giant. That was not, by the long careful laws of the worlds, going to happen.
Part 6488
Gold, she did not want.
Part 6489
She had gold of her own. Her father had been a great giant. His hall at Þrymheimr was full of the small heavy treasures of a long old life. She did not need, in the quiet hours of her hunting, any gold from the Æsir.
Part 6490
What she wanted, she had thought, on the eight long nights of her march, was something more difficult. She wanted, in the deep practical careful way of a being who had lost a father, something that would change her life and give her something instead of him. She wanted, the Skáldskaparmál implies, three things.
Part 6491
She told the gods.
Part 6492
The first thing, she said, was a husband. Not in the form of a gift. In the form of a fair choice. She would pick a husband from among the Æsir, but she would pick him only by the sight of his feet. The gods would stand in a row behind a long cloth curtain, with only their feet visible.
She would walk along the row. She would choose. Whoever she chose, she would marry, and that god would come with her, into the high cold country, and live as her husband.
Part 6493
The gods, the Skáldskaparmál implies, looked at one another.
Part 6494
It was not, in the strict legal sense, a punishment. It was a marriage. The Æsir were not, by the long laws of the cold country, in a position to refuse it. They considered. They thought, the surviving sources imply, that she would look for the most beautiful feet, and that she would choose Baldr, the most beautiful of all the Æsir, who was young and unmarried, and who could endure, for a time, the cold of the mountains.
Part 6495
They agreed.
Part 6496
The second thing, she said, was harder.
Part 6497
She said: One of you must make me laugh. I have not laughed since my father died. I have not, in the long days of the march and the long days of the preparation, even smiled. I do not believe, in the deepest part of myself, that I will laugh again. But the killing of a father deserves more than gold, and more than a husband.
The killing of a father deserves, the laws of the old north imply, a small careful undoing of the cold the killing put into the daughter's chest. If one of you can make me laugh, here, in front of the council of Asgard, I will count that as the third weregild paid.
Part 6498
The gods looked at one another.
Part 6499
None of them, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was famous for making giantesses laugh.
Part 6500
The third thing, she said, was the smallest of the three, and the one that the Æsir, the poem implies, did not see coming. She said: My father's eyes were taken when he died. They are, I have been told by the messenger, kept somewhere in Asgard. I do not want them back. I want them lifted.
Part 6501
She said: Lift them up. Put them where they cannot be taken away again. Put them where I, and every being who lives under the cold sky of the worlds, can see them.
Part 6502
The gods, the Skáldskaparmál implies, were quiet for a long moment.
Part 6503
Then Óðinn nodded.
Part 6504
He said: All three things will be done. We will stand for the choosing. We will try to make you laugh. And the eyes of your father will be lifted.
Part 6505
He turned, and he called for the long curtains to be brought.
Part 6506
Chapter Five. The Row of Feet.
Part 6507
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the curtains were set up in the courtyard of Asgard.
Part 6508
We can imagine the scene, the way the old north imagined the council scenes of the gods. The long flat courtyard. The high stone walls. The clear cold winter sky above. The gods of Asgard standing in a row, the way they had agreed to, behind a long heavy cloth curtain that hung from a wooden frame.
The curtain hung down to a foot above the ground. Only the feet of each god were visible. The rest of each god was hidden.
Part 6509
The Æsir, the Skáldskaparmál implies, were thinking of Baldr.
Part 6510
Baldr was the most beautiful god in the worlds. His feet, like the rest of him, were beautiful, clean, well made, fair skinned. The Æsir were sure, the surviving sources imply, that Skaði would look at the row of feet, would pick out the most beautiful pair, and would point to Baldr.
Part 6511
Skaði walked along the row.
Part 6512
She walked slowly. She looked at each pair of feet with the small careful attention of a being who had hunted on long mountain slopes and who knew how to read the small careful signs of a body she could not see. She was, in some quiet way, the Skáldskaparmál implies, doing the same thing she would have done in her own country if she had been tracking a stag, looking for the small careful clues that would tell her which body she was looking at without seeing the whole.
Part 6513
She stopped at one pair of feet.
Part 6514
They were smoother than the others. They were whiter. They looked as if they had been washed every evening of a long careful life in cold clear water. They looked, the Skáldskaparmál implies, like the feet of a being who lived close to water, who walked every day on wet sand, whose toes had been worn smooth by years of small careful tides. She thought, certainly, these are the feet of the most beautiful god.
Part 6515
She pointed.
Part 6516
She said: This one. I take this one.
Part 6517
The curtains, the Skáldskaparmál implies, were drawn back.
Part 6518
The feet did not belong to Baldr.
Part 6519
The feet belonged to Njǫrðr, the father of Freyr and Freyja, the god of the calm sea and the harbours, who had spent his whole long life walking on wet sand and standing in salt water, and whose feet were, accordingly, the smoothest and whitest of any feet in Asgard. He was not, in the way Baldr was beautiful, the most beautiful of the gods. He was older. He was quieter. He was a god of small waves and of ships and of fishing nets and of the small steady weather of the long coast.
Part 6520
Skaði stood, the Skáldskaparmál implies, for a long moment, and looked at him.
Part 6521
She had been tricked, in a sense. She had done what she said she would do. The gods had done what they said they would do. But she had not gotten the husband she had hoped for. She had gotten this older quieter god of the sea, who was now her husband by her own oath, and who would have to come with her into the mountains.
Part 6522
She did not break her word.
Part 6523
She nodded.
Part 6524
But she said, with the small careful firmness of a being who had not lost the thread of what she had come for: Now. The second thing.
Part 6525
Chapter Six. Loki and the Sky.
Part 6526
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the gods of Asgard looked at one another.
Part 6527
The second debt was harder than the first. The first had been arrangeable. A wedding could be planned. A husband could be brought. But laughter, the Skáldskaparmál implies, was not, in the strict legal sense, something that could be commanded.
It would have to be earned. And none of the gods of Asgard, in the small careful silence that followed Skaði's demand, looked particularly confident that they could earn it.
Part 6528
Then Loki stepped forward.
Part 6529
Loki, of course. Loki, who had brought all of this on in the first place. Loki, who was responsible, in the truest and deepest sense, for the death of Skaði's father, because it had been Loki who had handed Iðunn over to Þjazi to begin with, and Loki who had then gone to take her back, and Loki who had led Þjazi, in his great eagle shape, into the wall of fire above Asgard.
Part 6530
Loki had not been forgiven for any of it.
Part 6531
He stepped forward into the council circle. He looked, the Skáldskaparmál implies, at Skaði with the small clever inviting expression he used when he was about to do something absurd. He said: I will make her laugh.
Part 6532
What Loki did next, the Skáldskaparmál tells us in some detail, and we will tell lightly. Loki got hold of a goat, a billy goat, with horns, the kind that lived in the high places. He tied one end of a rope to the goat and the other end of the rope to himself, in a place that, if the goat pulled, would be very painful for Loki. The goat pulled. Loki pulled.
The goat did not understand and bleated. Loki cried out and grimaced. The two of them did an absurd tugging dance, the goat at one end, Loki at the other, both of them shouting, until at last the rope gave way and Loki fell forward into Skaði's lap.
Part 6533
He landed there, at her feet. He looked up at her, helpless and grinning.
Part 6534
Skaði, the Skáldskaparmál implies, watched the whole absurd performance, watched the great Loki, the foster brother of Óðinn, who had stood at the high councils, who had taken treasures from dwarves, who had bound great wolves, reduced to a man tied to a goat by his most private parts, Skaði laughed.
Part 6535
She laughed out loud.
Part 6536
She could not stop herself. It was the first time she had laughed since her father's death. The laugh filled the courtyard of Asgard. It was, in some sense, the strangest sound the gods had heard in many days, the sound of a giantess of the high mountains laughing, surprised by her own laughter, at a fool of a god lying tied to a goat at her feet.
Part 6537
When she stopped laughing, she nodded.
Part 6538
She said: That counts.
Part 6539
The second debt was paid.
Part 6540
But the third, the Skáldskaparmál implies, still remained.
Part 6541
Óðinn, in his long grey cloak, walked to a small heavy chest that had been brought, at his quiet earlier order, into the courtyard. He opened it. He lifted out, the Skáldskaparmál implies, the two great pale yellow eyes of Þjazi, eyes that had been the eyes of the eagle, eyes that were larger than any eyes in any of the gods of Asgard, eyes that had been kept, since the killing, in the small careful dark of Óðinn's own storeroom.
Part 6542
He carried them out into the centre of the courtyard.
Part 6543
He lifted them, one in each hand, up to the cold winter sky.
Part 6544
He said, to Skaði: Daughter of Þjazi. Look up.
Part 6545
She looked up.
Part 6546
He threw them.
Part 6547
The eyes rose. They rose higher than the towers of Asgard. They rose past the walls. They rose into the air, faster and faster, and they did not stop. They went up into the sky and they kept going up, and they passed through the lower clouds, and then the higher clouds, and then up into the deep cold air above the clouds.
They became smaller, and brighter, and at last they became two small steady points of light that hung above the world, and they did not move.
Part 6548
The two stars are still there. They have been there since that night. They are the eyes of Þjazi, the giant who carried the goddess of apples away in his wings, and who flew through fire above the walls of Asgard, and who was killed in a courtyard between high walls on a bright autumn day. They look down on the cold winter world from a long way up. They are pale.
They are steady. They do not flicker.
Part 6549
Skaði, the Skáldskaparmál implies, did not say anything.
Part 6550
She looked up at the two new stars for a long quiet moment. She looked at her father, lifted at last into the sky.
Part 6551
Then she lowered her head, and she looked at the gods of Asgard, and she said: Now we are done. Now the marriage.
Part 6552
Chapter Seven. The Nine Nights at Þrymheimr.
Part 6553
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the marriage was held the next morning.
Part 6554
We can imagine, from how the old north imagined weddings between gods, what the ceremony was like. The gods of Asgard, all in their dignified council dress. The bride, in the same winter blue tunic she had come south in, with a small wreath of mountain heather in her dark hair. The groom, the sea god Njǫrðr, in the long dark blue cloak of his coastal country, with the small careful expression of a being marrying a giantess he had met the night before. The wedding feast in the great hall.
The cups of mead. The small careful speeches. The small careful old north tradition of every important moment.
Part 6555
After the feast, the question came up.
Part 6556
The question was: where would they live?
Part 6557
Njǫrðr had his hall on the coast, at Nóatún, the Ship yard, where the long beaches met the long sea and the small careful sounds of his country were the sound of the wind on the water and the calling of gulls.
Part 6558
Skaði had her hall in the mountains, at Þrymheimr, the Thunderhome, where the high slopes met the high sky and the small careful sounds of her country were the sound of the wind on the cold rocks and the calling of wolves.
Part 6559
Neither of them wanted to give up their country.
Part 6560
We can imagine the small careful discussion that followed in the council hall of Asgard, where the gods were still gathered, where Óðinn and Frigg and Bragi and the others were watching this new marriage take its first careful difficult steps. Neither was willing to live, for the rest of their life together, in the other's hall. But neither was willing, either, to call off the marriage that had only just begun.
Part 6561
So they reached, with the small careful compromising habit of beings who were trying to do their best with a difficult situation, an agreement.
Part 6562
They would alternate. Nine nights together in Þrymheimr. Nine nights together in Nóatún. And so on, for the rest of their marriage.
Part 6563
They left Asgard, the Skáldskaparmál implies, the morning after the wedding.
Part 6564
They went, by Skaði's choice, to Þrymheimr first.
Part 6565
Skaði was glad. She put on her skis, and she came down through the long winter passes with the small steady gladness of a being going back to the country she belonged to. Njǫrðr walked behind her. He had no skis. He walked, the Skáldskaparmál implies, in heavy winter boots through deep snow, the way a sea god of the coastal country who had spent his whole life on soft sand walked through deep mountain snow, slowly, awkwardly, with the small uneasy attention of a being who was already, on the first morning of his new marriage, a long way from home.
Part 6566
They arrived at Þrymheimr in the deep blue evening of the day after the wedding.
Part 6567
We can imagine the hall, the way the old north imagined the cold mountain halls of the eastern country. A great stone hall built into the side of the peak. Heavy timber doors. Cold stone floors. Deep fur rugs over the floors.
A great hearth fire in the centre, burning all night to keep the cold out. Carved beams. The small careful old details of a hall that had been kept, for many generations, by the same family of mountain giants.
Part 6568
The wind, the old north imagined, always outside the hall. The wind always calling. The wind always reminding the beings inside that they were a long way from anywhere warm.
Part 6569
Skaði slept well that first night.
Part 6570
She slept the way she had slept her whole life. In a small heavy fur lined bed in the small heavy stone chamber of her father's hall. With the wind outside and the small steady distant calling of the wolves in the deep high valleys around the hall. With the small careful certainty, in the deepest part of herself, that she was home, that the country around her was the country she belonged to, that the sounds in the dark were the sounds she had grown up with, that the walls around her were the walls of a place that had been hers since she had been a small child in her father's arms.
Part 6571
She slept the deep clean sleep of a being entirely at peace.
Part 6572
Njǫrðr did not.
Part 6573
He lay, the Skáldskaparmál implies, in the same fur lined bed beside his new wife, and he listened, all night, to the wind on the cold rocks and to the small steady distant calling of the wolves. He lay with the small uneasy attention of a being who had spent his whole life going to sleep to the sound of the sea, and who could not, in the cold high country, find the sound he needed to sleep at all.
Part 6574
The wind, to Njǫrðr, did not sound like wind on water. The wind, in the high mountains, sounded like a being. It sounded like a great cold being moving past the hall, looking for the small careful warm things inside. It sounded, to a god of the sea who had never heard the wind move that way before, like a thing that wanted in.
Part 6575
The wolves, to Njǫrðr, did not sound like wolves either. The wolves, in the deep high valleys, sounded like the long careful voices of beings who were calling to each other in a language Njǫrðr did not know, in the small steady careful way of beings who were not, in any version of the world Njǫrðr understood, going to be his friends.
Part 6576
He lay there, all night, listening.
Part 6577
He thought, the Skáldskaparmál implies, of the sea. He thought of the small steady careful rolling in of the waves on the long beach at Nóatún. He thought of the small careful calling of the gulls in the morning. He thought of the sound of the wind moving across the long open water, which was, he understood with the small slow certainty of a god who knew his own country, not the same wind at all as the wind he was listening to now. The wind on the water was a wind that moved.
The wind in the mountains was a wind that came at you. He could not, in the small uneasy attention of his first night at Þrymheimr, sleep beside the second one.
Part 6578
He lay there the second night. He did not sleep. The third night. He did not sleep. The fourth.
Part 6579
By the seventh night, he had begun to count the nights.
Part 6580
He told no one. He did not, the Skáldskaparmál implies, want to be the kind of husband who complained, in the first week of his marriage, about his wife's country. He understood that this was, in the small careful balance of the agreement they had reached, fair. He had agreed to nine nights at Þrymheimr. He would honour the nine nights.
But he counted them, in the small slow way of a being who was waiting for a difficult thing to end.
Part 6581
Skaði, the Skáldskaparmál implies, watched him.
Part 6582
She had not, the poem implies, expected him to like Þrymheimr. She had hoped, the small honest expectation of a young wife in a new marriage, that he might, with time, grow used to it. She watched him through the first nine days. She watched his face in the morning. She watched his hands at the small hall table when they ate together.
She watched the way he held himself, the small careful way of a being who was holding a great quiet fear at the edge of himself and not letting it come fully in.
Part 6583
By the ninth night, she understood.
Part 6584
He had not slept properly even once. She had seen, in the long careful nights of their first nine days together, that he was not, in any version of the next nine nights they would spend at Þrymheimr many months hence, going to learn to sleep here.
Part 6585
On the morning of the tenth day, the Skáldskaparmál implies, Njǫrðr sat up in the small heavy bed in the small heavy chamber of Þrymheimr, with the wind still outside and the wolves still calling, and he looked at the small dawn light just beginning to come in through the high window.
Part 6586
He understood that the nine nights at Þrymheimr were over.
Part 6587
He understood that the nine nights at Nóatún were about to begin.
Part 6588
He understood, with the small slow certainty of a being who had been counting the nights for a week, that he was, in this strange and difficult marriage, going home.
Part 6589
He told Skaði, the Skáldskaparmál implies, that he was looking forward to seeing his own coast again.
Part 6590
Chapter Eight. The Nine Nights at Nóatún.
Part 6591
The Skáldskaparmál tells us, with the small dry note of a poet who has watched too many marriages, that the second nine nights were, in their own way, just as difficult.
Part 6592
They went, the poem implies, west.
Part 6593
Njǫrðr was leading, this time. He walked with the small steady ease of a being going back to country he knew. He had, by the second day of the walk, begun to look like himself again, the slow careful shoulders unbent, the small slow smile beginning to come back to the corners of his eyes, the small steady humour of a god of the sea returning to him with each step away from the cold mountains.
Part 6594
Skaði walked behind him.
Part 6595
She watched him grow easier with the small careful attention of a wife who saw, more clearly with each mile, that her husband had not, in any deep way, been at ease in her own country. She did not, the poem implies, hold this against him. She had not, in any version of the eight nights of her march south, expected him to. She had only hoped, in the small honest way of a young wife, that the country she loved might be loveable, in time, by him also.
Part 6596
They came to Nóatún in the long blue evening of the day after they had left Þrymheimr.
Part 6597
We can imagine the hall, the way the old north imagined the coastal halls of the western country. A great long timbered hall built on a low sandy rise above a long curved beach. Long open windows looking out over the sea. A roof of weathered driftwood. The smell, the old north imagined, of salt and seaweed and the slow steady smoke of cooking fires fed by driftwood.
The walls were lined with the small careful pale shells of the long coastal seasons. The floor was clean dry sand pressed down hard with the small careful tread of a hundred coastal years.
Part 6598
The sound, always, was the sea.
Part 6599
The long slow rolling in of the waves on the beach. The small careful calling of the gulls. The small steady wind that came in off the long open water and moved through the long open windows of the hall and carried with it the small soft salt smell of a being's whole life.
Part 6600
Njǫrðr slept beautifully at Nóatún.
Part 6601
He slept the way he had slept his whole life, to the sound of the sea coming in. He slept the small careful sleep of a being who was home, who was in the country he belonged to, who was at peace. His face, in the long blue evenings of the hall, was the easy face of a husband who had been quietly miserable for nine nights and was now, on his own coast, quietly happy again.
Part 6602
Skaði did not.
Part 6603
She lay, the poem implies, in the long bed in the long open chamber of Nóatún, and she listened, all night, to the small careful calling of the gulls and to the long slow rolling in of the waves on the beach.
Part 6604
The gulls, to Skaði, did not sound like wolves. They sounded like beings of no consequence, small light beings who had nothing important to say and who said it constantly. She lay in the dark and she listened to the small careful calling and she did not know how, in the deep practical part of herself, to find rest in it.
Part 6605
The sea, to Skaði, did not sound like wind in cold stone. The sea sounded like a great slow breathing thing that never stopped. The sea did not call. The sea did not pause. The sea simply came in, came in, came in, in the long slow steady rolling of a being who had been coming in since the first morning of the worlds and would, in the small careful steady understanding of any sea god, keep coming in until the worlds were over.
Part 6606
She lay there the first night. She did not sleep. The second night. The third. The fourth.
Part 6607
The smell of the hall did not help.
Part 6608
The salt smell, to Skaði, was the smell of a wet country. She had grown up in a country where the small careful smell of cold pine and cold stone and small careful winter fires was the smell of every safe place she had ever been. The salt smell of Nóatún, in the small careful first nights of her marriage, did not feel safe. It felt, the poem implies, like a smell that belonged to someone else's life.
Part 6609
The bed, too, was different.
Part 6610
The bed at Nóatún was a long low bed, raised slightly off the sand floor on a frame of pale driftwood, with linen sheets that had been bleached white by long coastal summers. The bed at Þrymheimr had been a small heavy bed in a small heavy stone chamber, with thick fur rugs and a wooden frame carved with the small careful patterns of her mother's family. She lay in the long low bed at Nóatún, in the long open chamber, and she could not, the poem implies, find in any of the small careful details of her husband's hall the small careful familiarity she needed in order to close her eyes.
Part 6611
She lay there the fifth night.
Part 6612
She watched, in the small careful dawn that came through the long open window, the small steady arrival of another day she had not slept through. She heard, the poem implies, the small careful calling of the gulls beginning to start up again. She heard the long slow rolling in of the waves. She heard, the poem implies, the small steady careful breathing of her husband in the bed beside her, the long peaceful sleep of a being entirely at home.
Part 6613
She lay there the sixth night.
Part 6614
She lay there the seventh.
Part 6615
Somewhere in the seventh night, the Hávamál verse arrived in her, the way old true verses sometimes arrive in beings who are slowly understanding a thing.
Part 6616
The verse, the Hávamál implies the old north knew, says: only the heart knows what lies close to itself. A wise being can bear many things. But to crave what they cannot have, the verse says, is the worst sickness a wise being can carry.
Part 6617
Skaði, the poem implies, was a wise being.
Part 6618
She lay in the long bed in the long open chamber of Nóatún, and she listened to the gulls she could not learn to sleep beside, and she understood, in the small slow clear way of a being who had been understanding it for several nights already, what the verse meant.
Part 6619
She had been wise enough, on the morning her father died, to put down her bow and walk south.
Part 6620
She had been wise enough, in the council hall of Asgard, to lay down her arms and bargain instead of demanding blood.
Part 6621
She had been wise enough, when the curtain had been drawn back and the wrong god had been revealed, to honour her own word and accept the marriage that her own word had bound her to.
Part 6622
She had been wise enough, in the long quiet days that followed the wedding, to give the marriage a fair chance, to come down out of the mountains, to try the agreed alternation, to lie in her husband's bed in her husband's country and try, with the small careful honesty of a being who wanted to be fair to her own oath, to sleep there.
Part 6623
She had also become, the poem implies, in the slow steady weeks since the wedding, wise enough to understand that the marriage was not, in any version of the days she could imagine ahead of her, going to be a marriage either of them could live in.
Part 6624
She lay back down in the bed.
Part 6625
She lay there, the Skáldskaparmál implies, beside Njǫrðr, who was still sleeping peacefully, with the small careful steady breathing of a being entirely at home. She looked at the dawn light coming in through the long open window. She made, the poem implies, the decision.
Part 6626
She would go home.
Part 6627
She would not refuse to honour the bargain. The bargain had been kept. The compensation had been paid. The marriage had been performed. But the marriage, the poem implies, had been tested.
The marriage had been answered.
Part 6628
It was not a marriage that either of them was going to be able to keep.
Part 6629
Chapter Nine. The Slow Parting.
Part 6630
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that Skaði did not, the next morning, simply leave.
Part 6631
She lay in the bed for the rest of the seventh night.
Part 6632
She lay in the bed through the eighth night.
Part 6633
She lay in the bed through the ninth.
Part 6634
She wanted, the poem implies, to be sure. She had been a wise being all her life. She had not made the decisions she had made, to come south alone, to choose by feet, to honour the choosing, by acting quickly. She had made them by sitting with the question, in the small careful steady way of a hunter who could wait, patient as a stone, for the small certain moment when the question answered itself.
Part 6635
So she sat with this question.
Part 6636
She sat with it through the ninth long sleepless night at Nóatún. She listened to the gulls. She listened to the sea. She listened, in the small careful dark of the long open chamber, to her husband's deep peaceful breathing. She thought, the poem implies, about the alternative.
Part 6637
The alternative was to stay.
Part 6638
She could, the small honest part of her admitted, learn to sleep here in time. She could, with enough months and enough seasons, train her ears to the small careful calling of the gulls. She could learn, perhaps, to find some small careful version of rest in the long slow rolling in of the waves. She could spend, in this country, the long slow careful years of a wife. She could become, with time, a being of the coast.
Part 6639
She could.
Part 6640
But she would not, the poem implies, become herself, in doing it.
Part 6641
She would become, in the slow careful arrival at sleep on her husband's bed at Nóatún, a smaller version of the being she had been at Þrymheimr. The bow would not, in the soft sandy country of the coast, be needed. The skis would not, on the long wet beaches, be useful. The small careful long quiet stride of a hunter walking the high slopes at dawn would not, in any version of the days she could imagine ahead of her, be hers any longer in the way it had been.
Part 6642
She would be Njǫrðr's wife.
Part 6643
She would not, the small honest careful part of her said in the deep dark of the ninth night, be Skaði any longer.
Part 6644
That was the question. That was what she sat with, in the long careful dark, with the gulls calling and the sea coming in. That was what she answered, in the small slow clear way of a being who had been answering hard questions all her life.
Part 6645
She would not, the poem implies, become smaller.
Part 6646
When the dawn came on the tenth morning, she got out of the bed.
Part 6647
She put on her winter cloak. She walked quietly to the long open window of the chamber, and she looked out at the small careful pale beach and at the long open water beyond it. She looked at her husband's country, the country she had not been able to sleep in, the country she did not, in any deep version of the days she could imagine, want to live in.
Part 6648
She turned back to the bed.
Part 6649
She woke him.
Part 6650
She did it gently, the poem implies. She had not, in any of the eighteen nights of their marriage, been unkind to him. He was, in his own way, a good being. He was an older god of the calm sea, who had not asked to be married to a giantess of the cold mountains, who had agreed to come north with her because his oath had required it, and who had tried, in the small careful careful way of a being doing his honest best, to make the marriage work. She did not, the poem implies, blame him for any of it.
Part 6651
She sat on the edge of the bed.
Part 6652
She told him.
Part 6653
The Skáldskaparmál does not give us the words. The poem moves through this moment with the dry careful brevity it uses for the moments in any of these stories that are too tender for the long telling. But we can imagine the small careful steady honest words. Husband. I have tried.
You have tried. We have done, between us, what the oath required. But the country I belong to is the country of cold stone and the high wolves. The country you belong to is the country of warm sand and the slow gulls. Neither of us, in the slow careful steady test of the eighteen nights, has been able to sleep in the other's country.
And I would rather, in the small careful long honest practice of a being who knew herself, sleep in my own.
Part 6654
He listened.
Part 6655
He did not, the Skáldskaparmál implies, argue. He had, in his own way, in the long sleepless nights at Þrymheimr, come to the same understanding. He had been waiting, perhaps, for her to be the one to say it, because she had been the one who came south to begin with, because she had been the one whose father had been killed, because the marriage had been hers to demand and hers, in the slow careful steady way of these things, to release.
Part 6656
He nodded.
Part 6657
He said, the poem implies, that he had thought, also, that the marriage was not going to work.
Part 6658
They sat for a long moment.
Part 6659
The Skáldskaparmál implies, in the small careful brevity of its description, that they did not, in the small careful moment of the parting, hate each other. They had, in the long quiet eighteen nights, tried something difficult and discovered it could not be done. The discovery was not, in the small old slow careful way of the old north, anyone's fault. It was simply the small slow clear answer that the eighteen nights had given them.
Part 6660
They would remain married, by name.
Part 6661
The bargain had been kept. The oath had been sworn. There was no need, by the long laws of the cold country, to undo the oath. They would live, the Skáldskaparmál implies, separately, each in the country that they belonged to, each in the hall they could sleep in, and they would, in the long slow steady weeks and months and years that followed, see each other rarely.
Part 6662
That was the agreement.
Part 6663
That was what the long quiet conversation at the dawn of the tenth morning at Nóatún came to.
Part 6664
She stood up from the bed.
Part 6665
She gathered her small careful belongings, her bow, her quiver, her small belt of carved bone, the long winter cloak of dark bear fur. She did not take much. She had come south with little. She would go north with the same.
Part 6666
He walked her, the Skáldskaparmál implies, to the door of the hall.
Part 6667
He stood there with her, the small careful steady older god of the calm sea, in the small careful clear morning light, and he said the small careful steady goodbye of a being who had tried to do an honest thing and who knew that the honest thing had not, in the end, worked.
Part 6668
She said, the Skáldskaparmál implies, the small careful steady goodbye in return.
Part 6669
She put on her skis.
Part 6670
She turned away from the long open hall and from the long curved beach and from the long open water and from the husband she had chosen by his feet alone, and she began, with the small steady stride of a being going home, the long winter walk back north.
Part 6671
Chapter Ten. The Long Walk Back.
Part 6672
The Skáldskaparmál tells us that the walk back to Þrymheimr was slower than the walk south.
Part 6673
She was, the poem implies, not in any particular hurry. The work that had brought her south had been done. The compensation had been paid. The stars of her father had been lifted. The marriage had been tested and answered.
There was nothing waiting for her, in the long high cold country, except her own house. And her own house was, by the small careful long laws of the Hávamál, the kind of place that did not need to be hurried back to. It would be there. It had always been there. It would still be there in a week, or in two weeks, or in any of the small careful quiet days she chose to take in the long slow walk home.
Part 6674
She took her time.
Part 6675
She crossed the long brown coastal country in three days. She crossed the long flat lands beyond the coast in another three. She came, on the seventh day, to the small first hills of the deep eastern country, where the long brown plains began to lift up into the small careful low rises of the mountains.
Part 6676
She slept, the Skáldskaparmál implies, well on the long walk.
Part 6677
She slept the way she had slept on the way south. In the small careful pine bough shelters she built for herself in the deep snow at evening, with her small careful fire of pine and birch crackling at the door of the shelter, with the small careful smell of cold pine and cold stone and the small careful absence of any gull in any direction. She slept the small careful long quiet sleep of a being who was, with every mile, walking back into the country her body knew.
Part 6678
The small careful old wisdom of the Hávamál, the poem implies, kept her company on the long walk.
Part 6679
The verse the welcome of this story remembered, the verse about a small home being better than a great hall at another being's table, kept turning in her, in the small slow clear way of an old true verse turning in a wise being who was, in the small careful steady weeks of her long return, understanding the verse more deeply than she had ever understood it before.
Part 6680
She thought, the Skáldskaparmál implies, on the long walk, about her father.
Part 6681
She thought about him on the eighth night of the walk, in a small pine bough shelter on the rim of the first deep high valley of the eastern country, when she looked up at the cold winter sky above her camp and she saw, for the first time on the walk north, the two new stars.
Part 6682
The two stars, the poem implies, were just visible above the high rim of the valley.
Part 6683
They were small. They were pale. They were steady. They did not flicker. They were the eyes, she remembered, that Óðinn had thrown up into the cold sky on the bright cold morning in the courtyard of Asgard, in the small careful steady gift that the killer of her father had owed her father's daughter.
They had been there now for many nights. They would be there, the poem implies, for many more.
Part 6684
She looked at them for a long time.
Part 6685
She did not, the Skáldskaparmál implies, say anything. There was nothing to say. Her father was dead. Her father was also, in the small careful slow way of the long memory of the old north, lifted. The two things were both, in the long quiet practical understanding of a hunter who knew what kind of world she lived in, true.
Part 6686
She watched the two stars for a long quiet hour.
Part 6687
She got up, the poem implies, when the small careful first cold of the dawn began to come into the high valley. She rolled up her sleeping fur. She put on her bear fur cloak. She put on her skis. She began the long quiet stride of the next day's walk.
Part 6688
She came, the Skáldskaparmál implies, to Þrymheimr on the fourteenth day after she had left Nóatún.
Part 6689
The hall was, in the small careful steady way of all halls that had been waiting a long time for their lady to come back, exactly as she had left it. The hearth fires were low. The fur rugs were clean. The small careful steady servants, her father's old servants, who were now hers, came out to meet her at the door of the cold stone hall, and they bowed, the small careful steady bow of old retainers welcoming a young lady home from a long careful difficult journey.
Part 6690
She did not, the Skáldskaparmál implies, say much.
Part 6691
She nodded to them. She handed her bow to the servant who had always taken her bow. She handed her cloak to the servant who had always taken her cloak. She walked, in the small steady stride of a being going back to the small careful daily life of her own house, through the cold corridors of Þrymheimr to her own chamber.
Part 6692
She sat down on the edge of her own bed.
Part 6693
She sat there, the small careful long steady moment of a being who had been gone a long time, who had been south to Asgard and west to Nóatún and back through long winter country, and who was, at last, in the small careful clear way of an old true Hávamál verse, home.
Part 6694
She lay down.
Part 6695
She slept, the Skáldskaparmál implies, deeply.
Part 6696
She slept the long clean deep sleep of a being who had been a long time away from the sound her ears knew, the smell her nose knew, the feel of the small heavy fur lined bed her body knew. She slept through the long quiet rest of the day, and through the long quiet night, and into the long quiet careful early morning of the day after.
Part 6697
When she woke, she was, in the deepest small careful steady way of the verse the Hávamál had given her, herself again.
Part 6698
Chapter Eleven. The Goddess in the Mountains.
Part 6699
The Skáldskaparmál tells us, briefly, the small careful long years that followed.
Part 6700
It tells us that Skaði went back to her bow. It tells us that she went back to her skis. It tells us that she went back to the long high slopes of the eastern country, to the small careful tracks of the mountain hare and to the slow steady walks of the high reindeer. It tells us that she became, in the long memory of the old north, the goddess of winter.
Part 6701
The lady of Þrymheimr.
Part 6702
The bow goddess.
Part 6703
The ski goer.
Part 6704
The hunter of the high cold country.
Part 6705
She was, the old north remembered, alone in her hall.
Part 6706
But alone, the Hávamál preserved this understanding in the small careful verse the welcome of this story remembered, was not, in every case, a worse thing than not alone.
Part 6707
The verse said: it is better to have a home, even if it is small. In your own house you can be your own master. It hurts the heart, the verse said, to have to ask for every meal at others' tables.
Part 6708
Skaði, the old north imagined, was her own master at Þrymheimr.
Part 6709
She did not, the poem implies, ask any other being in any of the worlds, in the long careful steady years that followed, for permission to do any of the small things she did. She did not ask for permission to ski the long high passes of her country. She did not ask for permission to hunt the high reindeer. She did not ask for permission to sit, in the long winter evenings, by the great hearth fire of her father's hall, with her father's spear leaning against the wall beside her seat, and to look up, through the small high window of the hall, at the two new stars that her father's eyes had become.
Part 6710
She was alone.
Part 6711
She was also, in the slow careful steady deep way of the verse, free.
Part 6712
The long careful steady seasons passed.
Part 6713
She watched, the old north imagined, many long winters at Þrymheimr. She watched the small careful steady arrival of the first snow each autumn, the long slow careful deepening of the drifts through the cold deep months, the small careful first soft melt of the late spring. She skied, the old north imagined, every long high pass of her country. She hunted, the old north imagined, every long high slope. She knew, by the long careful steady end of her first solitary winter, every small careful track of every small careful living thing in the high cold country, the way her father had known them before her, the way her father had taught her to know them.
Part 6714
She became, the old north imagined, the small steady careful steady presence at the high edge of the worlds.
Part 6715
The skalds, the small careful steady poets of the long winter halls, sang of her.
Part 6716
They sang of her in their kennings. They called the snow on the high passes Skaði's pale road. They called the wind on the high slopes Skaði's breath. They called the small careful sharp arrows that came down out of the long cold sky in deep midwinter Skaði's gift. They sang of her, in the small careful long quiet way of the small careful skalds, with the small careful steady respect of beings who knew exactly what kind of being she was.
Part 6717
She was, the small careful steady old north remembered, a being who had not, in any of the careful steady years that followed her marriage, ever once asked for her marriage back.
Part 6718
She had been wise enough, the old north remembered, to let the marriage end. She had been wise enough to come home. She had been wise enough, the small careful steady old north imagined, to be exactly what she was.
Part 6719
The Lokasenna, the Skáldskaparmál implies, gives us one small later glimpse of her.
Part 6720
The Lokasenna is the great flyting at the feast of Ægir, the night, much later in the long story of the gods, when Loki came uninvited to the hall by the sea and accused, one by one, every god in Asgard of every small private thing they had done wrong. We have told that story in an earlier episode of The Sleeping Almanac.
Part 6721
In that story, Skaði was at the feast.
Part 6722
She did not, the poem implies, say much. She had not, in the small careful long years between the eighteen nights and the night of the flyting, become a god of long speeches. She sat in her seat at the long table, with the small careful steady listening attention of a being who had spent a long time alone and who knew exactly when to listen.
Part 6723
But when Loki, near the end of the long evening of accusations, turned to her, the Lokasenna gives us one of the small fierce careful steady lines that Skaði ever spoke in the surviving sources.
Part 6724
She told him, the Lokasenna says, that he would not, in the end, escape the long cold consequences of his cleverness. She told him, in the small careful steady voice of a being who had not, since the night of the goat in the council hall, forgotten who he was or what he had done, that he would be bound. She told him that there would be, in the long story of the gods, a cave. She told him that there would be stones. She told him that there would be a serpent.
Part 6725
The Lokasenna tells us, then, that when the gods of Asgard finally caught Loki and bound him in the cave with the three stones, it was Skaði who placed the venomous serpent above his face. She placed it, the Lokasenna implies, with the small careful steady hands of a being who had been waiting, for a very long time, to do exactly this. She fastened it carefully. She walked away.
Part 6726
That, the old north remembered, was Skaði.
Part 6727
That was the goddess of winter who had lost a father, and who had walked south alone to demand his compensation, and who had chosen a husband by his feet alone and discovered she had chosen wrong, and who had laughed at a goat and a god in spite of herself, and who had tried for eighteen nights to live in a marriage that could not be lived in, and who had walked, finally, back up into her own country and let the marriage end.
Part 6728
That was the goddess who, when she had had the chance, had placed the serpent.
Part 6729
That was the goddess, the old north imagined with the small careful respect of a tradition that knew exactly what kind of being she was, who lived alone in the high cold country and was, in the long evenings, her own master.
Part 6730
Chapter Twelve. Goodnight. And the Wolf at the Edge of Time.
Part 6731
That is the story for tonight.
Part 6732
The story of a young giantess who lost her father, and who walked south to demand what was owed, and who walked back north with the marriage in name and her own life in hand. The story of a being who had been wise enough to know when a thing was working and when a thing was not, and who had been wise enough, when the thing was not, to let it end.
Part 6733
The Hávamál, the small careful steady wisdom poem of the old north, has one more verse for this kind of story.
Part 6734
The verse says: a small house of your own, where you can be your own master, is better than a great hall where you must ask for every meal. A small fire of your own is warmer than a great fire that someone else has built. The verse means, the small careful steady old north understood, that the country you belong to is the country you should live in, and the bed you can sleep in is the bed you should sleep in, and the small careful steady life you can be your own master in is the life worth keeping.
Part 6735
Skaði, the old north remembered, kept that life.
Part 6736
She kept it, in the small careful long steady years that followed her marriage, with the small careful steady patience of a being who had learned, in the eighteen nights of trying to live in another being's country, what kind of country she actually belonged to.
Part 6737
She kept it through the long careful steady seasons. Through the long high cold winters of her own country. Through the long quiet hours of her hunting on the high slopes. Through the long evenings at the great hearth fire of her father's hall, looking up through the small high window at the two new stars that her father's eyes had become.
Part 6738
She kept it, the small careful steady old north imagined, until the appointed twilight came.
Part 6739
The wolf in the east, the wolf that we have spoken of in earlier episodes of The Sleeping Almanac, the great wolf Fenrir who waits in the small careful steady patience of the old north's longest story for the moment when the cord that holds him will at last give way, that wolf was waiting, the old north remembered, all through Skaði's long quiet careful years in the mountains. He was waiting, the old north remembered, on the small careful long island of Lyngvi where he had been bound. He was waiting, the small careful steady old north remembered, through every long winter of Skaði's life, with the small careful steady patience of a great cold thing that knows its moment will come.
Part 6740
That moment, the old north remembered, has not come yet.
Part 6741
For tonight, that is for another evening, for the last episode of our season, when we will tell the appointed twilight and what comes after.
Part 6742
For tonight, the story closes in the small careful long quiet of Skaði's hall.
Part 6743
She is at the great hearth fire in the centre of the cold stone room. Her father's spear is leaning against the wall beside her seat. Her bow is on the carved wooden rack above the fire. Her skis are at the door, ready for the long quiet careful early morning when she will put them on and go out into the small careful steady cold of the high passes. The hall is quiet.
The wind is, as always, outside the hall. The wolves are, as always, calling in the deep high valleys. The two new stars, the small careful steady old north imagined, are just visible through the small high window of the hall, hanging in the deep cold sky above the eastern country.
Part 6744
She looks up at them for a small careful moment.
Part 6745
Then she lowers her head.
Part 6746
She watches the small careful steady old fire in the hearth.
Part 6747
She sits, the old north imagined, in the small careful long quiet of her own house.
Part 6748
You may have felt, in your own life, the small careful steady thing the Hávamál was trying to say. The small careful steady weight of a home that is yours. The small careful steady peace of a bed you can sleep in. The small careful steady freedom of a country that lets you, in the small slow careful way of the small careful steady years, be your own master in the small careful quiet ways that the country you do not belong to would not have let you.
Part 6749
Tomorrow, in another evening, we will tell of what came after.
Part 6750
We will tell of Loki, who fled from Asgard after the long story Skaði saw the end of, and who in the form of a salmon hid in a river under a waterfall, and who was caught in a net the gods themselves had taught the salmon. We will tell of the cave under the earth. We will tell of the three stones. We will tell of the serpent. We will tell of the small careful steady old north hands of a goddess who had been waiting, for a very long time, to do exactly the thing the appointed twilight required of her.
Part 6751
We will tell, in time, of the new world. We will tell, in the very last of these evenings, of what Vǫluspá tells us: that after the appointed twilight has come, after the wolf has swallowed the sun and the moon and the great burning has happened and the gods have fallen and the world has sunk back into the sea, after all of that, the sources say, the sea will rise again. Green earth will come up out of the water. A small clear morning will come. The gods who survive, and there are, in the prophecy, a few, will walk out into the new grass.
They will find the small game pieces of the old gods, the small carved wooden tokens the old gods used to play with on the long evenings, half buried in the new earth where the old halls had been. They will pick them up. They will sit on the new grass in the new morning, and they will look at the game pieces in their hands, and they will, in the slow way of survivors, begin to remember.
Part 6752
In that new world, Vǫluspá tells us, Skaði is not, in the surviving prophecies, named among the survivors.
Part 6753
But the country she loved is.
Part 6754
The cold high mountains. The long high passes. The deep winter snows. The small careful steady wind on the cold rocks. The small careful steady calling of the wolves in the deep high valleys.
The two stars above the eastern country, looking down on the cold winter world from a long way up. The small careful steady cold of the country that, the old north imagined, was Skaði herself, in the small careful long way the country and the goddess become, in the long memory of the old north, the same thing.
Part 6755
Skaði is the country. The country is Skaði.
Part 6756
In the new world after the burning, the country will be there.
Part 6757
That is the story for tonight.
Part 6758
The Almanac will return.
Part 6759
Goodnight, dear listener.
Ambience, the long night
Goodnight.
